Home

Palm Treo Pro (Sprint) User Guide

1. Renaming Files on an Expansion Card If you change the contents of an expansion card you may at some point want to rename the files or folders to better match their contents 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Press Option Start 22 to open File Explorer Tap the list in the upper left corner and then select Storage Card Highlight the file or folder you want to rename Press Menu right softkey and select Rename MAMUN Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 327 6 Enter the new name and then press Center O 7 Press OK Before copying information to or renaming the files or folders on an expansion card make sure the card is not write protected For details see the instructions that came with your card Encrypting an Expansion Card When you encrypt an expansion card the info on the card can be read only by your Treo Pro smartphone so no one can see what s on the card if it is lost or stolen 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot Press Start 2 and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Encryption E Check the Encrypt files placed on storage cards box Press OK If your organization enforces an encryption policy you can see that the box is checked but you cannot uncheck it Accessing Information on a Remote Computer a AR wD Remote Desktop Mobile is a
2. Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 317 3 Do any of the following To open an item select it To decompress a ZIP file tap it To compress files you must use a compression program such as WinZip on your computer You cannot compress files on your Treo Pro smartphone To quickly delete rename beam or email an item highlight the item press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select the appropriate command Do not delete any files that you cannot identify These files may be required for your Treo Pro smartphone to function properly To move or copy a file to another folder highlight the item press and hold Center C to open the shortcut menu and then select Cut or Copy Open th destination folder press and hold Center C to open the shortcut menu and then select Paste To highlight multiple items tap and drag the stylus 4 Press OK o Installing Applications Your Treo Pro smartphone comes with several built in and ready to use applications You can also install other third party applications that are compatible with devices running Microsoft Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional edition such as business software games and more Applications you download to your computer are likely to be in a compressed format such as ZIP If the file is compressed you need to decompress the file before you install the 318 Section 6
3. Press Menu right softkey and select Settings or vi path sn Preferences gt Community Settings The menu may say Enable Community Preferences instead of Settings depending on which n CONTES account you selected Change settings as required and press Back left softkey Select Yes to confirm your changes Press Down w to see the Auto Save Conversations option Press Menu right softkey and select Settings or Preferences gt Global Settings Change any of the settings as required and press Back left softkey Select Yes to confirm your changes Section 3C Using Messaging Section 3D Browsing the Web In This Section Viewing a Web Page Working With Favorites Working With Web Pages Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings Using WorldMate Pro Using Kinoma FreePlay Searching the Web From Your Today Screen To browse the Web you must activate data services see Enabling Data Services on page 114 or you must establish a connection to a Wi Fi network see Connecting to a Wi Fi Network on page 204 Internet Explorer Mobile provides quick and easy access to Web pages You can view most of the sites you use on your computer including those with security and advanced features such as JavaScript and frames Internet Explorer Mobile supports JavaScript Secure Sockets Layer SSL and cookies but does not support plug ins such as Shockwave or Java applets
4. 1 Press Start 3g and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Keyguard 9 3 Set either of the following options Auto Keyguard Set the period of inactivity that passes before the keyboard automatically locks or before the auto keyguard feature is disabled Disable touchscreen Set whether the screen s touch sensitive feature is enabled during a call 4 Press OK If you re using a headset or hands free device you can manually turn on Keyguard during a call to prevent accidental key presses Press and hold End to manually turn on Keyguard Using System Password Lock To protect your personal information you can lock the system so that you need to enter your password to access any of your information or to use other features of your Treo Pro smartphone 356 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm If you lock your system you must enter the exact password to unlock it If you enter an incorrect password you are given another chance Each time an incorrect password is entered you are given progressively longer time periods between your chances to enter the password If you forget the password you need to perform a hard reset to resume using your Treo Pro smartphone Performing a hard reset deletes all the entries on your smartphone However you can restore all previously synchronized information the next time you sync see Connecting to You
5. Fit remote desktop to screen Set whether you want to resize the remote computer display so that the entire display fits on your device screen 5 Select the Resources tab and then select one or both of the following options Device storage Set whether to map your device s storage memory to the remote computer Remote desktop sound Set whether sounds from the remote computer are muted completely played on the remote computer or played on your device 6 Press OK Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 329 330 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Section 6B Synchronizing Information In This Section Setting Up Wireless Synchronization Other Ways to Synchronize Changing Which Applications Synchronize Stopping Synchronization When you synchronize the information you enter on your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other location There s no need to enter the information twice This is true whether you sync with your computer using desktop synchronization software see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 44 or you sync wirelessly with your company s Exchange server see Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 332 Section 6B Synchronizing Information 331 Setting Up Wireless Synchronization If your company uses Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Ser
6. Press Start and select Settings p UTI Select the System tab and then select Power iL On the Battery tab check the Battery Power Remaining Ces AMI T indicator to see how much power remains in your battery MRAZ 100 Select the Advanced tab and set whether your smartphone turns off automatically after a specified period of inactivity You can assign various intervals for battery power and external power S reme T Select the Screen Saver tab and set whether the clock eK cm Screen saver appears when the phone is turned on and the screen is turned off Press OK To conserve additional battery power adjust the display backlight setting Press Start and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Backlight On the Battery Power tab set whether the display backlight turns off automatically after a period of inactivity Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Connection Settings Managing ISP Settings Your Treo Pro smartphone is already set up to connect to the Internet using a high speed data connection on the Sprint network To connect to the Internet simply start Internet Explorer Mobile For special situations such as connecting to your ISP Internet service provider or a remote access server RAS you can set up another connection Before you begin obtain the following information from your ISP or system administrator Obta
7. Renaming a Picture or Video 1 Press Start 2 and select Pictures amp Videos Highlight the picture or video you want to rename Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Properties Enter a new name for the picture or video Press OK to return to Thumbnail View 2 3 4 5 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 243 244 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos Section 4C Playing Media Files In This Section Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files Playing Media Files Working With Libraries Working With Playlists Customizing Windows Media Player Mobile Section 4C Playing Media Files 245 Windows Media Player Mobile can play music audio and video files that are stored on your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm or on an expansion card sold separately in any of the following file formats e WMA WMV MP3 3GP AAC AAC e MPEG 4 Because music audio and video files are so large we recommend that you use a microSD expansion card sold separately to store the files you want to play on your smartphone You can listen to these music audio and video files through the speaker on the back of your smartphone or through a stereo headset sold separately Do the following Make sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or ater installed on your computer See My Windows Media Player Library Won t Sync on p
8. Section 3C Using Messaging 173 174 10 11 Press Next left softkey Go Td E 12 00 Set the following options LL Uncheck the Live Search bar box to remove the Live Same wj Live Search bar v Search bar from your Today screen It is present by default Check the Windows Live services box to have Windows Live Email Windows Live Messenger and Windows Live Sync appear on your Today screen Press Next left softkey Select any of the following Store Windows Live contacts in your mobile phone s contact list Sets whether you want your Windows Live contacts to appear in Contacts If you do not check this box only your Windows Live email messages are synchronized with your device Merge duplicate contacts Sets whether you want to merge any synchronized Windows Live contact with any duplicate contact that s already in Contacts so that there is only one entry for this contact If you leave the box unchecked two entries appear for any duplicate entry in Contacts Sync e mail Sets whether you want to download your Windows Live Mail messages to your device see Using Windows Live Mail on page 175 Windows Live services EvE E 12 00 Choose among the following options Store Windows Live contacts In your mobile phone s contact list V Merge duplicate contacts Sync e mail Press Next left softkey Synchronization of Windows Live Mai
9. A DH Editing Pictures 1 Press Start z and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Open the picture you want to edit 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit 4 Do any of the following To rotate a picture 90 degrees counterclockwise press Rotate left softkey To crop a picture press Menu right softkey select Crop and then tap and drag the stylus to highlight the area to crop Tap inside the cropped area to accept the crop Tap outside the box to cancel the crop To adjust the brightness and contrast levels of a picture press Menu right softkey and select Auto Correct To undo an edit press Menu right softkey and select Undo To cancel all unsaved edits you made to the picture press Menu right softkey and select Revert to Saved 5 To keep both your original image and the revised image press Menu right softkey and select Save As 6 Enter a new name for the picture and press OK to save your changes 242 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos For more extensive edits sync your picture or video to your computer and edit it in your favorite graphics program Then sync the picture or video back to your Treo Pro smartphone Deleting a Picture or Video 1 Press Start s and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Highlight the picture or video you want to delete 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete 4 Select Yes to confirm the deletion
10. e Talk and set the number of rings to to return to Phone Settings to finish Selecting Your Call Settings By default when you reject an incoming call the caller is sent to voicemail You can change this setting so that in addition to sending the caller to voicemail a text message opens that you can send to the caller You can change the default text of the message and you can also set whether to have phone numbers automatically added to Contacts Section 2B Using the Phone Features 3b Settings TAFE 4 43 ok Tlluminate center key when voicemail arrives 3B Settings Go Yj amas ok Automatic pickup C Headset Answer incoming calls without pressing Talk after rings Phone Services Beacon more Advanced 103 Press Start 2 and select Settings On the Personal tab select Phone C Select the Advanced tab 7 Reject cat with text message ANONN To turn on the text message feature check the Reject call with text message box J dd new phone number Optional Change the content of the message V end of cal 6 Set whether you are prompted to add contact entries for Phone services Beacon ware Advanced numbers that are not already in your Contacts list 7 Press OK to return to Phone Settings 8 Press OK to finish 1 cant tak nght now T call you back a Controlling Your Roaming Exper
11. Make sure that your computer s Bluetooth setting is discoverable Make sure your computer is set up for synchronization see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 44 1 Do one of the following Windows XP computer Right click the gray ActiveSync icon in the taskbar and select Connection Settings Windows Vista computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Section 7A Help 393 2 Check Allow connections to one of the following and then select the Bluetooth COM port you set up on your computer 3 On your smartphone press End to go to your Today screen and then tap the Bluetooth icon 4 Press Settings right softkey and select Bluetooth Select the Mode tab and then check that the Turn on Bluetooth and Make this device visible to other devices boxes are selected Press OK N Press Start 2 and select Programs Select ActiveSync Press Menu right softkey and select Connect via Bluetooth 10 If this is the first time you re making a Bluetooth connection to this computer follow the onscreen prompts to set up a Bluetooth partnership with the computer 11 Select Sync 12 When synchronization has finished press Menu right softkey and select Disconnect Bluetooth a Ss MON 9 Exchange ActiveSync Wireless Synchroni
12. Press OK to finish Setting Your Long Distance Dialing Preferences Dialing preferences let you assign a prefix to your phone numbers You can add a different prefix based on the length of the phone number 1 2 3 4 Section 2B Using the Phone Features 101 Press Start 2 and select Settings On the Personal tab select Phone C Select the Services tab and then select Plus Code Dialing from the list Select Get Settings 5 Select Enable prefix to long distance numbers When you dial an international n you place the to automatically add an international dialing iS Settings EVA E ETTER umber begin with the plus sign when North American dioling call the is replaced by the number in the Enable International dialing code field The default is 011 You can Disable change this to another number International dialing code 6 If you travel outside North America and service is available 011 Reset do either of the following Change the prefix in the International dialing code field EE based on your current location Select Disable and enter the correct international dialing code manually when you make a call 7 Optional Select Reset to reset the International dialing code field to 011 8 Press OK 9 Press OK to return to Phone Settings to finish Receiving Voice Calls During an Ac
13. The Instant Messaging application is installed or if you have an expansion card in your device you are prompted to choose an installation location 9 Optional Select Device if you are asked to choose a location to which to install Instant Messaging 10 Press OK when you see the successful installation message The application is installed and starts automatically the next time you select Instant Messaging B instant Messagi gt Ty 84 32 X Windows Uve S Yahoo Setlings Setting Up Your Instant Messaging Accounts Press Start 2 and select Programs Select Instant Messaging r Select Settings For each messaging service you want to use America Online Windows Live Y or Yahoo gr select the tab and enter the following information The Windows Live account screen appears first by default Your user name and password Your user name may be an email address ID or screen name depending on the IM service AR ND A Section 3C Using Messaging i Community sett gt Tg ap 1 30 X Enter e mail address Enter Password C Save Password C Automatic Sign In v Enable Community Menu 179 Check the Save Password box if you want to have your password entered automatically every time you sign in Check the Auto Sign In box if you want to be signed in automatically every time you select the instant messaging acco
14. In the Name field enter a new name for the file or leave E oder one the one provided UCM LUE USE LCENNE Type Windows Media Audio File In the Folder list select the folder such as My Music to w RES which the file will be downloaded T gt E EE In the Type field select Windows Media Audio File Enea n the Location field select Main memory or Storage m Card 7 Select Save to download the file The file appears with the name indicated and the wma file extension in the location you specified 8 Optional Back up the songs you downloaded to your computer see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 225 Songs that you download do not automatically appear in your Windows Media Player Mobile library You must update the library to be able to see your new songs See Working With Libraries on page 251 Using Pocket Express With Pocket Express you can personalize the data services on your Treo Pro smartphone to Suit your needs Pocket Express makes it easier than ever to retrieve the most popular Web information and categories instantly Pocket Express uses the ZIP code you provide to customize the content you receive so you can get the information you want when you want it Initializing Your Pocket Express Service 1 Press Start 22 and select Programs 2 Select Pocket Express 9 120 Section 3A Using Web and Data Services 3 Select View Terms amp Conditi
15. Shift cells down Insert a new cell The highlighted cell and all cells below it move down Entire row Insert a new row The entire row in which the highlighted cell is located and all rows below it move down 298 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 5 Select OK Entire column Insert a new column The entire column in which the highlighted cells are located and all columns to the right move one column to the right To add a new worksheet press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Modify Sheets Select Insert enter a name for the worksheet and then press OK To change the order of the worksheets highlight a worksheet you want to move and then select Move Up or Move Down Press OK Formatting Cells 1 Open the workbook you want to format 2 Highlight the cells you want to format To name the highlighted cell or range of cells press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Define Name Enter the name and select Add Press OK 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Cells 4 Select any of the following 5 Press OK Size Set the row height and column width Number Set the format for the numbers in the cells Align Set whether text wraps within the highlighted cells and set the horizontal and vertical alignment position Font Set the typeface color size and style attributes Borders Turn borders on and off for various cell edges and set
16. connection This is a hidden network If you had to enter the network name this is a hidden network Check this box to connect to this network now and in the future This is a device to device ad hoc connection Leave this box unchecked if you re connecting to a network Wi Fi access point Check this box only if you re connecting to another device 208 Section SF Using Wireless Connections 3 Enter the following settings and then press Next right softkey Authentication Set the method used to identify i JE Settings levee E EET devices that connect to the network Configure Network Authemtkaton Open The network uses open authentication Authentkaton Open v Shared The network uses shared authentication puacrenees wer xi 7 The key s automaticaly provided WPA The network is a WPA network that uses 802 1x protocols WPA PSK The network is a WPA network that requires a password that is shared between the network and your Treo Pro smartphone This password is also known as a pre shared key PSK WPA2 The network provides government grade security with an AES encryption algorithm WPA2 PSK The network is a WPA2 network that requires a pre shared key Data Encryption Set the encryption method The options in this list vary based on your Authentication setting Network key Key index Disabled Turn data encryption off s WEP Turn on the
17. 060 VOu 66 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Selecting Onscreen Inout Methods You can also enter information using the onscreen keyboard as ETET m Ty Sm oso ok well as several methods that recognize writing with the stylus The Name gr onscreen keyboard is available when you see the Keyboard nre Select a picture icon at the bottom of the screen 1 Tap the Keyboard icon to display the onscreen keyboard Tap keys on the onscreen keyboard to enter text Tap the icon again to remove the onscreen keyboard 2 Optional After the onscreen keyboard is displayed tap the white arrow next to it to select one of three other input methods Block Recognizer Use a single stroke to write letters numbers symbols and punctuation which are then converted into typed text Letter Recognizer Write individual letters numbers and punctuation which are converted into typed text Transcriber Write in cursive print or both You can set options to customize these applications for your input style see Setting Onscreen Input Options on page 352 The input method you specify applies only to entering information using the screen You can enter information using the keyboard on your Treo Pro smartphone regardless of the onscreen input method you choose Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 67 Opening and Closing Applications Using the Butto
18. 5 Optional Check the Save Password box if you do not want to enter your password each time you sign in 6 Optional Check the Automatic Sign In box if you want to sign in automatically every time you select the instant messaging account 7 Press Sign In left softkey Sign In m Menu 8 If you set up more than one instant messaging account select the tab for each account you want to sign in to enter your user name and password and press Sign In left softkey 9 Press Menu right softkey and select menu items to perform IM functions in the account you are using The i aran menu items vary slightly from one account type to the next alex amp rbani live com 10 Press Menu right softkey and select Help to get information about using the Instant Messaging application 11 To switch between accounts press Left 4 and Right gt on ker I the 5 way 12 To sign out press Menu right softkey and select Sign Out or Sign Out all and exit E iF Instant Message gt Ya aw 4 32 X amp hdavidson live com Section 3C Using Messaging 181 Changing Instant Messaging Community and Global Settings 1 182 Press Start 2 and select Programs Select Instant Messaging E LENIL Select an instant messaging service for which you have set Hut email address hdavidson live com up an account America Online Windows Live Y or Yahoo pp Enter Password
19. Create the folders where you want to store your favorites Once you create a favorite you can t move it to another folder 1 Go to the page you want to mark as a favorite pm Em 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Add to Favorites Name 3 Optional Select Name and enter a different description Address URL 4 Optional Select Create in and select the folder where you __fttp mobile microsoft comen us winda want to create the favorite Foder Favorites 5 Press Add left softkey Viewing a Favorite 1 Press Start and select Internet Explorer 2 Press Favorites left softkey If Internet Explorer is already running and you have visited Web pages the left softkey may say Back not Favorites In this case to view favorites press Menu right softkey and select Favorites 3 Press Down w to highlight the page you want to view in the list and then press Center Organizing Your Favorites You can create folders for organizing your favorites For example you can store travel links in one folder stock links in another and business links in a third folder 188 Section 3D Browsing the Web 1 Press Start ze and select Internet Explorer 2 Press Favorites left softkey If Internet Explorer is already running and you have visited Web pages the left softkey may say Back not Favorites In this case to view favorites press Menu
20. If the headset still doesn t work delete the existing partnership and create a new one To delete the partnership do the following 1 Press Start 22 and then select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth On the Devices tab highlight the headset device name Press and hold Center C to open the shortcut menu and then select Delete Create a new partnership see Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection on page 214 aR ND Synchronization Synchronization enables you to back up the information on your Treo Pro smartphone onto your computer or your server If you ever need to perform a hard reset or otherwise erase all your information on your smartphone you can synchronize your smartphone with your computer to restore the information To make sure you always have an up to date backup of your information synchronize frequently You can synchronize email and other information directly with Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync or you can synchronize your smartphone with your computer using the desktop sync software see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 44 You can go to the Windows Web site for more information at windowsmobile com A common cause of sync problems is the presence of protective software such as VPNs or firewalls on your computer or network Section 7A Help 38
21. You can use the Instant Messaging application to set up your Treo Pro smartphone to work with multiple IM accounts at the same time You can be online with and exchange instant messages with AOL Yahoo and Windows Live contacts without having to switch to different application screens A tabbed interface makes it easy for you to switch between conversations Installing the Instant Messaging Application Before you can set up and use the Instant Messaging application you must install it from the Web Be sure your phone is on and you are in a coverage area see Turning Your Treo Pro Smartphone On and Off on page 32 Your account must include data services see Getting Started With Data Services on page 114 1 Press Start 22 and select Programs Bar navect Tan 2 Select Instant Messaging diy 3 Note the file name that appears on the next screen and wame EST ee then select Save left softkey rower None 4 Accept the defaults in the Name Folder and Type fields on we fab the Save As screen 5 In the Location field select Main memory save Cancel Location Main memory ke 6 Select Save The file is saved to the My Documents folder on your device 7 Press Option Start 1s 178 to open the File Explorer application Section 3C Using Messaging 8 Use the 5 way to scroll to the file named in step 3 and press Center
22. to Currency Set the currency symbol and position the gegen umber urere Tim Dale decimal symbol and position the digit grouping symbol and group size and the negative number format Time Set the time style separators and AM and PM symbols Date Set the short date style separators and long date style 5 Press OK Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 347 You can also change the system color scheme see Changing the System Color Scheme on page 342 Application Settings Arranging the Start Menu You can select which applications appear on the Start menu You pm Em Tg em 12 20 ok can still access the remaining applications by selecting Programs from the Start menu and then selecting the application s icon leita temsanpeacin ta Start ent 1 2 3 4 Others appear n Programs Press Start 2 and select Settings On the Personal tab select Menus w Check the boxes next to the applications that you want to see in the Start menu wao Te 14 Comm Manage amp ucentaets Reassigning Buttons Buttons Settings lets you select which applications are associated pupy a TA EE 12 20 with many of the buttons and key combinations on your Treo Pro smartphone 1 Sect burn 1 Press Start fx and select Setti
23. 1 If you do not see your Today screen press End 2 Press and hold 7 on the keyboard to dial the Sprint voicemail system 3 Follow the voice prompts to do the following Create your password Record your name announcement Record your greeting Choose whether to activate Skip Pass Code a feature that lets you access your voicemail simply by pressing and holding 1 bypassing the need for you to enter your password If you do not activate Skip Pass Code your Treo Pro smartphone uses the Voicemail Pass Code feature which requires you to enter your password each time you want to access your voicemail If you are concerned about unauthorized access to your voicemail account we recommend that you use the Voicemail Pass Code feature For more information about using your voicemail see Using Voicemail on page 85 Section 1B Setting Up Service 37 Creating Sprint Account Passwords As a Sprint customer you enjoy unlimited access to your personal account information your voicemail account and your data services account To ensure that no one else has access to your information you need to create passwords to protect your privacy Account Password If you are the account owner you create an account user name and password when you sign on to sprint com To get started click Need to register for access in the sign in area of the Web site If you are not the account owner if someone else receives the bi
24. If you also need to create a custom security certificate see Customizing Wi Fi Settings on page 211 for instructions Disconnecting From a Wi Fi Network To disconnect from a Wi Fi network do one of the following e To save any settings you entered press and hold Wi Fi c to disconnect from the Wi Fi network The next time you re within range and the Wi Fi feature is turned on your Treo Pro smartphone automatically connects to this network e To save any settings you entered you can also tap the Wi Fi e icon select Comm Manager and tap Wi Fi OFF e Press Start 22 select Settings select the Connections tab and then select Wi Fi RF Highlight the network from which you want to disconnect and then press Menu right softkey and select Turn Off Wi Fi 210 Section 3F Using Wireless Connections e To remove the network settings from memory from the Configure Wireless Networks screen press Menu right softkey and select Remove Settings The next time you re within range and the Wi Fi feature is turned on you must re create the connection to connect to this network Customizing Wi Fi Settings 1 Press Start z and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Wi Fi Prefs B The Main and Advanced tabs show the status of the Wi Fi feature and display information about an active Wi Fi connection 3 Select the Power Mode tab and set any of
25. Rotate Right Left Rotates the page in the selected direction Single Page Displays the pages so that when you use Up a or Down to scroll the file the display jumps a page at a time Continuous Displays the pages so that when you use Up or Down to scroll the file the display scrolls continuously up or down without jumping 2 Press Tools left softkey select Zoom and then select one of the following options In Increases the file display size to enlarge font and image size Out Decreases the file display size to fit more of the file on the screen To Specifies a specific zoom level for the display Fit screen Sizes the display so an entire page fits on the screen from top to bottom Fit width Sizes the display so that the width of the page fills the display from side to side Finding Text in a File 1 With the file open tap the Find icon or press Tools left softkey and select Find gt Text 2 Enter the text you want to find Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 3 Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in the text you entered 4 Optional Check the Whole word box to find only full words that match the text you entered 5 Optional Check the Backwards box to search the file backwards Press Find left softkey 7 To find the next occurrence of the text press Tools left softkey and select Find gt Next gt Section
26. Select Excel Mobile xz 2 3 In the workbook list select the workbook you want to view 4 Press View left softkey and then select any of the following Full Screen View as much data as possible on the screen To return to the normal view select Restore in the upper right corner Zoom Set the magnification level so that you can easily read the worksheet Sheet Switch to a different worksheet Split Divide the window into two scrollable areas To move the split bar tap and drag it To remove the split bar select View gt Remove Split Freeze Panes Lock rows or columns so that they remain visible while you scroll Highlight the cell at the juncture you want to lock before you select this command To unlock the rows or columns select View gt Unfreeze Panes Toolbar Set whether the toolbar appears onscreen Status Bar Set whether the status bar appears onscreen Show Set whether headings and scroll bars appear onscreen To jump to a cell or region press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Go To Select Cell reference or name and enter the target cell information or select Current region Select OK Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 295 eee You can switch worksheets by selecting the sheet list at the bottom of the Screen Calculating a Sum 1 2 3 4 5 Press View left softkey and select Toolbar Highlight the cell where you want to insert the sum
27. account name 2 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Messages you delete are moved to the Deleted Items folder To remove these items from your device completely press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Empty Deleted Items 146 Section 3B Using the Email Features Using Email Shortcuts You can perform common email tasks for messages you ve received by pressing and holding certain keys on the keyboard Either highlight a message on the message list or open a message from he list and then press and hold any of the following keys Press and hold To H View all email shortcuts A Reply to the sender of a message and to all other recipients R Reply to the sender only K Mark a message as read or unread F Flag a message as high priority M Move a message between folders O Forward a message D Delete a message L Fully download a partially downloaded message S Synchronize your smartphone with the server to receive and send new messages Adding a Signature to Your Messages You can use a different signature with each email account 1 Press Messaging i 2 Do one of the following f you see the account list press Menu right softkey and select Options If you see the message list for a specific account press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Section 3B Using the Email Features 8 On the Accounts tab se
28. Accessing Information on a Remote Computer issssssssssssssssses ee 328 6B Synchronizing Information ssssssssllslse ehh han 331 Setting Up Wireless Synchronization ss serrer renr rrrn In 332 Other Ways to SynchtEorilze oso Ted eR RECDRAY os bet eee RU eet ET Re 336 Changing Which Applications Synchronize 0 0 cece cece tne e 338 Stopping Synchronization 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Today Screen Settings System Sound Settings Display and Appearance Settings Application Settings Locking Your Treo Pro Smartphone and Information Entering Owner Information System Settings Connection Settings Purchasing Accessories for Your Treo Pro Smartphone Section 7 Your Resources 0606 e nent neta 371 LAHelp sao IEEE ess d rne EE Codes TR REV SAM Bie Lea bad E AM UR 373 Transferring Information From Another Device ssssssssssssssss tenet eens 374 Trouble Installing the Desktop Software on a Windows XP Computer lsssessessss 374 Resetting Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Performance Screen Third Party Applications Making Room on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Voice Quality 7B Glossary Section 8 Your Safety and Specifications 8A Important Safety INforMatiOn 60 cnn hh FCC Statements sci sed Ses eee ens eae nga ely cd vend aero rade rela enge ph i4 ewe p ge Antenna Care Unauthorized Modifications
29. Burst Captures a sequence of up to 30 still images while Center is held down Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos To switch camera modes do the following 1 Press and hold the Side button 2 Press Left 4 or Right until the Mode icon for the mode you want appears in the upper left corner of the screen Mode icon Taking a Picture By default pictures are stored in the My Pictures folder on your Treo Pro smartphone If you want to store your pictures on an expansion card sold separately you can change where pictures are stored see Organizing Pictures and Videos on page 240 For information on accessing your pictures on your computer see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 225 Pictures are captured and stored in 16 bit color JPG format Resolution settings range from a low end of 160x120 pixels to a high end of 1600x1200 pixels You can change the default setting See Customizing Your Camera Settings on page 235 for details Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 231 1 Press and hold the Side button If you see the Video G7 or MMS Video 27 icon in the upper left corner of the screen press Left 4 or Right gt on the 5 way until one of the camera icons appears 2 Aim your smartphone as you would any camera to frame the subject in the device s screen 3 Optional If the onscreen controls are not displayed press Up to display the controls and ta
30. Desktop Computer Web sites are displayed as created for viewing with a desktop computer Play Sounds Allow Web sites you visit to play sounds IL NN NUN Show Pictures Display pictures on Web sites Web pages will display faster if this option is turned off 7 Press Close right softkey 5 Td am s 43 ok 192 Section 3D Browsing the Web Clearing Internet Explorer Mobile Files 1 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 2 On the Options screen select Browsing History 3 Select one of the following types of files and press Clear right softkey Press Done left softkey when you have Mj Browsing History gt Tul ae 8 41 ok finished cT Temporary Files Removes saved pages and Web files ais that you viewed or synchronized with your computer 6 35 KB Cookies Deletes stored cookies Cookies are small files containing information about your identity and preferences A Web page sends the file and stores it on your smartphone History Empties the History list 4 Press Close right softkey Using WorldMate Pro With WorldMate Pro you can gain access to your travel itinerary details global weather forecasts world clocks currenoy clothing size and measurement converters a tip and tax calculator and more Be sure your phone is on and you are in a coverage area see Turning Your Treo Pro Smartphone On and Off on page 32 Your account must in
31. File Explorer 317 318 file names 284 file types email attachments 140 images or pictures 237 F factory settings restoring 254 factory installed applications 14 322 435 Exclusive Programs List 71 expansion card slot 24 expansion cards encrypting 328 formatting 323 inserting and removing 324 installing applications onto 321 media 246 moving applications to 326 multimedia 161 moving files to 247 288 303 326 ringtones 96 Index 448 spreadsheets 293 videos 237 Word documents 284 files See also media files beaming 220 browsing 308 317 327 clearing temporary 193 compressing or decompressing 318 319 320 copying 227 281 290 318 326 deleting 227 247 281 318 displaying 48 237 downloading 189 320 finding synchronized 282 freeing internal memory and 403 getting from corporate servers 366 moving 281 288 303 326 opening 308 309 318 renaming 327 saving 325 searching for 303 316 selecting multiple 318 sending 155 160 177 217 sorting 317 synchronizing 42 226 247 280 troubleshooting sync problems for 391 viewing error information and 362 Files sync folder 42 227 281 filtering call lists 81 82 contacts 260 events 268 Index messages 145 spreadsheets 301 lasks 272 Find Replace command 285 finding contacts 77 144 259 data in spreadsheets 302 email messages 145 information 316 synchronized files 282 text 285 310 user names 115 firewalls 366 387 391
32. Moving Around on the Screen 54 To move around on the Treo Pro smartphone by Palm screen you can use the 5 way navigator or you can tap items on the screen with the stylus With use you can find your own favorite way to scroll highlight and select items Using the 5 way press Right gt Left 4 Up a or Down w to move around on the screen Press Center Q to select highlighted items e aJiw 3 G9 6S v u U o E Up Right Down Left Center O a fF OON Some third party applications may not work with the 5 way navigator and you must use the stylus instead The arrow icons that indicate directions on the 5 way are different from the onscreen scroll arrows and the arrows that indicate that a list is available see Selecting Options in a List on page 60 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Scrolling Through Screens As on a computer on your Treo Pro smartphone you scroll to move from field to field or from page to page or in some cases to highlight an item or option in a list There are several methods of scrolling e On the 5 way press Right gt Left 4 Up a or Down w to move to the next field button or action in that direction e Press and hold Option the white key below the A key on the keyboard and then press Up or Down to scroll one screen at a time These keys work just like the Page Up and Page Down keys on a computer keyboar
33. Networks to access and the Configure Wireless Networks screen appears po 3 highlight the network you want and press Connect left Wireless l Network Adapters softkey 206 Section 3F Using Wireless Connections Wi Fi was off A notification appears listing up to three available networks If the network you want appears highlight it and press OK left softkey to connect If the network you want does not appear select Show all networks highlight the network you want and press Connect left softkey To dismiss the notification without connecting to a network press Menu right softkey and select Dismiss To turn off the notification feature press Menu right softkey and select Don t show this message again You can turn the feature back on later see Customizing Advanced Wi Fi Settings on page 213 2 When the connection message appears press Dismiss right softkey Narrow the list of networks that appear on the Configure Wireless Networks screen by selecting Networks to access and then selecting Only access points or Only computer to computer Some locations such as airports and coffee shops provide an open network but charge a fee to use it After you connect your smartphone to the network you need to open nternet Explorer Mobile and register with the Wi Fi service provider before you can check email or browse the Web Connecting to a Secure Network To set up a connection t
34. Require SSL for Outgoing e mail Check the box if your Ramse sst for incoming emat account requires SSL for outgoing messages C Requre SSL for outgoing e mai Network connection Select the type of connection to ee use for sending and receiving email Cancel 134 Section 3B Using the Email Features 17 On the Outgoing SMTP mail server screen press Next right softkey 18 Optional Set any of the following Ry iian ga ig a 7223 Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for sep automatically sending and downloading email from EIEREN dotlhAd ial c every five minutes to once a day If you do not wantto automatically download messages select Manually Automatic Send Receive Review all download settings Select this link to change download settings see Changing Email Download Settings Other Email Accounts on page 152 for information 19 Press Finish right softkey If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now Editing and Deleting Email Accounts 1 Press Messaging 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 Do one of the following To delete an account Highlight the account you want to delete press and hold Center and then select Delete To edit an account Select the account you want to edit select the account feature you want to edit and go through the screens to change the settings you want to edit
35. Select Sum M Tap and drag the stylus across the cells you want to add Press Return 2 Entering a Formula 1 2 3 Highlight the cell where you want to enter the formula Enter an equal sign followed by any values cell references name references operators and functions Example B4 25 100 Revenue Expenses Press Return a Referring to a Cell or Range in a Formula 1 2 3 296 Open the workbook where you want to refer to a cell or range in a formula Begin entering a formula in a cell Navigate to the cell you want to refer to in the formula To refer to a range tap and drag the stylus over the cells you want to include in the range Finish entering the formula and press OK Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity To refer to a cell from another worksheet in your formula enter the worksheet name followed by an exclamation point and the cell range or name reference Example Sheet1 Earnings To create a 3 D reference in your formula specify two or more sheets in a workbook Use a colon between the first and last worksheet names Example SUM Sheet2 Sheet6 A 2 C 5 Inserting a Function Sy excel Mobie cm Tf m 12 42 Insert Function 1 Highlight the cell where you want to insert the function 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Function 3 Select the Category list and then select the type of function you want to insert
36. To avoid any injury such as tendonitis carpal tunnel syndrome or other musculoskeletal disorder make sure to take necessary breaks from use take longer rests such as several hours if discomfort or tiring begins and see a doctor if discomfort persists To minimize the risk of Repetitive Motion Injuries when Texting or playing games with your phone e Do not grip the phone too tightly e Press the buttons lightly Make use of the special features in the handset which minimize the number of buttons which have to be pressed such as message templates and predictive text e Take lots of breaks to stretch and relax Section 8A Important Safety Information 421 Audio Safety This smartphone is capable of producing loud noises which may damage your hearing When using the speakerphone feature it is recommended that you place your smartphone at a safe distance from your ear Blackouts and Seizures Blinking lights such as those experienced with television or playing video games may cause some people to experience blackout or seizure even if never experienced before In the event a smartphone user should experience any disorientation loss of awareness convulsion eye or muscle twitching or other involuntary movements stop use immediately and consult a doctor Individuals with personal or family history of such events should consult a doctor before using the device To limit the possibility of such symptoms wherever possible ever
37. Treo Pro smartphone and the Bluetooth device We recommend that where possible you make up a passkey of 16 alphanumeric characters letters and numerals only to improve the security of your smartphone The longer the passkey the more difficult it is for the passkey to be deciphered 11 Press Done left softkey and then press OK A You can now communicate with this device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone is turned on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters To modify or delete an established partnership with a device go to the Bluetooth Settings screen and select Devices Highlight the connection you want to change or remove press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Edit or Delete A deleted device can no longer automatically connect with your Treo Pro smartphone 216 Section 3F Using Wireless Connections Sending Information Over a Bluetooth Connection You can send an individual entry or file owes tl Tg eriie e 1 Make sure the receiving device is ready to receive a Bluetooth connection 2 Highlight the entry or file you want to send To beam s 4 Infrared 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Beam If you don t i 610 see a Beam command select Send Beam instead 4 The Beam and Send menu items change names based on the type of item you highlighted 4 Select the
38. Up Sync LN You may see a name for your device instead of Portable media device 6 Check the Sync this device automatically box 7 Select the playlists and files you want to sync On a Windows Vista computer select the All Photos and All Videos playlists to synchronize pictures and videos between your device and your computer If the playlist you want does not appear the items you want to synchronize may reside in a folder that does not sync with Windows Media Player Sync those items by following the correct sync procedure described in Synchronizing Your Pictures Videos and Music on page 226 8 Click Finish to begin the transfer Be patient transferring media files to an expansion card can take several minutes To find your synchronized files update the library in Windows Media Player see Working With Libraries on page 251 The transferred files appear in the updated libraries For tips on using the desktop version of Windows Media Player go to the Help menu in Windows Media Player on your computer 248 Section 4C Playing Media Files Playing Media Files 1 2 Press Start 2s and select Windows Media If you don t see Library in the upper left corner press Menu right softkey and select Library To play a file that is not in a library go to the Library screen press Menu right softkey and select Open File Select the folder that contains the item you want to play
39. Warn when changing to an unsecured page Sets whether a message appears when you switch from a secure page to one that is not secure pone INL E 5 Select Languages and set any of the following options Press Done left softkey when you have finished ncn Preferred language to read websites Preferred language to read websites Sets the language used to display Web pages and address bar text Encoding Encoding Defines the character set to be used to Western European z display Web pages v auto select Auto Select Enables Internet Explorer Mobile to try to determine language encoding information when a Web MED site does not include it Section 3D Browsing the Web 191 Most of the time you can use Auto Select and let Internet Explorer Mobile determine a Web site s language and character set encoding If it does not and you know the language use the Preferred language and Encoding options to set them manually To change the language of menus and buttons you need to install a version of Internet Explorer Mobile written in the language you prefer 6 Select Other and set any of the following options Press Done left softkey when you have finished retten Mobile Device Your smartphone tells the Web server Howe Device that it is a mobile device so that the Web server bo sega copper provides content that is more suitable for display on a Spee mobile device uw
40. and select Save to Contacts 4 Do one of the following Create a new contact Select New Contact gt Add this number to an existing contact Select the contact name Decline adding the number Press Cancel right softkey Forwarding Calls You can forward calls to another phone number Please check with Sprint about availability and pricing of forwarded calls additional charges may apply 1 Go to your Today screen see Accessing Your Today Screen on page 76 2 Enter 72 followed by the number to which you want to forward your calls For example 724155551234 3 Press Phone Talk A confirmation tone sounds 4 When youre ready to turn off call forwarding dial 720 and then press Phone Talk C If 72 and 720 do not turn call forwarding on and off please contact Sprint to obtain the forwarding codes for your area After you turn on call forwarding call your Treo Pro smartphone to confirm that call forwarding is active 90 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Managing Multiple Calls Your Treo Pro smartphone offers many advanced telephone features including call waiting and three way calling When you re handling multiple calls keep the following in mind e When you re on a call and a second call comes in you can accept the call and swap between the two calls but you cannot create a three way conference call e When you re on a call you can put the call on hold and make a second call Whe
41. harm While Palm has built protections against ESD into its products ESD unfortunately exists and unless neutralized could build up to levels that could harm your equipment Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD Devices that you carry with you such as your handheld build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that may have built up on your body is automatically passed to the device Then when the device is connected to another device such as a docking station a discharge event can occur Precautions Against ESD Make sure to discharge any built up static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another The recommendation from Palm is that you take this precaution before connecting your handheld to your computer placing the handheld in a cradle or connecting it to any other device You can do this in many ways including the following e Ground yourself when you re holding your mobile device by simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground e For example if your computer has a metal case and is plugged into a standard three prong grounded outlet touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body Increase the relative humidity of your environment e Install ESD specific prevention items such as grounding ma
42. media file types 246 media files accessing 251 adding to playlists 252 customizing Media Player for 253 254 displaying information about 252 Index playing 195 246 249 250 removing from device 227 247 251 removing from libraries 251 synchronizing 42 226 228 247 248 troubleshooting sync problems for 392 viewing 196 media libraries 247 249 251 Media Player See Windows Media Player Mobile meeting invitations See meeting requests meeting requests 142 144 154 266 270 memory checking usage 70 363 downloading email and 153 freeing 70 322 403 mapping to remote computers 329 synchronizing and 395 memos See messages notes menus 58 59 192 message formats email 151 153 message headers 151 153 messages See also email notes voice notes adding contact info from 142 169 blocking 167 checking spelling in 138 160 editing 146 filtering 145 inserting appointments in 163 267 inserting contact information in 163 262 inserting emoticons in 163 177 saving as templates 164 selecting 170 453 sending multimedia See multimedia messages sending text See text messages sending to multiple recipients 138 177 viewing partially downloaded 140 151 viewing status of 170 viewing unread 73 170 Messaging application opening chat sessions from 168 receiving email from 140 175 receiving meeting requests from 154 searching messages from 145 sending email from 137 143 sending multimedia messages from 161 sending te
43. or property damage FCC Statements This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This phone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines and is ce
44. press Start 3 and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Connect via IR 6 Point the IR port on your smartphone directly at your computer s IR port aA AR w amp Synchronizing With Multiple Computers You can set up your Treo Pro smartphone to synchronize with up to two computers as well as with Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 When synchronizing with multiple computers the items that you sync appear on all the computers For example if you set up to sync your smartphone with two computers named C1 and C2 when you sync Contacts and Calendar on your smartphone with both computers you get the following results e The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C1 are now also on C2 e The contacts and calendar appointments that were on C2 are now also on C1 e The contacts and calendar appointments from both computers are on your smartphone LM Microsoft Office Outlook E mail can sync with only one computer Section 6B Synchronizing Information 337 Changing Which Applications Synchronize On your Treo Pro smartphone you can choose which applications you want to sync 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 4 Do any of the following IT vr Check the box next to any items you want to Options synchronize If you cannot check
45. right softkey 6 Press OK Customizing Network Adapter Settings 1 Press Start 2 and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Wi Fi WF 3 Select the Network Adapters tab and set any of the following My network card connects to Sets the default network connection type for your device Work or The Internet Section SF Using Wireless Connections EB L 11 20 Wi F Advanced Settings v Tum cn avatabie network notficatien Turn off Wf f not connected in Never ok Settings Go Yy aw EIL Configure Network Adapters My network card connects to Work Tap an adapter to modify settings Ethernet Driver Miniport 4 1 IEEE 802 11b g Compatible Wi Fi Ada a Wireless Network Adapters 213 Tap an adapter to modify settings Lets you edit network adapter information Select the adapter you want and then select either of the following tabs IP Address Sets whether the server assigns an IP SY Settings levee i in 21 ok address or whether you enter a specific IP address Use server assigned IP address Name Servers Lets you enter the addresses of Use specific IP address primary and alternate DNS and WINS servers 4 Press OK i Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology With the Bluetooth wireless technology feature of your Treo Pro smartphone you can
46. right softkey and select Favorites 3 Press Menu right softkey and select New Folder 4 Enter a name for the folder and press Aad left softkey The new folder appears at the top of your Favorites list When you create a new favorite the folder is available in the Folder list on the Add Favorite screen You cannot move existing favorites into a new folder Working With Web Pages Downloading Files and Images From a Web Page You can download files that are usable on your Treo Pro smartphone such as new applications MIDI ringtones or pictures that are specifically tagged for download 1 Go to the page that contains the link to the item you want to download 2 Do either of the following To download a file highlight the link to the file press Center C and then select Save Target As To download an image tap and hold the image and select Save Image As 3 Fill in the fields of the Save As screen 4 Select Save Section 3D Browsing the Web 189 Copying Text From a Web Page You can copy text from a Web page and paste it into Office Mobile applications 1 Press Menu right softkey select Copy Paste and then select Make Selection 2 Use the stylus to highlight the text you want to copy 3 Press Copy left softkey 4 Open an Office Mobile file into which you want to paste the text 5 Select the location for the text press Menu right softkey and select Paste Using the History List The History
47. ssssse Industry Ca ada m cec te ere deese NE E Lb a MM ASPEN I RADO Tp DERIT RF Safety Exposule 52 va dette eter o ER n m eter dite eU RE N ka rete na La Hearing Aid Comwpatibility HIAG irasi senian a Ra Mata ec Re e a v Ive ode beer ee Battery Handling esercito oetUERIRE E TINPISRE DUO WD ERR bude mbes deus NP metet t Power Specifications aiats atiae ann daa DERE MARII DINAR SATARAMIA AA MAMMA DAE es Recycling and DISDOSEI serene deine eee oe RIEN d RE EMDR Oe EA a TES ND User Salfely 3 2 e Eee eR ERO RM ES ERAR e Te vee Che Me eee ods pena Product Handling amp Safely 22 2 1 wrote ets e Y UE bv EY Coe ead at Driving Safety General Operatior us ette e on HUE DUUM DUREE HAE RII ESD Safely sacros een eos t eve te eva aes Tec erp UP LE MER E vire Beene ea Owners Record i cerne ae ae sued bebe Sedan acd vs ba Gawd whee ge Sade teen pipa SB Specifications ooo ARAB Rr ADR bbe aed Hebe aadiacee Speclticatloris i cu ieroepre penus deberi ay sede Yagi nde eas uae cremains hala d Introduction We know you re eager to start using your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm right away and the sections of this guide are designed to help you do just that Section 1 Your Setup guides you through the process of setting up your new Treo Pro smartphone your Sprint service and your computer Section 2 Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm shows you the basics of your Treo Pro smartphone and service with quick easy to follow ins
48. such as a video song album or artist name and if necessary select a subfolder to select a specific item Press Play left softkey To repeat the current video or song press Menu right softkey and select Shuffle Repeat Use any of the following onscreen and keyboard controls By windows cto an Tg am ees X during playback takes Sklestepper or Center Play the current file Qi or Center Pause the current file or Left 4 Skip to the beginning of the current file or to the previous file Press and hold Left 4 to rewind or Right Skip to the next file Press and hold Right to fast forward Set the point from which playback begins Tap and drag the slider to change the current position Section 4C Playing Media Files 249 250 or Volume button Increase the volume level amp or Volume button Decrease the volume level T Turn the sound on or off Display a video using the full screen Display a Web site where you can find music and videos to play Set your rating of the current file Select the stars in the upper right corner to change the rating 6 Press Menu right softkey and select any of the following during playback Library Display the Library screen so you can select a different video or song to play Play Pause Stop playback temporarily and restarts playback Shuffle Repeat gt Shuffle Play the Now Playing playlist in ra
49. 346 deleting 272 searching for 145 316 disp lay mg ere setting default size 354 marking as completed 271 272 setting input options for 67 352 354 prioritizing 271 text files 362 sending 163 Text Layout command 164 setting options for 272 273 text messages setting reminders for 271 273 See also messages Tasks application 270 273 adding attachments 160 Tasks entry bar 273 checking for 73 170 Tasks list 272 273 u creating 103 158 160 Tasks Over The Air See OTA synchronization deleting 165 170 TDD devices See TTY TDD devices technical support 374 403 telecommunications devices See TTY TDD including callback numbers in 171 making phone calls and 78 84 opening 166 devices replying to 165 templates 164 275 285 294 saving 160 165 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol See TKIP selecting links in 169 encryption sending 81 83 160 164 temporary files 193 text aligning 287 299 setting options for 171 172 setting priority 160 sorting 171 Index 464 troubleshooting 385 verifying addresses for 159 text telephone devices See TTY TDD devices third party applications 5 way navigator and 54 accessing Outlook folders and 391 backing up information and 377 compatibility with 318 321 402 freeing internal memory and 403 getting help with 321 403 installing 318 321 402 losing 377 purchasing 321 synchronizing with 42 taking pictures and 401 troubleshooting 402 Thumbnail View 241 time 347 359 360 time
50. 4 Select the Function list and then select the specific function you want to insert 5 Select OK To enter symbols that are not on the keyboard such as the sign press Alt and select the symbol from the list Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 297 Entering a Sequence Automatically 1 Highlight both the cells containing the information you want to automate and the adjacent destination cells e 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Fill Oreto TENE 3 Select the Direction list and then select the direction you lis ey 7 want to populate 4 Select the Fill type list and then select Series 5 Select the Series type list and then select the type of series 9 exe you want If you select Date or Number enter a Step value SS increment 6 Select OK Senes type Select Autofill as the series type to quickly fill cells with repetitive data such as numbers or repeated text Autofill takes the content of the first cell in the highlighted row or column and copies it down or across the rest of the selection Adding Cells Rows and Columns 1 Open the workbook you want to add to 2 Highlight the area where you want to insert elements 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Cells 4 Select how you want to insert the elements Shiftcells right Insert a new cell The highlighted cell and all cells on the right move one column to the right
51. 9 You can preserve battery life by assigning a button to toggle the screen off and on during playback On the Buttons tab set the Toggle Screen option and then press the assigned key for instance S to turn the screen on and off during playback You can also use Kimona FreePlay to view media files see Using Kinoma FreePlay on page 195 254 Section 4C Playing Media Files Section 5 Your Wireless Organizer Sprint Y 256 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features In This Section Contacts Calendar Tasks Notes Calculator If you are using Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 that has been upgraded to Service Pack 2 you may be able to take advantage of the additional features of Microsoft Direct Push Microsoft Direct Push is a two way wireless delivery method that keeps your Outlook information always up to date and provides more efficient communication between the server and your device It includes features like Global Address List Tasks Over The Air OTA and IP based push updating of Calendar and Messaging Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 257 Contacts Adding a Contact 10 258 If you have many contacts to enter it s best to enter them in Microsoft Outlook on your computer and then sync See Connecting to Your Computer on page 39 for details Go to your Today screen Press Contacts left softkey an
52. 975 6 947 017 6 943 667 6 940 490 6 924 752 6 907 233 6 906 701 6 906 741 6 901 276 6 850 780 6 845 408 6 842 628 6 842 335 6 831 662 6 819 552 6 804 699 6 795 710 6 788 285 6 781 824 6 781 575 6 766 490 6 745 047 6 744 451 6 738 852 6 732 105 6 724 720 6 721 892 6 712 638 6 708 280 6 697 639 6 687 839 6 685 328 6 665 803 6 618 044 6 590 588 6 539 476 6 532 148 6 523 124 6 519 141 6 516 202 6 490 155 6 480 146 6 457 134 6 456 247 6 442 637 6 441 824 6 437 543 6 429 625 6 425 087 6 389 572 6 388 877 6 381 650 6 363 082 6 344 848 6 317 085 6 241 537 6 222 857 6 185 423 6 147 314 6 115 248 6 064 342 7 356 361 D421 251 D429 252 D466 128 D478 091 Patent pending This product also is licensed under United States patent 6 058 304 Palm Take Back and Recycling Program This symbol indicates that Palm products should be recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted X municipal waste Palm products should be sent to a facility that properly recycles electrical and electronic equipment For information on environmental programs visit palm com environment EE As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and develop the highest standards in electronics recycling Our recycling program keeps Palm handheld devices devices and mobile companions out of landfills through evaluation and dis
53. Changing the Text Size 1 Press Start g and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Screen B 3 Select the Text Size tab 4 Press Left 4 and Right gt to adjust the text size 5 Press OK If text looks rough around the edges open the Screen Settings screen and select the ClearType tab Check the Enable ClearType box and then press OK 346 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Aligning the Screen to Correct Tapping Problems Occasionally your screen can move out of alignment activating the wrong feature when you tap the screen If this occurs you need to align your screen 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Screen 8 3 On the Alignment tab select Align Screen 4 Tap the screen where indicated Setting Display Formats 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Regional Settings Cr 3 On the Region tab select a region from the list The region selection sets the default format settings 4 Optional Select any of the following tabs to customize the format settings Number Set the decimal symbol and number of decimal places the digit grouping symbol and group Appearance samples size list separators negative number sign symbol and aenms format leading zero display and measurement system metric versus U S
54. Internet connection To set up Internet Sharing with Bluetooth wireless technology Create a partnership between your Treo Pro smartphone and your computer and be sure to check the Make this device discoverable to other devices box We recommend that you initiate the partnership from your smartphone see Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection on page 214 1 On your computer double click the icon to open the Bluetooth connections window For instructions check the documentation included with your computer 2 Select the option to view devices within range 3 You should see an icon representing your Treo Pro smartphone Double click or right click this icon and check properties details to make sure that Network Access Point or Personal Access Networking or something similar appears in the list of Bluetooth services associated with your smartphone Don t see your Treo Pro smartphone icon on the list of services Check the documentation included with your computer or contact your computer manufacturer for help Various computer models use various terms for the Bluetooth connection features Section 3A Using Web and Data Services 117 NO G A On your Treo Pro smartphone select Start gt Programs gt Internet Sharing Select the PC Connection list and then select Bluetooth PAN Press Connect left softkey and follow the wizard to set up Internet Sharing On your computer follow the steps to a
55. Library command 251 Delete Slide command 163 Deleted folder 150 Deleted Items folder 146 171 deleting applications 322 403 attachments 164 certificates 362 contacts 261 cookies 193 directory services 143 445 documents 289 display See touchscreen email accounts 135 display settings 165 346 email messages 146 149 150 153 document file types 284 events 269 documentation 13 14 20 Exchange server accounts 136 documents files 227 247 281 318 checking spelling in 288 items in playlists 252 copying and pasting text in 286 meeting requests 155 creating 283 284 285 multimedia messages 170 deleting 289 notes 276 307 displaying 139 284 289 partnerships 216 387 finding and replacing text in 285 286 pictures or videos 243 formatting 287 sounds 346 opening 285 lasks 272 organizing 288 text 57 saving 283 284 285 286 289 text messages 165 170 setting margins for 287 desktop software 20 406 setting options for 289 Desktop view Web pages 185 domains 133 368 device See smartphone Download Message command 140 device to device connections 208 Download messages setting 152 diagnostic information 362 downloading dialing 76 80 attachments 140 141 151 154 digit grouping 347 email 135 140 150 152 digital cameras 237 files 189 320 See also camera multimedia messages 166 digital certificates 152 187 212 319 362 music 119 digital notebooks 305 pictures 189 237 digital signatures 151 ringtones 96 Direct Push techno
56. Refuses to Permit a Transaction Some Web sites don t support certain browsers for transactions Please contact the site s Web master to make sure the site allows transactions using Internet Explorer Mobile 400 Section 7A Help Camera Here are some tips for taking good pictures with the built in camera Clean the camera s lens with a soft lint free cloth e Take pictures in bright lighting conditions Low light images may be grainy due to the sensitivity of the camera e Hold the camera as still as possible Try supporting your picture taking arm against your body or a stationary object such as a wall e Keep the subject of the pictures still Exposure time is longer with lower light levels so you may see a blur e For best results position the brightest light source behind you lighting the subject s face Avoid taking indoor pictures with the subject in front of a window or light e Make sure the subject is at least 18 inches 5 meters away from the camera to ensure good focus My Camera Won t Take Pictures If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether the camera features are disabled on your smartphone The Camera Preview Image Looks Strange Some third party applications overwrite the color settings of your Treo Pro smartphone with their own 8 bit color settings This can affect the Camera Preview Mode Delete third party applications o
57. Section Connecting to a Wi Fi Network Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology Beaming Information Using Comm Manager to Turn Wireless Services On and Off Section 3F Using Wireless Connections 203 Connecting to a Wi Fi Network Many environments such as corporate offices coffee shops airports and libraries offer access to a Wi Fi network A Wi Fi network is a wireless local area network WLAN that is based on the 802 11b g standard When you re within range of an accessible Wi FI network you can use the Wi Fi feature of your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm to connect to that network and access the Web Why Use a Wi Fi Connection A Wi Fi connection is especially helpful in the following situations e You re outside a coverage area and you want to access the Web e Your Sprint service plan incurs additional charges for data services and you want to minimize data service charges by using a Wi Fi connection instead e You re inside a coverage area but outside a Sprint Mobile Broadband Network A Wi Fi connection may provide faster throughput than a 1xRTT data connection e You want to maintain a Web connection while talking on the phone You can use a Wi Fi connection for scheduled synchronization with an Exchange server taking advantage of Microsoft Direct Push technology for wireless synchronization 204 Section 3F Using Wireless Connections Are There Different Types of Wi Fi
58. Section 3B Using the Email Features 131 Setting Up Messaging to Work With Other Providers You can set up an account in the Messaging application to send and receive email messages using an email account that you have with an Internet service provider ISP an email account that you access using a VPN server connection such as a work account see Connecting to a VPN on page 366 or any other IMAP or POP email account Work with your email provider or system administrator to gather the following information account type POP3 or IMAP mail server name for receiving mail your user name and password and any special security requirements including whether it is OK to store your password on your Treo Pro smartphone 1 Make sure that your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 2 Press Messaging rmm cor 3 Select Setup E mail t mail Setup 4 Enter the email address and password for the email E mail address suser company com account that you want to set up 5 If you want to enter your password each time you access this account uncheck the Save password box If you want your password entered automatically check this box 6 Press Next right softkey 7 Uncheck the Try to get e mail settings automatically from the Internet box and then press Next right softkey 132 Section 3B Using the Email Features 8 Select one of the following as your ema
59. Section 3D Browsing the Web 183 For additional information on features supported by Internet Explorer Mobile visit microsoft com Viewing a Web Page By default Internet Explorer Mobile scales Web page content to fit your smartphone screen so that you can view most of the information without scrolling left or right You can start a Web search from your Today screen by selecting the Live Search field entering the item you want to find and then pressing Center on the 5 way In Internet Explorer Mobile you can start a search by entering an item in the address bar and pressing Center 1 Make sure that your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 3 http powerdeck sprint com id9 ee 2 Press Start 7 and select Internet Explorer If your Today screen is displayed press Internet right softkey to open Unknown Device nternet Explorer Sotware Updates 3 Highlight the address line enter the address of the Web page you want to view and then press Center Q Q me D eres Tros one Mere If you browse to a secure Web page the Lock icon in usn iint al the address line appears closed instead of open Useful Links gt mesa tnt 184 Section 3D Browsing the Web 4 Press Menu right softkey and select Zoom Out to view the entire Web page in zoom view and choose the area you want to view on your Treo screen Press Zoom Out left softkey and Zoom In right
60. Typing Default template Set the default template for new notes Save to Set the default location where new notes are stored Record button action This option does not apply to the Treo Pro smartphone 4 Press OK Tap Global Input Options to set options for entering text in any application see Setting Onscreen Input Options on page 352 Calculator You can use Calculator for basic arithmetic calculations such as addition subtraction multiplication and division You can tap the screen or use the keyboard to input numbers 276 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Performing Calculations 1 Press Start 2s and select Calculator E 2 Enter numbers and perform calculations including ECUUNRTIUUTUESUUE the following Clear the last digit Clear the current calculation or the displayed number s Calculate the reciprocal of a number Calculate a percentage Calculate the square root of a number Switch a number between negative and positive To copy a number press Edit left softkey and select Copy You can paste the copied number into another application To paste a copied number into another application press Edit left softkey and select Paste Using the Calculator Memory e To store a number select the box to the left of the entry box An M appears in the box To add the displayed number to the number stored
61. Volume on the side of your smartphone to adjust the call volume e Music Video volume While playing music or a video press Volume to adjust the music video volume e Ringer volume When a call is not in progress and you are not playing music or a video press the Volume to adjust the ringer volume You can also set sounds for messaging notifications and calendar reminders See Selecting Sounds amp Notifications on page 344 Assigning a Picture and Ringtone ID to a Contact 1 aR wD 98 Go to your Today screen Press Contacts left softkey Highlight the contact that you want to give a picture caller ID Press Menu right softkey and select Edit Select Picture Section 2B Using the Phone Features 6 Select Camera to take a picture and add it to this contact entry or select an existing picture for this contact entry 7 Scroll down to the Ring tone field and then select a tone for this contact entry Selecting Your Location Privacy Setting When Location Privacy is on your device can be tracked for services such as Family Finder When it is off your device can be tracked only during a 911 call for emergency purposes 1 Press Start x and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Phone C Settings FACE 4 37 ok Turning location on will allow the 3 Select the Services tab and then select Location Setting network to detect your position using GPS technology m
62. You must spell the contacts name correctly to find it in the online address book Sending a contact Your device provides multiple options for sending a contact s information to someone else 1 Goto your Today screen and press Contacts left softkey 2 In the Contacts list highlight the contact you want to send 3 Press Menu right softkey and select one of the following options Beam a contact to a nearby device Select Send Contact Beam and then select the receiving device Send a multimedia message containing the contact information Select Send as vCard Video or VCard Picture address the multimedia message and press Send left softkey You can also send a message to the highlighted contact Press Menu right softkey and select Send video message by email or Send picture message by email 262 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Calendar Displaying Your Calendar 1 Press Calendar 88 2 Press Menu right softkey and select View 3 Select one of the following views Agenda View your daily schedule in list format Upcoming appointments are bold past appointments are dimmed Day View your daily schedule in day planner format Week View your schedule for an entire week Month View your schedule for a whole month A morning appointment An afternoon or evening appointment Both morning and afternoon or evening appointments An all day event Year View the first n
63. a box you may need to uncheck a box for the same information type elsewhere in the list E mail Uncheck the boxes next to any items you want to stop lL Tasks synchronizing Select an item and then select Settings to customize the settings for that item Settings are not available for all items 5 Press OK For information on synchronizing Microsoft Word documents Microsoft Excel spreadsheets Microsoft PowerPoint presentations and Microsoft OneNote notes see Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files on page 280 For information on synchronizing pictures videos and music files see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 225 338 Section 6B Synchronizing Information Stopping Synchronization If you ever need to manually stop synchronization follow these steps 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Stop left softkey To end the sync relationship between your Treo Pro smartphone and a computer so that items are no longer synchronized with that computer select the computer name on the ActiveSync screen and then select Delete Section 6B Synchronizing Information 339 340 Section 6B Synchronizing Information Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm In This Section Today Screen Settings System Sound Settings Display and Appearance Settings Application
64. a category link Select the Buy Now link below the item you want to purchase Follow the onscreen prompts to complete the transaction DARAN Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 319 Installing Applications From Other Web Sites on the Internet You can use Internet Explorer Mobile to install Windows Mobile applications in the CAB file format directly from the Internet For files in the ZIP file format you must unzip the files in File Explorer before you install them For files in any format other than CAB or ZIP you must first download the files to your computer and then install them to your Treo Pro smartphone by synchronizing 1 A ND NO O0 8 Make sure that your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 Press End to go to the Today screen and press Internet Explorer right softkey Go to the page that contains the link to the application you want to download Press Left 4 or Right to highlight the link to the file and then press Center to start the download process If prompted select the folder where you want to store the file When the download is complete press Start g and select File Explorer Go to the folder you selected in step 5 Select the file you downloaded to start the installation program Installing Applications From Your Computer There are many applications available for your Treo Pro smartphone To get started check out the s
65. access Comm Manager see Using Comm Manager to Turn Wireless Services On and Off on page 221 A call is in progress and the call audio is on a Bluetooth hands free device that is connected to your smartphone A call is in progress and the call audio is on an A2DP Bluetooth hands free device that is connected to your smartphone You have a reminder If you do not see the reminder on your Today screen tap the icon to open the reminder You have an alert from Microsoft If you do not see the alert on your Today Screen tap the icon to open the alert Ho 9 amp e WAR z 3 CE Section 2B Using the Phone Features 109 110 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Section 3 Web and Data Services and Other Wireless Connections Sprint Y 112 Section 3A Using Web and Data Services In This Section Getting Started With Data Services Accessing Data Services Using Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm as a Modem Using Sprint TV Using the Sprint Music Store Using Pocket Express Section 3A Using Web and Data Services 113 Getting Started With Data Services With your Sprint service you are ready to start enjoying the advantages of data services To sign up for data services or to access complete instructions visit sorintcom For information on charges associated with the features of Sprint s data services refer to your Sprint service plan Enabling Data Services The first time your a
66. an installed mounted device for your smartphone or a speakerphone accessory take advantage of these devices If driving while using a smartphone is permitted in your area we recommend using a phone headset or a hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor vehicle or riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and or others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises and do so only if it is legal and you can do so safely Section 8A Important Safety Information 427 428 Make sure you place your smartphone within easy reach and where you can grab it without removing your eyes from the road If you get an incoming call at an inconvenient time let your voicemail answer it for you Suspend conversations during hazardous driving conditions or situations Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions Rain sleet snow and ice can be hazardous but so is heavy traffic As a driver your first responsibility is to pay attention to the road Do not take notes look up phone numbers read write e mail or surf the Internet while driving If you are reading an address book or business card while driving a
67. and then press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory When you sync your Microsoft Outlook email account with your computer as opposed to wireless synchronization with an Exchange server disable your online address books to avoid errors Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select Address select each online address book and then uncheck the Check name againstthis server box Be sure to turn this option back on if you synchronize other email accounts 144 Section 3B Using the Email Features Finding Messages You can find messages containing a specific word or phrase The find feature searches names email addresses and subject lines 1 Press Messaging 2 Select the account you want 3 Begin typing the word or phrase you want to find The list changes to show only those messages containing the letters you enter and those letters are highlighted Continue entering letters to narrow the list until the message you want appears To clear the search filter and display all messages for this account press Backspace Using Links in Messages 4 When you receive a text or email message that contains a telephone number email address or URL you can dial the number send an email message or go to the Web page immediately Your Treo Pro smartphone automatically opens the appropriate application from the link 1 Select a message in the list 2 S
68. and videos from the built in camera to your computer During setup Windows Media Player selects the sync method automatic or manual that works best for your Treo Pro smartphone Automatic If you re using an expansion card that is larger than 4GB and your entire library can fit on the card Windows Media Player automatically syncs your entire library when you connect your smartphone to your computer or when you change sync settings You can also choose which playlists you want to sync automatically e Manual You indicate which files or playlists you want to transfer each time you update the digital media files on your smartphone To remove files from your smartphone you must delete them manually After you complete initial setup you can switch between automatic and manual sync The following steps are for Windows Media Player 11 If you re using another version of Windows Media Player the steps may vary Section 4C Playing Media Files 247 1 On your computer open Windows Media Player 2 Optional Insert an expansion card into your smartphone see Using Expansion Cards on page 323 3 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable 4 Wait for the Device Setup wizard to open on your computer and then click Finish 5 In Windows Media Player on your computer click the Sync tab and select Portable media device gt Set Up Sync To sync with an expansion card select Storage Card gt Set
69. and you do not need to complete the rest of the setup steps 4 Enter the email address that you want to set up 5 Do either of the following and then press Next right softkey If the Exchange server is detectable keep the check in the Attempt to detect Exchange Server Settings automatically box s If the Exchange server is not detectable uncheck the Attempt to detect Exchange Server Settings automatically box 126 Section 3B Using the Email Features 6 Enter the Server address Check the This server requires an encrypted SSL connection box if your server uses an encrypted connection then press Next right softkey If your Treo Pro smartphone was able to detect the Exchange server settings the Edit Server Settings screen does not appear Go Vg ame 11 51 Edit Server Settings 7 Enter the user name and password you use to access your corporate mail server and enter the Exchange server domain The Exchange server settings are case sensitive Be sure to enter uppercase and lowercase letters properly Be especially careful when entering the password because it does not appear on the screen as you enter it See Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters on page 62 and Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols on page 63 8 Do either of the following and then press Next right softkey sash args s If you want to enter your password each time you xD access this account uncheck t
70. application from your smartphone see Removing Applications on page 322 4 Ifthe problem persists perform another soft reset 5 If possible synchronize or use the included Sprite Backup utility to back up your most recent information 6 Perform a hard reset see Performing a Hard Reset on page 377 402 Section 7A Help 7 Synchronize or restore your backup to refresh the information in your built in applications 8 If the problem is resolved begin reinstalling your third party applications one at a time 9 Ifthe problem recurs delete the last application you installed and report the problem to its developer Getting More Help Contact the author or vendor of any third party software if you require further assistance Sprint does not provide technical support for applications that are not built into your Treo Pro smartphone Making Room on Your Treo Pro Smartphone If you store a large number of records or install many third party applications the internal memory on your Treo Pro smartphone mgy fill up Here are some ways to clear space on your device Camera Large images take up a lot of memory Move images to an expansion card or delete images from your smartphone see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 225 e Email Email attachments can consume excessive memory Move attachments to an expansion card or delete large files from your smartphone see Managing Your Messages on page 170 You may a
71. application name with the stylus 3 Select Add Exclusive To remove an application from the Exclusive Programs List press and hold OK to open Task Manager Select the Exclusive tab check the box next to the application name and select Remove Switching Among Open Applications With the Quick Menu 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Tap the Running Programs gl icon in the upper right corner of the screen to open the Quick Menu 3 Select the program you want to use FE Start BI Ta 10 56 Sprint Ezp EN F PIT wn ActiveSync Quick a Outloc z Calculator Lunch gu 12 008 L contacts LE W notes Contacts Internet Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 71 You can tap the icons on the Quick Menu to close applications open Task Manager and check system memory Customizing the Quick Menu If the Quick Menu is enabled you see the Running Programs gl icon in the upper right corner of the screen 1 Press and hold OK to open Task Manager 2 To remove the Quick Menu from your Today screen select the Button tab and uncheck the Enable Quick Menu on Today screen box 3 Select the Others tab and select the sort method for programs in the Quick Menu EVR EIE 5 Settings cu 1215 ok Running Programs List Sort programs n Quick Menu by Nettie t CQ Actvesync ax Memory usage Running Exclusve Button
72. available speed dial numbers You cannot assign O zero or 1 as a speed dial number The number 0 is reserved for entering the symbol in a phone number and the number 1 is reserved for dialing your voicemail system You can also assign a speed dial number to a contact from the recent calls list Press Phone Talk to open the list press Menu right softkey and select Speed Dial Press Menu right softkey select New and then select the contact to whom you want to assign a speed dial number To view a list of all your speed dials press Phone Talk Q press Menu right softkey and select Speed Dial Section 2B Using the Phone Features Using a Phone Headset You can connect a phone headset for hands free operation If driving while using a phone is permitted in your area we recommend using a headset or a hands free car kit sold separately However be aware that use of a headset that covers both ears impairs your ability to hear other sounds Use of such a headset while operating a motor vehicle or riding a bicycle may create a serious hazard to you and or others and may be illegal If you must use a stereo headset while driving place a speaker in only one ear Leave the other ear free to hear outside noises and use the headset only if it is legal and you can do so safely Most headsets have a context sensitive button that may perform different actions based on the situation Check the docume
73. based push updating of Microsoft Outlook information Inbox Calendar Contacts and Tasks For delivery of Outlook email using Direct Push technology make sure that your company uses Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 and ask your system administrator if synchronization features are enabled Setting Up an Exchange Server Account To wirelessly synchronize your smartphone with an Exchange server you must set up an Exchange Server account on your Treo Pro smartphone The account appears as an email account in the Messaging application Section 3B Using the Email Features 125 To wirelessly synchronize your Treo Pro smartphone with an Exchange server you must activate data services See Enabling Data Services on page 114 for more information Work with your system administrator to gather the following information Exchange server address and domain name Are the Exchange server settings detectable Security connection Does your server use an encrypted SSL connection Your user name and password Security measure Is it OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone 1 Press Start amp and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Add Server Source If you see Configure Server in the menu instead of Add Server Source then your Exchange Server account is already set up
74. box 5 Set any of the following options Show without animation Turn off builds and other animations Show without slide transition Turn off transition effects between slides Usetimings if present Enable the timings recorded with each slide in a presentation Loop continuously Advance to the first slide after playing the last slide in a presentation Show without media Turn off sound and other media effects 6 Press OK To turn the presentation into a continuously looping slide show check both the Use timings if present and the Loop continuously boxes Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 291 Excel Mobile With Microsoft Excel Mobile you can create and edit workbooks and templates on your Treo Pro smartphone You can also edit workbooks and templates that you create on your computer However keep in mind that you may lose some of the information and formatting when you save the workbook on your smartphone To copy a file from your computer to your Treo Pro smartphone open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer copy the file into the Mobile Device folder and then sync Note the following formatting considerations Alignment Vertical text appears horizontal Artistic borders Appear as a single line Cell patterns Patterns applied to cells are removed Fonts and font sizes The original font is listed on your Treo Pro smartphone and is mapped to
75. certain files as attachments from within the application where the file is created or stored For example if you take a picture with the built in camera you can select an option to send the picture as an attachment to an email message You can also use this feature with videos and sound files For details see the chapter on the specific application You can send files such as Microsoft Office documents Word PowerPoint Excel and OneNote PDF documents pictures videos and ringtones as attachments to email messages see Creating and Sending an Email Message on page 137 Section 3B Using the Email Features 155 156 Section 3B Using the Email Features Section 3C Using Messaging In This Section About Messaging Sending and Receiving Messages Managing Your Messages Customizing Your Messaging Settings Using Windows Live Setting Up and Using Instant Messaging Section 3C Using Messaging 157 About Messaging Your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm offers a few ways for you to send and receive messages Sprint Messaging Enables you to use the Messaging application to exchange brief text messages and multimedia messages with other wireless devices and email addresses that support these forms of messaging IM Enables you to exchange instant messages IMs with friends and colleagues who use MSN Yahoo and America Online instant messages These messaging services may not be include
76. connect to a number of Bluetooth devices such as a headset printer other phones and handhelds and more For a list of hands free devices with Bluetooth wireless technology that are compatible with your smartphone go to palm com support If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can also synchronize wirelessly Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection After you set up a connection with a Bluetooth device you can communicate with that device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone is turned on Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet 10 meters Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors 214 Section 3F Using Wireless Connections 1 If necessary prepare the device you want to connect with to accept a new connection Check the device s documentation for details v Tum on Bue Go to your Today screen v Make tnis dev Press Start 2 and select Settings To connect to a deve dick on the Devices tab below je to other devices Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth 3 Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your Treo Pro smartphone Wait about 10 seconds for the Bluetooth feature to activate aA wD Devices Mode COM Ports Securty You can also turn the Bluetooth feature on and off from
77. for the file Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 6 Select the Location list and then select whether you want to store the file on your Treo Pro smartphone or on an expansion card 7 Select Save Formatting Text 1 Open the document and highlight the text you want to format 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Font 3 Select any of the following formatting options Font Font color Size Bold Italic Underline Highlight or Strikethrough 4 Press OK to return to the document If a document was previously saved on a computer any unsupported formatting may be lost when you save the file Formatting Paragraphs and Lists Open the document you want to format Position the insertion point in the paragraph you want to format Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Paragraph Set any of the following options Alignment Align the text with the left right or center of the paragraph List Create a bulleted or numbered list Indentation Change the paragraph margins Left Set the left margin for the entire paragraph Right Set the right margin for the entire paragraph Special Indent the first line or set a hanging indent By Set the size of the Special indentation A O Nu 5 Press
78. grouped according to their similarity to the corresponding key For example the alternate character available for the R key is and for the T key is If you press the wrong key press Backspace to return to the full list of alternate characters You can then press another key 3 Press Up or Down to highlight the desired character 4 Press Center to insert the character If you don t know which key to press to narrow the list when entering a symbol you can scroll through the full list until you find the character you want If you want to enter an underscore select it from the list that appears when you press Alt by itself 64 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Symbols and Accented Characters Press Alt wj and then press to select a aaaaaax A AAAAAAL borB B C ecco E Cee e 6 e E EEEE or F f i aT BENI orL n o 6606606 O OOO00EO porP 1 rorR S BS S BS torT D u u Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 65 Press Alt a and then press to select U 0000 xorX xa y yy Y YY 0 S 1 0 4 E 1 4 V 2 C R 2 3 8 T 3 9 1 8 J i O H L SOLES G N Press Alt ai by itself to select these additional characters amp 96 Ye
79. home V Sendireceive when 1 cick Send network When deleting messages Set whether messages When didih mescapoli should be deleted from the mail server when you Move them to server trash z delete them on your smartphone or whether messages you delete on your device should remain on the server 7 Press Done left softkey and then select Download Size Settings 8 For Message Format select either HTML or Plain Text Bin ta Ted ien HTML lets you send and receive email using formatting mem o such as different fonts bold and italic text colors etc If you select Plain Text all messages are received as plain text 9 From the Message download limit list select the size of an Message dosmlond sit incoming message that is automatically downloaded For T any message that exceeds this size you must manually E download the rest of the message Selecting a higher limit means more messages are fully downloaded but message retrieval might take longer You can also choose to download message headers only regardless of size Message format Section 3B Using the Email Features 153 10 For Download attachments set whether attachments are automatically downloaded with messages 11 Press Done left softkey Messages sent to you as plain text are always received as plain text even if you select HTML Working With Meeting Invitations You can receive meeting i
80. information Delete an entry Highlight the entry and select Delete t gt New Modfy Dette Man Advanced Power Mode LEAP Enrol 5 Select the Enroll tab and set any of the following User Specifies your user name for this Wi Fi network Password Specifies the password associated with the user name you specified on this screen Wi Server Specifies the name of the Internet Information T Server IIS that stores the security certificate information for this Wi Fi network sedia toe Retrieve Certificate Obtains a certificate based on the information you entered Ask your network administrator for the user name password and server name for the Wi Fi network you want to access 6 Press OK Server Many Advanced Power Mode LEAP Enrol 212 Section SF Using Wireless Connections Customizing Advanced Wi Fi Settings 1 Press Start z and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Wi Fi 9 3 On the Wireless tab press Menu right softkey and select Advanced 4 Select either of the following Turn on available network notification Sets whether a list of networks appears when you turn on the Wi Fi feature Turn off Wi Fi if not connected in Sets the time interval for turning off the Wi Fi feature if your device does not connect to a network 5 Press Save
81. information 217 220 instant messages 176 178 meeting requests 154 270 multimedia messages 164 text messages 81 83 160 164 Sensitivity options 268 271 Sent folder 138 149 service providers See data service providers Set as Today Background command 241 settings See options Setup Mode 46 shared authentication 209 Short Messaging Service See SMS messages shortcut menus 59 Show On Map command 260 Show Reminder option 236 Shuffle Repeat command 249 shut off settings backlight 62 Shutter Sound option 236 Side button 21 Sign Out command 181 signal strength 107 383 signal strength icon 34 signatures email 147 See also digital signatures 461 silent alarm 344 345 simple PIN passwords 357 358 skins 253 slides deleting 163 165 displaying PowerPoint 290 291 inserting in messages 163 165 organizing 164 playing 167 238 239 smartphone accessing support for 14 403 activating 32 114 connecting to PCs 40 device compatibility with 94 219 displaying owner information on 358 enabling as modem 115 getting user names for 115 locating phone number for 36 locking 354 moving information to 42 turning on or off 32 364 unlocking 357 SMS messages 407 See also text messages SMTP servers 398 soft resets 375 376 softkeys 21 22 58 software 20 319 406 See also applications synchronization software songs See music sorting files 317 Index messages 171 notes 276 307 pictures or videos 241 spreads
82. list stores the addresses of the pages you visited recently 1 Press Menu right softkey and select History 2 Select the Web page you want to view or press Cancel right softkey to close the History list For information on clearing the History list see the next section Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings 1 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 2 Onthe Options screen select the option category you want to change 3 Select Home Page and set any of the following Default Home page Sets the home page to the Internet Explorer Mobile 6 home page Current page Sets the home page to the page currently displayed in Internet Explorer Mobile 190 Section 3D Browsing the Web Custom page Enter the address of the page you want to be your home page 3b Home Page P6 Y am sao ok ia a Home Page Browsing History Privacy and Security C Defaut Home page Languages 7 Current page Other Custom page http www sprint com powerdeck 4 Select Privacy and Security and set any of the following options Press Done left softkey when you have finished v Enable scrpts Enable scripts Sets whether Internet Explorer Mobile v Enable cookies runs scripts on the pages you visit V Wam when changing to an unsecured page Enable cookies Sets whether Internet Explorer Mobile accepts cookies
83. messages 160 165 videos 233 234 235 236 voice notes 354 Word documents 283 284 285 286 289 scheduling synchronization 129 334 335 395 screen saver 33 34 239 364 screens See also touchscreen accessing options on 21 60 closing 56 enabling Keyguard from 355 highlighting items on 56 57 scrolling in 55 354 selecting items on 57 troubleshooting 347 382 383 scripts 191 scrolling 55 186 354 SD cards See expansion cards searching contacts 77 144 259 460 documents 285 286 email messages 145 expansion cards 316 information 316 My Documents folder 316 PDF files 310 311 spreadsheets 302 Web sites 74 197 secure networks Wi Fi 205 207 210 Secure Sockets Layers See SSL encryption security accessing Bluetooth devices and 215 216 accessing Web pages and 191 accessing Wi Fi networks and 206 209 212 exchanging information and 362 logging in to corporate servers and 366 opening spreadsheets and 293 protecting information and 354 selecting links and 148 security certificates See certificates security software 354 Select Messages command 170 self timer setting 232 Send as vCalendar command 267 Send button 153 Send Link command 186 Send picture message by email command 262 Send Sound command 98 Send Text Message command 81 Send via SMS command 164 Index Send video message by email command 262 sending attachments 155 177 239 contacts 163 262 email 138 152 177 186 error reports 363
84. of the screen To automatically retrieve updates 1 From any Pocket Express screen press Menu right softkey and select Express Settings 2 Select the Account list in the upper left corner and select Auto Updates 3 Set the Frequency and Begin Time 4 Press Done left softkey 122 Section 3A Using Web and Data Services Section 3B Using the Email Features In This Section Getting Started With Email Getting Information From a Microsoft Exchange Server Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account Editing and Deleting Email Accounts Sending and Receiving Email Messages Working With Email Messages Working With Meeting Invitations Sending Email Messages From Within Another Application Section 3B Using the Email Features 123 Getting Started With Email Just like on your computer you can choose between email applications to manage your email Your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm includes two options for reading and sending email Additional fees may apply for email services Messaging Check email from your corporate Exchange server from your POP IMAP accounts with your ISP Internet service provider and from Internet mail accounts such as AOL see Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account on page 129 or Setting Up an Exchange Server Account on page 125 e Windows Live Check your Windows Live Hotmail account see Setting Up Windows Live Mail on page 173 If you want to you can set
85. password box and press Next right softkey You must synchronize manually see Initiating a Wireless Sync Manually on page 335 for details Section 6B Synchronizing Information 333 10 Check the boxes for the types of information you want to sync with the Exchange server E ActiveSync 39 Ty am 11 51 Edit Server Settings 11 Optional Highlight an item and select Settings to change Choose the data you nant to synchron the synchronization settings for that type of information Settings are not available for all items 12 Optional Press Menu right softkey and select Advanced to set the rules for fixing sync conflicts 13 Press Finish left softkey Synchronization with your Exchange server begins automatically and onscreen messages indicate sync progress To automatically download more of an incoming email message than the default setting select E mail in step 10 select Settings and select a higher number from the Download size limit ist If you don t increase this setting you can manually download the rest of the message at your convenience Setting the Synchronization Schedule You can set a synchronization schedule in either of the following situations If you use Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 By default wireless sync takes place anytime info is updated on either your device or the server using Microsoft Direct Push To save
86. pressing match a contact in the Contacts application the contact name appears 76 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Dialing by Contact Name You can look up contacts quickly by entering just a few letters of ppm PETITES a contact s name directly from your Today screen Before you can ERE dial a call by contact name you must create some contacts see Adding a Contact on page 258 or import them by synchronizing see Connecting to Your Computer on page 39 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Use the keyboard to type the first or last name of the contact you want to call If you enter both the first and last name or the first letters of each enter a space between the two names To delete letters when correcting a misspelled name press Backspace If you press E R or any other key that displays both a letter and a number you see onscreen not only matching names but the number as well The numbers do not affect the process for dialing by contact name 3 Matching contacts are displayed with a code for the type of number you last entered for that contact w for work m for mobile and so on s If the contact name appears with the code for the number you want to dial highlight the name and press Phone Talk to dial the number s If you want to dial a different number for a displayed contact highlight the contact name and press Right gt or Left 4 until the code you want appears Press Phone Talk to d
87. receiving device in the list When the transmission is complete Done appears next to the name of the receiving device Check your battery level before establishing a Bluetooth connection If the battery level is low you can t make a Bluetooth connection You can synchronize using a Bluetooth connection see Synchronizing Over a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection on page 336 Receiving Information Over a Bluetooth Connection 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Start fz and select Settings 3 Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth Q 4 L Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box to turn on the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone Wait about 10 seconds for the Bluetooth feature to activate To beam select a device Section 3F Using Wireless Connections 217 5 If you haven t already set up a partnership with the transmitting device check the Make this device visible to other devices box to let the device find your Treo Pro smartphone and request a connection 6 Press OK i 7 When your smartphone is receiving information a notification tells you that a transmission is in progress and asks you if you want to receive the transmitted data Press Yes left softkey or No right softkey If you have trouble receiving information over a Bluetooth connection press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then sel
88. restore previously synchronized information the next time you sync Review the following important information before performing a hard reset After a hard reset synchronize to restore your Outlook data such as Outlook email Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks You can also use the included Sprite Backup utility to restore previously backed up configurations and preferences such as speed dials SMS entries call log information and personal settings Some third party applications do not create a backup on your computer when you synchronize If you do a hard reset you may lose information in these applications and you need to reinstall the application on your smartphone after the hard reset Please contact the developer to find out if your information is backed up during synchronization When you synchronize after a hard reset the Files sync folder reverts to the default folder name Your smartphone might not reestablish a data session after a hard reset To manually establish a new data session open the Web browser to access a Web site A hard reset can tell you whether a problem stems from your smartphone or from an application installed on it If you do not experience the problem after you perform a hard reset the problem may be related to software you installed See Third Party Applications on page 402 for suggestions on diagnosing third party software issues 1 2 3 4 If possible synchronize your device with yo
89. screen If you are on the Library screen select the Now Playing Now Playing category s If you are on the Playback screen press Now Playing left softkey 2 Do any of the following Move a file up or down one slot Highlight the file and then select Move Up or Move Down x Add a file to the playlist Select Add to go to your Library list highlight the file you want to add press Menu right softkey and then select Queue Up To return to your playlist press Menu right softkey and select Now Playing Delete a file from the playlist Highlight the file and then select Remove x Y Windowsmeda GU Yaj ET MS View more information about a file Highlight the file and select Properties Remove all items from the Now Playing playlist Press Menu right softkey and select Clear Now Playing 252 Section 4C Playing Media Files Keep the playlist so you can play it later Press Menu right softkey select Save Playlist and then enter a name for the playlist You can also move a file on the Now Playing playlist by tapping and dragging it to a new position Customizing Windows Media Player Mobile 1 If necessary go to the Playback screen by pressing OK to close the current screen 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 On the Playback tab select Elapsed or Remaining to indicate how you want to see time on the Playback screen 4 Select the Video tab and se
90. second call connects press Phone Talk to Tare ae a join the two calls in conference Note Contacts Unlock Press Phone Talk again to end just the second call or agi Pe Oa press End to end both calls If one of the people you called hangs up you and the remaining caller stay connected The screen does not change to indicate that one of the callers has hung up If you initiated the call and are the first to hang up all three callers are disconnected Assigning Speed Dial Numbers You can assign a speed dial number to any contact phone number You can assign up to 99 speed dial numbers 92 Before you can assign a speed dial number to a contact phone number you must create some contacts see Adding a Contact on page 258 or import them by synchronizing see Synchronizing Information on page 331 Section 2B Using the Phone Features 1 From your Today screen press Contacts left softkey 2 Select the contact to whom you want to assign a speed dial number 3 Highlight the phone number to which you want to assign a speed dial number 4 Press Menu right softkey and select Add to Speed Dial 5 If you want to change the name for this speed dial select the Name field and enter a new name Name Anders Number Location 6 Select the Location list and then select the speed dial number you want to assign to this phone number Press Up or Down to scroll the list of
91. select Slides gt Insert Slide to add another picture to the message If you add more than one slide to a message tap the arrows in the lower right corner of the screen to scroll among the slides To delete a slide scroll to the slide you want press Menu right softkey and select Slides gt Delete Slide Section 3C Using Messaging 163 10 11 12 Optional To add a vCard Contacts entry vCalendar Calendar appointment or task or other file type to a message press Menu right softkey and select Attachment Press Menu right softkey again and select the type of file you want to add To remove an attachment press Menu right softkey and select Attachment Highlight an attachment press Menu right softkey and select Delete To remove all attachments select Delete All To change the background color for the message press Menu right softkey select Options select Background and then select the color you want To change the positioning of text and graphics in the message press Menu right softkey select Options and then select Text Layout Select the positioning that you want and press Done left softkey To set options for sending press Menu right softkey select Options and then select Send Options Select Low Normal or High for priority and check the Read report box if you want to receive a message indicating your message was opened Press Done left softkey to ret
92. send the call directly to voicemail or let it ring through to voicemail If music is playing when a call arrives the music pauses as soon as the device starts ringing and remains paused during your call Music playback resumes automatically when the call ends or the ringing stops The Windows Media Player screen remains on if you don t answer the call and it closes if you do When playback resumes the Windows Media Player screen remains in the background When you are on a plane you can turn off your phone and all wireless services using Comm Manager see Using Comm Manager to Turn Wireless Services On and Off on page 221 But you can still wake up the screen and use any application that doesn t require wireless services like the calendar music player and games You can even read and write email and text messages while your phone is off but you cannot send or receive email or text messages 84 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Using Voicemail Your speed dial number 1 has been preset to dial your voicemail The first time you call voicemail you are prompted to create your voicemail password If necessary please contact Sprint for assistance with your voicemail password Setting Up Voicemail 1 Press End to go to your Today screen 2 Press and hold 7 to dial the Sprint voicemail system 3 Follow the voice prompts to set up your voicemail Retrieving Voicemail From a Notification You can retrieve
93. set by FCC IC is 1 6 W kg averaged over 1 gram of tissue for the body or head 4 0 W kg averaged over 10 grams of tissue for the extremities hands wrists ankles and feet The highest reported SAR values of the Palm smartphone are Maximum Scaled SAR Values FCC Head 1 4 W kg Body 1 29 W kg 414 Section 8A Important Safety Information In order to comply with FCC and IC RF exposure safety guidelines users MUST use one of the following types of body worn accessories 1 A Palm brand body worn accessory that has been tested for specific absorption rate SAR compliance and is intended for use with this product 2 An accessory that contains NO metal snaps clips etc and provides AT LEAST 1 5 cm 0 6 in of separation between the user s body and the unit Do NOT use the device in a manner such that it is in direct contact with the body i e on the lap or in a breast pocket Such use will likely exceed the FCC RF safety exposure limits See www fcc gov oet rfsafety for more information on RF exposure safety To view the most recent SAR values of the Treo Pro smartphone visit palm com 55058 Body Worn Operation Important safety information regarding radio frequency radiation RF exposure To ensure compliance with RF exposure guidelines the smartphone must be used with a minimum of 1 5 cm 0 6 in separation from the body Failure to observe these instructions could result in your RF exposure excee
94. softkey and select Tools gt Options Section 3C Using Messaging 171 Highlight SMSWMS and press Center C Check the Always send a callback number box if you want Messe options e text picture and video messages to automatically include your phone number The number of your phone is entered by default You can enter another number Press OK SMS MMS Gy Ty am 12 56 ok C Send a callback number Setting Picture and Video Message Options 172 1 Press Messaging 2 Select SMSWMS 3 4 Onthe Preferences tab select any of the following Press Menu right softkey and select Pics Video Options sMsiMMS GU T4 am 9 09 ok Disconnect from network after sending receiving messages Disconnecting from the network except sent tn X when you are sending and receiving can reduce data here wee i Retrieval mode Service charges Auto Retrieval mode Set whether to receive messages Photo resolution automatically or manually orgeai Photo resolution You can receive pictures at the resolution at which they are sent original or you can specify the resolution Select the Blacklist tab to view names and phone numbers that you have blocked To remove an entry from the blacklist tap and hold on the entry with the stylus and select Delete Press OK i Section 3C Using Messaging Using Windows Live Wi
95. softkey select Advanced Composer and then see Creating and Sending a Multimedia Message on page 161 for instructions 8 Optional Press Menu right softkey and select Spell Check 9 Optional Press Menu right softkey select Message Options and select a priority and indicate if you want to include a callback number 10 Press Send left softkey Press Menu right softkey and select Save to Drafts if you need to finish composing your message later 160 Section 3C Using Messaging Creating and Sending a Multimedia Message If your device is enrolled with a Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager server you cannot send and receive multimedia video messages Multimedia messages consist of pictures videos text and sounds presented as one or more slides You must have a service plan that includes multimedia messaging to use this feature You can include any of the following items e Ringtones MIDI e Sound clips AMR WAV e Pictures JPG GIF BMP e Videos 3GPP 3GPP2 MPEG4 Outgoing multimedia messages can be up to 2MB 1 Press Messaging P4 2 Select SMSWMS 3 Select Menu right softkey gt New and then one of the following oe SMS MMS Video Message to create a message containing videos pictures audio and or text Picture Message to create a message containing pictures audio and text 4 Enter the recipient s mobile phone number or emai
96. technology that allows you to use your device to connect to a remote computer in a different location For example you can connect to your work computer and have access to all of your applications files and network resources as though you were in front of your computer at work You can leave applications running at work and then see your work computer s desktop displayed on your device with the same applications running 328 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications The remote computer must be set up for remote control Ask the remote computer administrator for your computer user name password and domain if you don t know them Accessing a Remote Computer 1 Press Start 22 and select Programs 2 Select Remote Desktop Mobile amp 3 Enter the name of the computer you want to access If you are accessing a computer you ve already entered select the computer name from the list 4 Enter the user name password and domain you use to access the remote computer 5 Press OK Customizing Remote Desktop Mobile 1 Press Start 22 and select Programs 2 Select Remote Desktop Mobile amp 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 4 On the Display tab select any of the following options Colors Set how to display colors from the remote computer on your device screen Full screen Set whether you want the remote computer display to take up your entire device screen
97. the Library screen 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Update Library 4 Wait for the files to be added and then select Done To delete an item from a library Highlight the item and then press and hold Center on the 5 way to open the shortcut menu Then select Delete from Library Select Yes to delete the item from the library and also from your device Select No to delete it from the library but leave the file on your device If you move files between your Treo Pro smartphone and an expansion card be sure to update your libraries or you won t be able to see the files in their new location Section 4C Playing Media Files 251 Working With Playlists A playlist is a list of media files that play in a specific order You can use playlists to group audio files together or video files together for convenient playback For example in the desktop player you can create a playlist of upbeat songs for when you exercise and a playlist of soothing songs for a long flight When you synchronize your favorite playlists are automatically copied to your Treo Pro smartphone Your playlists appear in your libraries in the My Playlists category A temporary playlist called Now Playing appears on the Now Playing menu It lists the currently playing file as well as any files that are queued up to play next You can add to modify or clear the files on the Now Playing playlist 1 Goto the Now Playing
98. the border and background colors Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 299 Formatting Rows and Columns 1 Open the workbook you want to format 2 Highlight the rows or columns you want to format 3 Press Menu right softkey and then select Format gt Row or Format gt Column 4 Select any of the following AutoFit Adjust the size of the highlighted rows or columns to their contents Hide Hide the highlighted rows or columns Unhide Display hidden rows or columns in the highlighted area You can adjust the column or row size by tapping and dragging the right edge of the column header or the bottom edge of the row header To automatically fit rows and columns to their contents double tap the lower edge of the row heading or the right edge of the column heading Renaming a Worksheet 1 Open the workbook containing the worksheet you want to rename 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Modify Sheets 3 In the Sheets list highlight the worksheet you want to rename 4 Select Rename enter a new name for the worksheet and then press OK twice Sorting Information in a Worksheet Highlight the cells you want to sort Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Sort Select the Sort by list and then select the primary sort column Check or uncheck the Ascending box to indicate whether you want to sort in ascending or descending order 5 Optional Select the Th
99. the entry as necessary Press OK You can find a contact by company name From your Today screen press Contacts left softkey press Menu right softkey and select View By gt Company Select a company name to see the contacts who work there To view a particular group of contacts press Menu right softkey select Filter and then select the category you want to view Viewing a Map of a Contact s Address 1 2 3 260 Make sure that your phone is turned on and that you are inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 Go to your Today screen Using the keyboard begin entering one of the following for the contact you want to map First name Last name First initial and last initial separated by a space First and last name Highlight the contacts name and press Center Select Menu and then select Show On Map to see a Live Search map of the contact s address You can also get directions to the location Section 5A Using the Organizer Features You can also press Menu and select Map It to open Sprint Navigation see Using Sprint Navigation on page 200 Deleting a Contact 1 Go to your Today screen and press Contacts left softkey 2 In the Contacts list highlight the contact you want to delete 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Contact 4 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Customizing Contacts 1 Go to your T
100. the first row and column of the data range represent labels 301 8 9 Select whether you want the chart to appear as a separate worksheet within the current workbook or as part of the current worksheet Press Finish right softkey Formatting or Changing a Chart A amp O ND A 5 Open the workbook that contains the chart you want to format Open the chart Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Chart Select any of the following Titles Set the title of the chart and the headings whether a legend appears and the placement of the legend Scale Set the minimum and maximum scales for charts with an x or y axis Type Set the chart style You can use this setting to convert your chart to a different format Series Add modify format or delete related data points without affecting the information in your worksheet Press OK Finding or Replacing Information in a Workbook 302 1 2 3 4 Open the workbook containing the information you want to find Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Find Replace Select Find what and enter the information you want to find Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in any text you entered Optional Check the Match entire cells box to find only full words that match any text you entered Select Find to locate the first instance of the information you entered or select Repl
101. the message in chat view so you can view its full contents and reply to the sender see Using Messaging to Chat on page 168 If you have multiple messages the notification includes the number of messages Viewing a Multimedia Message 1 To open a multimedia message do one of the following Press Messaging P4 select SMSWMS and then in the Inbox select Video Message SMS MMS or Picture Message SMSWMS The message opens in chat view displaying the sender and subject From a notification select View left softkey 166 Section 3C Using Messaging On the Today screen select the SMSWMS status line indicating an unread message and then from the Inbox select Video Message SMSW MS or Picture Message SMS MMS The message opens in chat view displaying the sender and subject 2 Select the message in chat view to view the full message with inserted images or files 3 With the message open do any of the following isee miden e Forward the message Press Menu right softkey and select Forward Reply to the message Press Menu right softkey select Reply and then select a reply method via Pics Video or via SMS View detailed information about the message Press Menu right softkey and select Show gt Message Detail View detailed information about a recipient who is in your Contacts list Press Menu right softkey and select Show gt Contact Details Press Menu right softkey whe
102. then select the album you want to view Viewing a Slide Show You can view your pictures as a slide show on your smartphone Each picture is displayed for 5 seconds before changing to the next slide 1 Press Start and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Select the list in the upper left corner and select the folder containing the pictures you want to view as a slide show 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Play Slide Show Press Center to display the slide show toolbar 5 Use any of the following icons to control the slide show Rotate 4 Play Pause y Reverse p Forward and Stop 63 You can also press Right and Left on the 5 way to move forward or backward through the pictures A 238 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos Customizing Picture Playback Settings 1 Press Start 2 and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 3 On the General tab set the following options Usethis picture size Set the size of pictures you send via email When rotating a picture rotate 90 degrees Set the direction in which pictures rotate 4 Select the Slide Show tab and set the following options During slide shows optimize for viewing Set whether pictures are optimized for portrait or landscape format during slide shows Play screensaver when connected to my PC and idle for 2 minutes Set w
103. turned on e Your smartphone is within range of the hands free device Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet 10 meters in optimum environmental conditions which include the absence of obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors The Bluetooth Settings screen is closed The Wi Fi feature is off If Wi Fi is on press and hold Wi Fi 7 to turn this feature off and then try to use your Bluetooth device again e You are away from other devices using the 2 4GHz radio frequency such as cordless phones and microwaves If this is impossible move the phone closer to the hands free device e The device specifications are compatible with your Treo Pro smartphone e If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your System administrator to find out whether Bluetooth features are disabled on your smartphone ILostthe Connection Between My Smartphone and My Bluetooth Headset 1 Press Start 22 and then select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth On the Devices tab select Add New Device Select your headset name from the list In Partnership Settings make sure the Hands Free box is checked Select Save 9m m8 amp ND 386 Section 7A Help 7 Highlight the headset name 8 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu and then select Set as Hands Free 9 Test your headset by making or receiving a call
104. type and then press Next right softkey 12 Enter your account user name and password Incoming mail verver Messaging Go Yj am 7 22 E mail Setup 13 If you want your password entered automatically check the Aas GSE ae Save password box if you want to enter your password perge annos each time you access this account do not check this box Account typed For a corporate email account ask your system Pops administrator for permission to store your corporate email password on your smartphone If you do not receive permission don t check the Save password box 14 Press Next right softkey 15 Enter the following outgoing mail settings Tm LI Outgoing SMTP mail server Enter the server name E mail Setup Outgoing server requires authentication Check the DOX outgoing sump moi server if your outgoing mail server requires authentication Use the same user name and password for sending e mail Check the box if the server requires you to use a your account user name and password when sending email C Outgoing server requires authentication Advanced Server Settngs 16 Optional Select the Advanced Server Settings link select the following settings and then press Done left softkey Require SSL for Incoming e mail Check the box if your account requires Secure Sockets Layer SSL for incoming messages Messaging Go Yd am 7 23 k mail Setup Advanced Server Settings
105. unplug the wired headset and press the button on the Bluetooth headset or car kit e To find out how to transfer your contacts from your device to your car kit go to palm com support Customizing Phone Settings Turn on your phone to access your phone settings See Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 Selecting Ringtones and Vibrate Settings You can set various tones for various types of incoming phone calls and notifications You can download MP3 MIDI QCELP WAV and WMA ringtones directly to your Treo Pro smartphone see Downloading Files and Images From a Web Page on page 189 You can also download ringtones to your computer and then email them to your device 1 Press Start z and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Sounds amp Notifications 96 Section 2B Using the Phone Features 3 Select the Notifications tab 4 Select the Event list and then select which type of call or E Settings notification you want to set the ringtone for Event Z2 IIS Phone Known Caller The ringtone for an incoming I call from someone in your Contact list or speed dial P list The callers name appears on the screen when 7 Vibrate when each off you receive the call EI Virale whan ringer serch on Phone Missed call The notification tone for a call you LEE did not answer Phone Roaming The ringtone for a call that comes in when you re outside t
106. up more than one application to work with separate email accounts You can receive email messages in various formats including HTML RTF and plain text If your email provider offers a Web interface you can also use Internet Explorer Mobile to manage email from your Treo Pro smartphone To learn about using Internet Explorer Mobile see Browsing the Web on page 183 If your email account requires a VPN connection for establishing a secure connection your VPN server may require that you install specific VPN software sold separately on your Treo Pro smartphone before you can access your email See Connecting to a VPN on page 366 for details 124 Section 3B Using the Email Features Getting Information From a Microsoft Exchange Server You can wirelessly synchronize email contacts appointments and other information on your Treo Pro smartphone with Microsoft Exchange Server Microsoft Direct Push Technology If you are using Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 you may be able synchronize email wirelessly and take advantage of the additional features of Microsoft Direct Push technology Microsoft Direct Push is a two way wireless delivery method that keeps your Outlook information always up to date and provides more efficient communication between the server and your device It includes features such as Global Address List GAL Tasks Over The Air OTA and IP
107. up more than one email account on your smartphone see Getting Started With Email on page 124 you can choose one of two ways to select the account that you want to use to view or send messages e By default when you open the Messaging application a list of all your email accounts appears Select the account you want e If you turn off the option to display the list of accounts see Customizing Your Email Settings on page 148 you see the last account you used when you open the Messaging application Press Left 4 or Right to cycle through your accounts until the name of the account you want appears in the title bar You can also switch to a different account after you finish working in the first account you selected From the message list press Left or Right Creating and Sending an Email Message 1 Press Messaging 2 Select the account you want to use to send a message 3 Press Menu right softkey and select New 4 Doone of the following to address the message f the recipients name and email address are in your Contacts list enter the first few letters of the recipient first or last name or the recipients first and last initials separated by a space and then select the recipient s name If the recipients name is in an online address book you can find the name and add it For more information see Using an Online Address Book on page 144 If the recipient s name and email address are not in your Contacts lis
108. use icons at the top of your Today screen to monitor the status of the signal strength and several other items on your Treo Pro smartphone Sprint ADG 106 Your phone is on and you re inside the Sprint National Network If you are outside a coverage area No Service or Roaming appears instead No Service means that there is no coverage at all and Roaming means that another wireless service provider s network is available When you turn off your phone Phone Off appears You missed an incoming call You have a voicemail message This icon appears on the Today screen You have a voicemail message This icon appears on the screensaver screen Section 2B Using the Phone Features il 8 x a A gt x Section 2B Using the Phone Features 107 You have a new email message You have a new SMS MMS message You have a new multimedia message A new multimedia message is being downloaded to your smartphone A multimedia message could not be downloaded You have more than one of the preceding conditions An error occurred during synchronization Your phone is on The bars display the signal strength The stronger the signal the more bars that appear Your phone is on and you are outside a coverage area To save battery power consider turning off your phone Your phone is off A call is in progress The microphone is muted The screen is locked You are outside a Sprint coverage area and are roaming on anothe
109. with your computer or with an Exchange server To change options for other types of email accounts see Changing Email Download Settings Other Email Accounts on page 152 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 4 Select E mail and then select Settings 150 Section 3B Using the Email Features 5 Select any of the following options Y Activesync mu Yal am 1 42 ok Download the past Sets the number of days worth of amp mii sync options email to be retrieved for each automatic or manual Download the past sync Message format Message format Sets the format for sending and xem receiving messages If you select HTML messages C inae ne attachments sent to you as HTML are received with their formatting intact If you select Plain Text all messages are received as plain text Download size limit Sets the size of an incoming message that is automatically downloaded For any message that exceeds this size you must manually download the rest of the message Selecting a higher limit means that more of your messages are fully downloaded but message retrieval might take longer You can also choose to download message headers only regardless of size Include file attachments Sets whether to download attached files with a message Only if smaller than Sets the maximum size of attachments that can be downloaded If an
110. your Today screen Select Sprint or Phone off to open Comm Manager select Bluetooth and then press Exit left softkey 6 If you re setting up a connection with a computer check the Make this device visible to other devices box To prevent unwanted devices from connecting to your Treo Pro smartphone leave the Make the device visible to other devices box unchecked except when youre connecting with a computer or receiving information from another device 7 Select the Devices tab and then select Add new device Wait for your Treo Pro smartphone to search for devices and to display the device list 9 Select the device you want to connect with and then press Next right softkey If the device you want does not appear select Refresh S Section 3F Using Wireless Connections 215 10 If you re prompted to enter a passkey enter the same passkey on your smartphone and on the other Bluetooth device and then press Next right softkey Some Bluetooth devices have a predefined passkey If your Bluetooth device has a predefined passkey your Treo Pro smartphone attempts to enter the passkey for you If the attempt is unsuccessful you can find the predefined passkey in the documentation for your Bluetooth device Many Bluetooth headsets use the default passkey 0000 Other Bluetooth devices provide a screen where you enter a passkey that you make up In either case you must use the same passkey on both your
111. your notes Deleting a Note 1 In the OneNote Mobile list select the note that you want to delete 2 Press Menu right softkey and then select Delete 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 307 Adobe Reader LE Adobe Reader LE lets you view PDF files whether they are saved to your device attached to email messages stored on an expansion card sold separately inserted into your device s expansion card slot or downloaded from the Web You can customize the document display Viewing a File Adobe Reader L 1 Press Start You can use the Files sync folder to transfer PDF files between your computer and your Treo Pro smartphone The process is the same as transferring Microsoft Office files See Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files on page 280 for details E supports password protected PDF files with up to 128 bit encryption When you open a password protected PDF file you must enter the password to open the file and select Programs 2 Select Adobe Reader lt f 3 Navigate to and select the file you want to open 308 the file you want from the list or select Browse to navigate to and select the To open additional files press Menu right softkey and select Open Select file Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 4 Press Down to scroll to the next page in Single Page mode or scroll the continuous display do
112. your smartphone 420 Section 8A Important Safety Information Pacemakers The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends that a minimum separation of 15 centimeters 6 inches be maintained between a smartphone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by the recommendations of Wireless Technology Research Persons with pacemakers should e ALWAYS keep the smartphone more than 6 inches 15 centimeters from their pacemaker when the smartphone is turned ON e Notcarry the smartphone in a breast pocket Use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimise the potential for interference e Turn the smartphone OFF immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place Other Medical Devices Hospitals lf you use any other personal medical device consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information Turn your smartphone OFF in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy Repetitive Motion Injuries When using the keyboard or playing games on your smartphone you may experience discomfort in your neck shoulders hands arms of other parts of the body
113. 2 Do one of the following To view programs in order of memory usage tap tg Settings BI Y we 12 14 ok Usage Tap again to reverse the order To close one or more individual programs check the mass cts vs boxes next to the programs and select Stop Selected Ione n To close all programs except the ones you specify Vs contacts 192k check the boxes next to the programs you do not want Stop Al to close press Menu right softkey and select Stop All runna Erase Burton ones but Selected To close all open programs select Stop All If an X appears in the upper right corner of an application screen you can tap the X with the stylus to close the application You can turn this feature on and off or change it so that tapping X sends the application to the background but does not close it Press and hold OK to open Task Manager select the Button tab and then select the option you want You can also close applications by tapping the Running Programs icon in the upper right corner of the Today screen and then tapping the Close icon by the program name 70 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Defining Exclusive Programs You can mark an application as exclusive An exclusive application remains open even if you stop some or all applications 1 Press and hold OK to open Task Manager 2 On the Running tab tap and hold the
114. 34 When your phone is off your calls go to voicemail If music is playing when a call arrives the device rings softly You can answer the phone as you normally would The audio pauses during your call To answer a call do one of the following e Press Accept left softkey e Press Phone Talk e If a headset sold separately is attached press the headset button See a picture of the person calling you Learn how to assign a caller ID picture in Assigning a Picture and Ringtone ID to a Contact on page 98 Section 2B Using the Phone Features To ignore a call and send it to voicemail do one of the following e Press Menu right softkey and select Ignore e Press End Q You can also ignore a call and send a text message To set this up see Selecting Your Call Settings on page 103 To silence the ringer while your device is ringing do any of the following e Press any key or button except Phone Talk Q Start 22 OK amp Alt ai or End e Press Center on the 5 way Don t press Up a Down w Left 4 or Right e Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off cy to immediately silence all system sounds including the ringer Your smartphone vibrates briefly when you set the Ringer switch to Sound Off c All sounds remain off until you slide the Ringer switch back to Sound On eq When you silence the ringer you can either press Phone Talk to answer a call press End to
115. 5 way navigator 22 54 57 402 Flicker Adjustment option 236 flight mode 221 folders accessing Outlook 391 browsing 308 317 327 copying files to 227 281 290 318 326 creating 288 displaying items in 48 237 emptying mail 146 150 emptying message 171 finding synchronized files in 282 moving items among 288 303 318 organizing items in 241 317 receiving messages and 138 removing items from 227 247 281 318 renaming 327 searching 303 316 selecting media files and 251 252 storing pictures or videos in 231 233 449 storing Web favorites in 187 188 189 synchronizing and 42 139 227 391 fonts 284 292 299 format settings 347 formatting charts 302 email 151 153 expansion cards 323 passwords 357 spreadsheets 292 299 300 text 287 305 Formatting toolbar 288 forwarding email 146 multimedia messages 167 phone calls 90 Full Screen mode 185 295 329 G getting started 14 35 58 Global Address Lists 143 144 406 See also address books GPS devices 200 202 Grid option camera 236 H hands free car kits 94 95 96 hands free devices See also Bluetooth devices adding 95 disabling key presses for 356 making phone calls and 94 95 troubleshooting 386 turning on or off 95 Index hard resets 377 378 hardware 20 headset jack 22 headsets listening to media files and 246 losing connections 386 making phone calls and 94 96 103 troubleshooting voice quality on 404 help 14 374 403 hidden networks W
116. 5B Increasing Your Productivity 311 312 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Section 6 Your Information and Settings Sprint Y 314 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications In This Section Finding Information nstalling Applications Removing Applications Sharing Information Using Expansion Cards Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 315 Finding Information You can find information quickly with the built in search features on your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm e Lookup Find and dial your contacts by contact name company name or phone number See Dialing by Contact Name on page 77 and Dialing by Company Name on page 78 for details e Search Look through the text in all the applications on your smartphone e File Explorer Browse through the files and folders on your smartphone or on an expansion card e Global Address Lookup Look up names in your online corporate address list e Live Search Start a Web search directly from your Today screen See Searching the Web From Your Today Screen on page 197 for details Using Search Search for files and other items stored in the My Documents folder on your smartphone or on an expansion card You can search by file name or by words located in the item For example you can search for words within notes appointments contacts and tasks 1 Press Start ay and select Programs an td PP 2 Select Search Sea
117. 7 228 Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos In This Section About Your Camera Taking Pictures and Videos e Viewing Pictures and Videos Sending Pictures and Videos Organizing Pictures and Videos Using a Picture as the Today Screen Background Editing Pictures Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 229 About Your Camera Your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm comes with an easy to use built in 2 0 megapixel camera with up to 8x digital zoom You can use the camera to take and view pictures and videos and send them to your friends and family To add a personal touch to your smartphone use your pictures as your Today screen background and as caller ID images Taking Pictures and Videos Selecting Camera Modes By default the camera on your device is in picture mode to capture standard still images see Taking a Picture on page 231 You can change modes to any of the following HB AE m z 230 Video Captures video clips MMS video Captures video clips suitable for sending as attachments to multimedia messages Contacts picture Captures still images and immediately gives you the option to assign them to a contact Panorama Captures a sequence of still images continuously and allows you to combine them into a panoramic view Sports Captures a sequence of 3 5 7 or 10 still images with a single button press
118. 7 Desktop Sync Software This section covers issues with synchronizing using the desktop sync software that came with your Treo Pro smartphone If you have a Windows XP computer the desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center My Smartphone Does Not Sync When I Connect to My Computer With the USB Cable Instead See a Treo Setup Screen Your connection is not in Sync Mode 1 On your device press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select PC Setup jg 3 Select Synchronize 4 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable Synchronization should start automatically 5 If you still cannot synchronize go to palm com support for synchronization support LAm in Sync Mode But Synchronization Isn t Working Even if you are in sync mode synchronization cannot take place unless you have the desktop sync software installed on your computer If you did not install the software during initial setup but want to synchronize switch to setup mode so that you can install the software 1 On your device press Start and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select PC Setup jg 3 Select Set up my PC 4 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable Setup should start automatically 5 Follow the onscreen prompts to
119. 8A Important Safety Information 413 RF Safety Exposure General statement on RF energy Your smartphone contains a transmitter and a receiver When it is ON it receives and transmits RF energy When you communicate with your smartphone the system handling your call controls the power level at which your smartphone transmits Specific Absorption Rate SAR Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves recommended by international guidelines These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons regardless of age and health In order to certify this unit for sale to the public this unit has been tested for RF exposure compliance at a qualified test laboratory and found to comply with the regulations regarding exposure to RF Energy under the recommendations of the International Commission on Non lonizing Radiation Protection ICNIRP The tests are performed in positions and locations as required by the FCC and IC for each model As SAR is measured utilizing the device s highest transmitting power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically below that indicated below This is due to automatic changes to the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum power required to communicate with the network The SAR limit for mobile devices
120. 9 Use your smartphone to help others in emergencies If you see an auto accident crime in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger call your national emergency number as you would want others to do for you 10 Call roadside assistance or a special wireless non emergency assistance number when necessary Certain situations you encounter while driving may require attention but are not urgent enough to merit a call to your national emergency number But you can still use your smartphone to lend a hand If you see a broken down vehicle posing no serious hazard a broken traffic signal a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured or a vehicle you know to be stolen call roadside assistance or other special non emergency wireless number End User Notice Microsoft Voice Command Version 1 6 for Windows Mobile Note The Voice Command application is not available in all languages Do not become distracted from driving safely if operating a motor vehicle while using Device Software Operating certain parts of this Device requires user attention Diverting attention away from the road while driving can possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Even occasional short diversions of attention can be dangerous if your attention is diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a saf
121. A Managing Files and Applications application on your device You can decompress the file on your Treo Pro smartphone in File Explorer or on your computer in a decompression program such as WinZip You can also send the file to yourself as an email attachment and then open the email message on your Treo Pro smartphone and tap the attachment to automatically decompress the file The following instructions tell you how to install basic files onto your Treo Pro smartphone Some software uses an installer or wizard to guide you through the process For details consult the documentation that came with the software If an application does not have a Microsoft Mobile to Market certificate a message appears indicating that the application is untrusted If this occurs you can indicate whether you want to continue the installation Be sure to select and install applications that are compatible with Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Applications that are designed for other versions of Windows Mobile may not be compatible with your Treo Pro smartphone Purchasing Applications From the Sprint Mobile Software Store You can use Software Store to purchase and install applications directly from the Sprint Mobile Software Store Web site onto your Treo Pro smartphone 1 Make sure that your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 Press Start 2 and select Programs Select Software Store Q Select
122. ActiveSync and then press Menu right softkey select Connections and make sure the Synchronize all PCs using this connection box is checked and that USB is selected from the list Windows XP computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync Windows Vista computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Section 7A Help 389 7 Do one of the following 10 71 12 13 14 390 Windows XP computer Double click the ActiveSync icon in your taskbar and then from the File menu select Connection Settings make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and then click Connect Windows Vista computer Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Make sure the Allow USB connections box is checked and then click Connect On your smartphone press Start a select Settings select the Connections tab and then select USB to PC aw If the Enable advanced network functionality box is checked uncheck it If this box is currently unchecked then check it Perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 375 Restart your computer and make sure the desktop sync software is running If problems persist and you re synchronizing through a USB hub try connecting the USB cable to a different USB port on the hub or directly to your computer s b
123. An online address book for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 The GAL contains names email addresses and other information and is created and maintained by your Exchange server administrator Infrared IR A way of transmitting information using light waves The IR port on your Treo Pro smartphone lets you transfer information between other IR devices within a short radius Lithium ion li ion The rechargeable battery technology used in your device Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager A security management platform that enables system administrators to set and implement security policies by remotely controlling mobile devices This platform also enables users to access corporate information on networks with firewalls Mobile Broadband Network An advanced wireless data network using the fastest commercially available wireless network technology EVDO to deliver broadband like transfer speeds for your data connections 406 Section 7B Glossary Partnership Two Bluetooth devices for example your Treo Pro smartphone and a hands free device that can connect because each device finds the same passkey on the other device Once you form a partnership with a device you don t need to enter a passkey to connect with that device Partnership is known on some devices as paired relationship pairing trusted device or trusted pair Phone as Modem The feature that enables your dev
124. EVDO or Sprint 1xRTT data connection during a call You can use the Sprint network for one activity at a time phone or data How can you tell 88 Section 2B Using the Phone Features which kind of network you re connected to See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 106 From any application press Phone Talk to return to the Phone screen Ending a Call Do one of the following Press End e Press the headset button if a headset is attached and has a button on it Some headsets do not have a button Saving Phone Numbers After you hang up a call you can add the number of the person you were talking with to Contacts if it s not already in your list If an incoming call uses caller ID blocking you cannot save the number 1 When prompted after you hang up the call press Yes left softkey 2 Do one of the following Create a new contact Select New Contact gt Add this number to an existing contact Select the contact name Decline adding the number Press Cancel right softkey You can turn off the Save to Contacts prompt When the prompt appears select Do not ask again You can also save contact information from other applications such as Messaging Section 2B Using the Phone Features If you don t add a number right away follow these steps to add it later 1 Press Phone Talk Q 2 Highlight the number you want to save 3 Press Menu right softkey
125. F Using Wireless Connections 205 Wi Fi Status Icons The Wi Fi icon on your Today screen indicates the status of the Wi Fi feature i The Wi Fi feature on your smartphone is turned on but you are not connected to a Wi Fi network T You have a Wi Fi notification waiting For example if Wi Fi is turned on and you are not within range of a preferred network you can tap this icon to view available networks Qs Your smartphone is connected to a Wi Fi network and you are actively in the process of connecting or you are connected and are transmitting data Connecting to an Open Network You can connect to an open network or to a secure network for which you have already set up a connection If you have access to multiple Wi Fi networks you can select which network you want to connect to The WEP wired equivalent privacy encryption method is enabled by default and may interfere with your ability to connect to a network that broadcasts its name See Connecting to a Secure Network on page 207 to learn how to disable WEP encryption 1 Press Wi Fi C on the side of your smartphone What happens next depends on the state of Wi Fi before you Configure Wireless Dhtvecntos e pressed the button Add New Wi Fi was already on Your smartphone scans for ar available networks and automatically connects when ij 2WIREGBS Available possible If your device does not automatically connect Available i
126. IR Infrared Port uses infrared technology to transmit information to and receive information from other infrared enabled devices that use compatible software Reset Button under the back panel enables you to reset your smartphone Stylus allows you to tap options on your smartphone screen To use the stylus slide it out of the slot and hold it as you would a pen or pencil 7 Camera Lens enables you to take pictures using the built in camera Top View 1 Power Button turns your screen on and off 2 Pressing and holding Power turns wireless features on and off d i 2 Ringer Switch controls the ringer setting When U the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off amp it L J silences all sounds at once including music so you don t need to navigate through menus to turn sounds on and off See System Sound Settings on page 343 for details on changing the settings Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Removing the Back Panel Several tasks require that you remove the back panel of your Treo Pro smartphone connecting a lanyard inserting and removing an expansion card replacing the battery and performing a hard or soft reset To remove the back panel With the back panel facing you push the lower right corner of the back panel firmly forward with your right thumb to release it and then remove the panel You may find it easier to use a thumb at each back corner The back panel ca
127. Live Mail 173 175 Word files 283 284 Windows Live Messenger 175 176 177 Word Mobile application 283 289 Windows Live Search See Live Search See also documents application workbook list 304 Windows Live services 173 174 See also spreadsheets See also specific program worksheets See spreadsheets Windows Media Player Mobile 42 246 254 WorldMate Pro software 193 194 Windows Mobile 374 408 WorlaMate Professional services 194 Windows Mobile Device Center See Mobile WPA authentication 209 Device Center Windows systems installing sync software for 44 48 playing media files and 246 Y Year view calendar 263 YouTube videos 195 synchronizing over 40 280 282 Z transferring media and 226 228 ZIP files 318 319 320 troubleshooting sync problems 374 389 zooming 393 PDF files 310 Wired Equivalent Privacy See WEP encryption pictures 232 307 wired headsets 96 PowerPoint slides 291 wireless features 28 84 402 spreadsheets 293 295 wireless modems 116 videos 234 wireless networks 34 204 222 383 Web pages 185 See also Wi Fi networks Word documents 286 wireless service indicator 73 wireless services 204 214 221 Index 468
128. Networks There are two types of Wi Fi networks Open networks These networks broadcast their name SSID and do not require you to enter a password or other settings To learn how to connect to an open network see Connecting to an Open Network on page 206 Secure networks These networks may broadcast their name but at the very least they may also require you to enter a password that you get from a system administrator Secure networks may also require you to get other network settings from the system administrator and enter them during setup To learn how to connect to a secure network see Connecting to a Secure Network on page 207 If you ve already set up a connection to a secure network and want to reconnect to it see Connecting to an Open Network on page 206 Wi Fi access point A so called a hotspot A network device with an antenna that provides wireless connections to a larger network Turning the Wi Fi Feature On and Off e To turn Wi Fi on press Wi Fi C on the side of your smartphone near the stylus slot e To turn Wi Fi off press and hold Wi Fi When Wi Fi is on your Today screen displays Wi Fi On By default when your screen turns off the Wi Fi feature turns off to save power Wi Fi does not turn back on automatically when your screen turns back on You can adjust the Wi Fi settings to keep Wi Fi on all the time See Customizing Wi Fi Settings on page 211 Section S
129. OK to return to the document Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 287 You can also use the Formatting toolbar to create a list and to align text To indent text in lists you must use the Formatting toolbar Checking Spelling in a Document 1 2 3 Open the document you want to check Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Spelling If an unknown or misspelled word is encountered do one of the following Select the correct word in the list if the word is spelled incorrectly Select Ignore if the word is spelled correctly Select Add to add a new word to the spelling dictionary To check the spelling of specific text highlight it before you select the Spelling command Organizing Your Documents You can rename your documents move your documents to another folder and move your documents between your Treo Pro smartphone and an expansion storage card 1 aA wD 288 Go to the documents list Highlight a file Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move Select Name and then enter a new name for the document Select the Folder list and then select the folder you want to move the document to To create a new folder go to the documents list select the list in the upper left corner and then select Add Delete Select New enter a name for the folder and then press OK Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Select the Location list and
130. Others Running Exciseve Button otters i Menu 72 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Using Your Today Screen From your Today screen you can see your current appointments and messages at a glance You can also make a call search the Web and manage your device from your Today screen To access your Today screen press End O If your screen is off pressing End O wakes it up You can also access your Today screen by pressing Start and selecting Today ELS Go Ty 12 20 Fs ireless Service Provider Contacts Internet 1 Title Bar and Status Information See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 106 to learn about the icons that appear in this area 2 Wireless Service Indicator Shows whether the Bluetooth technology and Wi Fi features are on or off Also displays Sprint if the phone is on 3 Quick Tour Select to open the Quick Tour which introduces you to many of your Treo Pro smartphone s features 4 Messaging Status Field Shows the number of unread email text and multimedia messages Email messages are listed by email account Select an account or select Text Messages to open the corresponding Inbox Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 73 5 Calendar Status Field Shows upcoming appointments Select this field to open the Calendar application 6 Live Search Enter a term you want to look up and press Center C or Retur
131. Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move Select Name and then enter a name for the template Select the Folder list and select Templates Press OK Organizing Your Notes You can rename your notes move notes to another folder and move notes between your Treo Pro smartphone and an expansion storage card 1 MARN 6 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 275 Go to the Notes list and highlight a note you want to move Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move Select Name and then enter a new name for the note Select Folder and then select the folder in which you want to store the note Select Location and then select Main memory or Storage Card To create a new folder go to the Notes list select the list in the upper left corner and then select Add Delete Select New enter a name for the folder and then press OK Press OK 7 Select the list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to view 8 Select the list in the upper right corner and then select whether you want to sort your notes by Name Date Size or Type Deleting a Note 1 Go to the Notes list and highlight the note you want to delete 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete 3 Select Yes Customizing Notes 1 Go to the Notes list 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Default mode Set the default entry mode to Writing or
132. Pro smartphone See Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files on page 280 and Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 225 for details on using the Files sync folder If you want to synchronize music pictures and videos from your Windows Media Player library you need Windows Media Player 10 or later on your computer in addition to desktop synchronization software If you want to synchronize with a personal information manager PIM other than Microsoft Office Outlook you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s vendor to learn whether software is available for your Treo Pro smartphone If you don t have Windows Media Player installed on your computer download it for free from microsoft com If you re switching from a previous Windows Mobile device or from a device using Palm OS by ACCESS you can learn how to move content to your Treo Pro smartphone by going to palm com support 42 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer The following table lis s the types of information you can synchronize and the methods to use Information type Outlook Contacts Calendar Tasks Outlook Email Word Excel PowerPoint OneNote and PDF files Pictures music and video files Outlook Notes Files to be transferred to an expansion card Method Desktop sync software sync with computer or Exchange ActiveSync direct sync with server Desktop sync software or Exchange Ac
133. Section 3B Using the Email Features 135 Deleting a Microsoft Exchange Server Outlook Account The following instructions assume that your smartphone is already set up to sync with your computer see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 44 If you have not finished the sync setup process you must do so before continuing Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable ActiveSync starts automatically On your computer open the sync software Microsoft Windows XP ActiveSync Microsoft Windows Vista Windows Mobile Device Center Open the settings panel for the Microsoft Exchange account ActiveSync In the Information Type section of the window right click Microsoft Exchange and select Settings If you do not see the Information Type section click Show Details Windows Mobile Device Center Open Mobile Device Settings If synchronization is in process the Settings menu item is inactive Wait until synchronization finishes or click Stop in the ActiveSync window to end it Delete the account ActiveSync Click Delete Server to remove the account settings from your smartphone and then click OK Windows Mobile Device Center Click End Exchange Server Partnership and then click Yes to delete the account from your smartphone Section 3B Using the Email Features Sending and Receiving Email Messages Selecting Which Email Account to Use If you set
134. Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 303 Shift cells up Delete the highlighted cells and moves all cells below them up Entire row Delete the entire row in which the highlighted cells are located and moves all rows below it up Entire column Delete the entire column in which the highlighted cells are located and moves all columns on the right one column to the left 5 Press OK Excel Mobile adjusts formulas to reflect the new cell locations However a formula that refers to a deleted cell displays the REF error value To delete a workbook go to the workbook list and highlight the workbook you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Select Yes to confirm To delete a worksheet open the workbook that contains the worksheet you want to delete Press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Modify Sheets Highlight the worksheet you want to delete and then select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion and then press OK Customizing Excel Mobile 1 Goto the workbook list 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Template for new workbook Set the default template for new workbooks Save new workbooks to Set where new workbooks are stored Files to display in list view Set which types of files appear in the workbook list 4 Press OK 304 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity OneNot
135. Settings Locking Your Treo Pro Smartphone and Information Entering Owner Information System Settings Connection Settings Purchasing Accessories for Your Treo Pro Smartphone Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 341 Today Screen Settings Top For phone settings see Customizing Phone Settings on page 96 Selecting Your Today Screen Background 2 EI Tg me 12 20 ok 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Today e 3 On the Appearance tab check the Use this picture as the background box 4 Select Browse 5 Select the picture you want to use ma 6 Press OK To adjust the transparency of your background picture see Using a Picture as the Today Screen Background on page 241 Changing the System Color Scheme 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Today e 3 On the Appearance tab select a theme in the list 4 Press OK A Bem 342 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Selecting Which Items Appear on Your Today Screen 1 Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Today d Checked tems appear on the Today soreer 2 3 Select the Items tab Josie 4 IK Quick Tour Check the boxes next to the items that you want to appear r Mi on your Today
136. Sprint Y Sprint Service Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm User Guide www sprintcom 2009 Sprint and the logo are trademarks of Sprint Other marks are the property of their respective owners Printed in the U S A v 1 0 Intellectual Property Notices 2008 Palm Inc All rights reserved Trademark copyright patent and other intellectual property notices are set forth within the safety and legal information included in your device package This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary All rights reserved Disclaimer and Limitation of Liability Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties that may arise through the use of this software Palm Inc and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of data as a result of malfunction dead battery or repairs Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media to protect against data loss This product is protected by one or more of the following United States patents 7 007 239 6 976 226 6 975 304 6 965 375 6 961 567 6 961 029 6 957 397 6 952 571 6 950 988 6 947
137. Web Can t Access a Page 1 Make sure you have Internet access Open Internet Explorer Mobile and try to view a Web page you ve loaded before To ensure that you re viewing the page directly from the Internet press Menu right Softkey and select Refresh After confirming your Internet connection try to view the page in question again If it comes up blank press Menu right softkey and select Refresh If you re still having trouble the page may contain elements that are not supported by Internet Explorer Mobile such as Flash Shockwave VBScript WML script and other plug ins 2 Some Web sites use a redirector to their true home page for example if you enter the address http palm com support it may resolve to http oalm com us support If Internet Explorer Mobile can t follow the redirect try using a desktop browser to see the landing page of the redirector and enter that address in Internet Explorer Mobile 3 If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager and you re attempting to connect to the Internet with a Wi Fi connection contact your system administrator to find out whether Wi Fi features are disabled on your smartphone An Image or Map Is Too Small on My Smartphone Screen With Internet Explorer Mobile you can zoom in and out on a Web page In Mobile view mode you can view pages optimized for a mobile device See Viewing a Web Page on page 184 for details A Secure Site
138. Wired Equivalent Privacy encryption method TKIP Turn on the Temporal Key Integrity Protocol encryption method This method is often used to encrypt WPA and WPA PSK connections AES Turn on the Advanced Encryption Standard protocol This method is often used to encrypt WPA WPA PSK WPA2 and WPA2 PSK connections The key is automatically provided Set whether you need to specify the network key and key index provided by your system administrator or whether the network provides this information The availability of these options varies based on your Authentication and Data Encryption settings Section SF Using Wireless Connections 209 Network key Enter the Network key provided by your system administrator if it is not automatically provided by the network The availability of this option varies based on your Authentication and Data Encryption settings Key index Enter the Key index provided by your system administrator if it is not automatically provided by the network The availability of this option varies based on C Use IEEE 802 1 network access contro your Authentication and Data Encryption settings EAP type 7E Settings Configure Network Authentication o 4 Enter the following settings and then press Finish right softkey Use IEEE 802 1x network access control Set these parameters if required by the network EAP type Set the Extensible Authentication Protocol lype 5 Press OK
139. ace and enter the replacement information Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 7 Select Next to find the next instance of the information or select Replace to replace it To replace all instances of the information select Replace All 8 When you see a message indicating that the search is done press OK A Organizing Your Workbooks You can rename your workbooks and move them to another folder and between your Treo Pro smartphone and an expansion storage card 1 Go to the workbook list Highlight a file Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move Select Name and then enter a new name for the workbook Select the Folder list and then select the folder you want to move the workbook to Select the Location list and then select Main memory or Storage card Press OK d Select the list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to view Select the list in the upper right corner and then select the sort method mu When you go to a folder you can easily search your documents by sorting by type Deleting Cells Rows and Columns 1 Open the workbook containing the elements you want to delete SP MND A AH ND 2 Highlight the area you want to delete 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Delete Cells 4 Select how you want to remove the elements Shift cells left Delete the highlighted cells and moves all cells on the right one column to the left
140. ackups restoring 377 396 battery charging 26 27 28 369 381 checking status of 27 28 364 creating Bluetooth connections and 217 disposing of 379 maximizing 28 29 129 211 364 Index replacing 369 378 battery icon 27 28 beacon 103 beaming defined 405 sending information and 217 218 220 troubleshooting 381 birthdays 265 blank screens 382 Block Recognizer text 67 blocking phone numbers 172 Bluetooth devices accessing Web sites and 116 117 adding 215 changing partnerships for 216 discovering 215 enabling or disabling connections to 118 215 222 entering passkeys for 216 making phone calls and 95 maximizing battery and 28 sending and receiving over 217 218 220 setting up connections to 214 216 synchronizing over 336 337 troubleshooting 218 381 386 393 Bluetooth PAN connections 118 Bluetooth technology 405 bookmarks 187 188 brightness 232 234 242 346 broadband services 116 browsing files and folders 308 317 327 Browsing History command 193 browsing the Web 115 183 204 403 441 See also Web pages Web sites built in applications 14 322 435 See also specific application bulleted lists 284 287 288 306 Burst mode 230 233 buttons assigning to Media Player 254 assigning voice commands to 349 changing language options for 192 disabling touch sensitivity for 355 making phone calls and 88 355 navigating screen and 54 57 opening applications and 68 348 receiving voicemail and 103 turning s
141. ad messages page 354 for more information Bee Sarena Make sure that your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 Press the numbers on the keyboard to enter the phone number you want to call Press Phone Talk C to make the call If prompted enter your four digit lock code In most cases you are not prompted to enter a lock code For security purposes the lock code is not visible as you type fever E 1 09 3 Q If you can t recall your lock code try using the last four digits of your wireless phone number If this doesn t work call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 See Where to Learn More on page 14 for other ways to get help from Sprint if you are having trouble with your service When your call is complete press End to end the call Section 1B Setting Up Service 35 Adjusting Call Volume While a call is in progress press the Volume button on the side of your smartphone to adjust the call volume M c Volume Button What s My Phone Number 1 Make sure that your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 2 Press Start 3y select Settings and then select Phone 36 Section 1B Setting Up Service Setting Up Your Voicemail All unanswered calls to your Treo Pro smartphone are automatically transferred to your voicemail even if your phone is in use or turned off To set up your voicemail
142. ag the stylus across the text you want to highlight e To highlight a word double tap it e To highlight a paragraph triple tap it This works for example in Microsoft OneNote and Word but may not work in all applications When text is highlighted you can press Backspace to delete the highlighted text Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 57 Using the Softkeys The left and right softkeys give you quick access to tasks that you can do on the current screen so the softkey items vary from application to application and from screen to screen Look on the screen directly above the softkeys to see the actions that they make available in the current context In some contexts these keys do nothing at all In most cases the right Softkey opens the menu and the left softkey activates a specific item such as New or Edit Remember that softkey functions vary from screen to screen so be sure to check the onscreen label before pressing the softkeys Q s Contacts Internet i e Treo Ox 2 26 e EE X Se 769 EJ G3 G3 e If 9599 OON We CIOL Jae 1 Left Softkey Activates This Item 2 Right Softkey Activates This Item Selecting Menu Items In many applications a menu provides access to additional features The menu is hidden until you press Menu right softkey To get the most out of your smartphone it s a good idea to familiarize yourself
143. age on page 363 for instructions on viewing the amount of memory in use versus viewing the available memory See The Applications Are Running Slower Than Usual on page 380 for instructions on closing applications and freeing up memory Highlighting and Selecting Items On most screens one item a button a list entry or a check box is highlighted by default The highlight identifies which item is affected by your next action Use the 5 wayto move the highlight from one item to another before opening or selecting it The highlight can take one of two forms depending on what is highlighted e Border This rectangular border highlights items such as an onscreen button OK Dismiss a check box an option or a Web link i Contacts GU yl am 12 07 ok Name Select a picture 56 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Light text on a dark background This highlights items such as a phone number an email address text or an item in a list After highlighting an item with the 5 way you can select or activate it by pressing Center O or by tapping the item with the stylus The best way to learn to use the 5 way is to experiment Press the 5 way buttons and as you do follow the movement of the border around the screen The behavior of the 5 way varies slightly in each application Highlighting Text You can use the stylus to highlight text on the screen Tap and dr
144. age 392 Optional Obtain an expansion card to store your media files On a Windows XP computer Windows Media Player 10 or later must be installed on your computer before you install Microsoft ActiveSync desktop software ActiveSync desktop software is installed from your device during setup Windows Media Player 11 is already installed on Windows Vista computers You must have QuickTime Player version 6 5 or later installed on your computer to play videos recorded by your device You can download the videos from an expansion card or you can click the video thumbnail after synchronizing the files 246 Section 4C Playing Media Files Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files To sync Windows Media Player files with your computer set the Media sync option on your device see Changing Which Applications Synchronize on page 338 Use the Sync feature in the desktop version of Windows Media Player to transfer your Windows Media Player library files from your computer to an expansion card or your Treo Pro smartphone Your library can include digital music audio video and playlist files Using Sync ensures that your Windows Media Player library files transfer correctly The pictures and videos you create with the camera on your Treo Pro smartphone are not part of your Windows Media Player library See Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 225 for information on transferring pictures
145. ailable before you can install the software 2 On your smartphone press Start s and select Programs Select PC Setup 9 and then select Set up my PC 4 Plug the USB cable into a USB port or a powered USB hub on your computer oo Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 45 For best performance plug your USB cable directly into a USB port on your computer If your computer has USB ports on both the front and back we suggest using the back port If you use a USB hub make sure it is a powered hub 5 Connect the USB cable to the bottom of your smartphone to run setup The Setup window may take a minute or so to open on your computer 6 On your computer select Install sync software on your PC and follow the installation instructions that appear on both your computer and your device If prompted on a Windows Vista computer click Continue 7 Click Sync your PC and Treo or disconnect your Treo Pro smartphone from your computer and synchronize later by simply reconnecting them see Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 48 Switching Between Sync Mode and Setup Mode After setup is complete and you synchronize for the first time the connection switches from Setup Mode to Sync Mode In Sync Mode your device synchronizes with your computer every time you connect them using the USB cable provided that you have the current version of the desktop sync software installed on y
146. ake a selection 186 Section 3D Browsing the Web 12 In a form such as a browser search field press Center C to interact with the form and then press Center to stop interacting with the form 13 Press OK to close Internet Explorer Mobile To return to a recently viewed page select the address line list press Down to the address you want and then press Center to select it The security certificates and 128 bit SSL strong encryption let you browse secure sites such as online shopping banking and email Remember that some secure sites also require specific browsers and may not work with Internet Explorer Mobile Ask the organization for an alternate Web address URL that is compatible with Internet Explorer Mobile Working With Favorites Favorites lets you bookmark a Web page so that you can instantly access it without entering the Web address If you set up synchronization with the desktop sync software your favorites synchronize by default To get favorites from the Web browser on your computer into the Web browser on your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm just add them to the Mobile Favorites folder which shows up in your computer s browser When you sync they become available on your smartphone as well Backup copies of any favorites that you add on the smartphone browser are also stored in the Mobile Favorites folder Section 3D Browsing the Web 187 Creating a Favorite
147. aking some Sprint 5 applications and services easier to from the list PCS appl use Turning location off will disable the j GPS location function for all purposes 4 Select Get Settings except 91 1 but will not hide your general 5 Scroll to read the explanation and at the bottom select ON n cui eee ne encore may se location without est or OFF pennission GPS enhanced 911 snot T ET nail 6 Press OK to return to Phone Settings 7 Press OK to finish Enabling Support for a TTY Device You can enable your device for use with a TTY TDD device A TTY also Known as a TDD or Text Telephone is a telecommunications device that enables telephone communication for people who are deaf or hard of hearing or who have speech or language disabilities Your device is compatible with select TTY devices You can connect a TTY TDD machine headset or hands free kit to your device through the headset jack while in TTY TDD mode Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY device for connectivity information Be sure that the TTY device supports digital wireless transmission Section 2B Using the Phone Features 99 Make sure your device is connected to a TTY TDD device using the headset Jack When you enable TTY all audio modes are disabled on your device including holding the device up to your ear and listening 1 Press Start 3 and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone C 3 Select the Servi
148. ams and then select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Configure Server Press Next right softkey and make sure the Save password box is checked This is required for wireless synchronization I Have Problems Sending Email IMAP and POP Accounts If you are able to receive email messages but cannot send them try the following 398 Make sure your ISP or email provider allows you to access email on a Treo Pro smartphone Some providers do not offer this option at all other providers require an upgrade for you to access email on a smartphone Turn on authentication see Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account on page 129 Many service providers require authenticated access or ESMTP to use their SMTP servers Enter the name of a different outgoing mail server for sending mail see Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account on page 129 Many ISPs such as cable companies require that you have an Internet connection to their network to send email through their Servers In this case you can almost always receive email from these accounts but if you want to send email you must send it through another server Contact Sprint for an outgoing mail server option based on your Sprint account settings In other cases your ISP may be able to provide you with the outgoing mail server settings required to send mail from your smartphone Section 7A Help Have Problems Sending Email Exchange Server Acco
149. and Symbols on page 63 7 Select Confirm and enter the password again 8 Optional Select the Hint tab and enter a hint to help you recall your password 9 Press OK i If you lock your Treo Pro smartphone and use a Simple PIN as the password format you can dial an emergency number by entering the number in the password field and pressing Phone Talk You do not need to press Option before entering the number However if you select Strong alphanumeric as the password type you must first press Option twice before entering an emergency number in the password field Entering Owner Information You can enter personal information that you want to associate with your Treo Pro smartphone Such as your name company name and phone number You can also set whether you want this information to appear when you turn on your smartphone If you lose your device this feature can help the person who finds it return it to you 358 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 1 Press Start g and select Settings Br idit ge 2 Onthe Personal tab select Owner Information g 3 On the Identification tab enter any of the contact information you want to include 4 Select the Notes tab and then enter any additional text you want to include 5 Select the Options tab and check the boxes to indicate which information if any you want to appear on the screen EE om RNNN when you turn on y
150. and then press Return a Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the remaining information Press OK to save the file When you save a new workbook it is automatically named BookX where X is the next number in a sequence and then placed in the workbook list To insert a symbol place the insertion point where you want the symbol Press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Symbol Highlight the symbol you want to insert and then select Insert Creating a Workbook From a Template 294 1 2 3 SPN A Go to the workbook list Select the list in the upper left corner and then select More Folders gt Templates Open the template you want to use and enter the information you want to include in the template Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and enter a new name for the workbook Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the workbook Select the Type list and select Excel 2007 Workbook Select Save Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity To create a new template from a workbook open the workbook you want to save as a template Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and then enter a name for the template Select the Folders list and select Templates Select Type and select Excel 2007 Template Press OK Viewing a Workbook 1 Press Start z and select Office Mobile
151. ant the alarm to go off You can select multiple days each alarm ect the time you want the alarm to go off and then press OK i ect the Alarm Sound icon and then check the boxes to indicate how you want the alarm to go off You can choose a flashing light a single sound a repeating sound or a vibration To change the alarm sound select the Alarm Sound icon select the Play Sound list and then select the alarm sound you want to use Press OK twice If prompted select Yes to accept your changes Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 361 Managing Identity Certificates Your Treo Pro smartphone may include preinstalled certificates Certificates are digital documents that are used to authenticate and exchange information on networks Certificates can be issued for a user a device or a service 1 Press Start g and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Certificates EJ 3 Select any of the following Personal Display certificates that establish your identity when you log in to a secured network such as a corporate network Intermediate Display certificates issued from a root certificate whose purpose is to then issue personal certificates Root Display certificates that identify the computers such as servers that you connect to These certificates help prevent unauthorized users from accessi
152. any s IT department for help System Requirements Your computer must meet the following minimum system requirements e Windows XP Service Pack 2 or Windows Vista later versions may also be supported 32MB of available memory RAM 170MB of free hard disk space Available USB port USB cable included with your smartphone Internet connection Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista When your smartphone is in Setup Mode and is connected to your computer with the USB cable it automatically starts the process of setting up your computer to synchronize with your smartphone If you have a Windows XP computer the desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer the desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center On your Treo Pro smartphone the sync application is called ActiveSync The Treo Pro smartphone setup program recognizes whether you have a Windows XP or Windows Vista computer and automatically directs you to install the correct software 44 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer Windows XP If you want to sync pictures videos and music from your Windows Media Library you must install Windows Media Player 10 or later before you install ActiveSync desktop software 1 Close any applications that are currently running on your computer including those running in the background Your computer must have all its resources av
153. are not on a phone call If you re on a call press Start and select Today Maximizing Battery Life Battery life depends on how you use your Treo Pro smartphone Consumption factors include signal strength use of accessories with Bluetooth wireless technology speakerphone usage and the type of calls guidelines you make data or voice Increase battery life by following these easy e Charge your smartphone whenever you re at your desk or charge it overnight each day The battery in yo being charged a ur device has a longer useful life when it is topped off frequently versus ter it is fully drained e If you spend a lot of time using the camera games media players or other applications keep an eye ont e The wireless feat applications that than the nonwire wireless features Comm Manager calls to a differen Calls on page 9 he battery icon and charge when necessary ures of your smartphone phone email messaging GPS Web and any use data services or a Wi Fi connection generally consume more power ess features Calendar Tasks Notes If you don t plan to use the on your device for a while turn off your wireless services see Using to Turn Wireless Services On and Off on page 221 You can forward t number or let all calls be picked up by voicemail see Forwarding 0 e When checking personal email set the synchronization interval to every 2 hours or more see Setting the Synchroniz
154. artphone to your computer with the USB cable Most ActiveSync desktop software options are available only when your Treo Pro smartphone is connected to your computer 2 On your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen to open the ActiveSync desktop software window If you don t see the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar click Start gt All Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync to open the ActiveSync window 280 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 3 Under Information Type double click Files to view a list of the files in the Files sync folder If you don t see the Files option open the Tools menu select Options and make sure the Files box is Microsoft ActiveSync Connected checked Synchronied 4 Do any of the following Lois isola To copy a file from your computer to your enl smartphone click Add browse to and highlight the file and then click Open To delete a file from the Files sync folder on your computer and from your smartphone highlight the file name and click Remove Click OK to synchronize If you receive an error message while synchronizing files make sure that all the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your Treo Pro smartphone 5 On your smartphone to copy a file from your device to your computer place the file in the My Device gt My Documents folder on your
155. atically after a preset period of inactivity Wake up the screen and leave the phone turned off when you want to use only the organizer features of your smartphone for example when you re on a plane and want to look at your calendar You can also turn off the screen without turning off the wireless features of your smartphone 1 To wake up the screen press any of the following buttons End Q Center O Phone Talk O Start ay Calendar Messaging 2 Press Center on the 5 wayto turn off Keyguard 3 To turn off the screen do one of the following If the Today screen is displayed see the figure on the next page press End Keyguard turns on and after a short delay the screen turns off Section 1B Setting Up Service 33 If you are using an application press and hold End Keyguard turns on and after a short delay the screen turns off The screen wakes up to the application you were using Press Power Ce The screen turns off immediately with Keyguard turned on The Screen wakes up to the Today screen or to the application you were using Turning Your Phone On and Off When your phone is off Phone off and the phone off Yx icon appear at the top of the Today screen If the status reads No Service the phone is on but you are outside a coverage area An exclamation point appears next to the signal strength Y1 icon When you turn on your phone it con
156. ation Schedule on page 334 e Turn off the Bluetooth feature on your smartphone when you do not need to make a Bluetooth connection 28 Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm e By default the Wi Fi feature on your smartphone disconnects and turns off when the screen is off If you change the default Wi Fi settings be sure to turn off the Wi Fi feature when it is not in use see Using Comm Manager to Turn Wireless Services On and Off on page 221 You can also turn on the Enable Power Savings option in Wi Fi Settings to conserve battery power see Customizing Wi Fi Settings on page 211 e As with any wireless phone if your phone is on and you re in an area with no wireless coverage your smartphone continues to search for a signal and that consumes power If you cannot move to an area of better coverage temporarily turn off your phone see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 e Turn down the screen brightness see Adjusting the Brightness on page 346 e Turn off the screen saver see Viewing and Optimizing Power Settings on page 364 e Set your screen to turn off automatically after a shorter period of inactivity see Viewing and Optimizing Power Settings on page 364 e Turn off the option to receive beamed information if you re not using it see Receiving Beamed Information on page 220 e Keep your battery and your smartphone away from direct sunlight and other sources of heat Temp
157. attachment exceeds the maximum size you must download it manually see Receiving Attachments on page 140 6 Optional Select Advanced and then select any of the following options Kiana tani DAC e Encrypt all outgoing e mail messages Sets whether Security options outgoing messages should be encrypted for extra security Encryption helps prevent eavesdropping which occurs when a hacker intercepts and reads your py ema addresses email messages Sign all outgoing e mail messages Sets whether messages should be given a digital signature as an extra security measure A signature helps prevent impersonation and tampering Section 3B Using the Email Features 151 Choose Certificate Sets the certificate to use as a digital signature Mye mail addresses Sets the addresses to which the security measures should be applied 7 Press OK t Changing Email Download Settings Other Email Accounts You can customize the download options for each email account that you have with an Internet service provider ISP or that you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account To change options for a Microsoft Outlook email account see Changing Email Download Settings Outlook Email Accounts on page 150 1 Press Messaging 2 Do one of the following f you see the account list press Menu right softkey and select Options s If you see th
158. aurant shopping and major local event information There is a per call charge and you are billed for airtime Press End to go to your Today screen enter 411 and then press Phone Talk to dial 15 Sprint Operator Services Sprint Operator Services provides assistance with placing collect calls or with placing calls billed to a local telephone calling card or third party e Press End to go to your Today screen enter 0 and then press Phone Talk to dial To learn more and to see the latest in products and services visit Sprint online at sprint com 16 Section 1 Your Setup Sprint Y 18 Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm In This Section What You Need Your Treo Pro Smartphone Charging the Battery Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 19 What You Need The box containing your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm includes the following Hardware e Treo Pro smartphone e Rechargeable battery installed 1500 mAh e USB AC charger e USB cable Documentation e Get Started e Palm warranty e Certificate of Authenticity card e Safety and legal information Software Your Treo Pro smartphone contains the following e Desktop installation software ActiveSync desktop software for Windows XP computers Windows Mobile Device Center for Windows Vista computers e Link to User Guide this guide on the Web You also need the following
159. balance Specifies the light conditions Brightness Sets the brightness level When the Quick Settings are open press Left or Right on the 5 way to adjust the brightness setting If you use the stylus first tap the or icon to specify whether you want to increase or decrease the brightness setting Storage Specifies whether to save the video to your device or to an expansion card sold separately inserted into your device The expansion card option appears only if you have an expansion card inserted into your device Optional With the controls displayed press Up or Down to change the zoom level The zoom indicator appears on the left side of the screen Press Center C to start recording When you ve finished recording press Center to stop recording After the video has been captured it appears on the Review screen Select one of the following icons Go back to the Camera screen to take another video Delete the video Send the video as an attachment to a multimedia or email message View the video in Windows Media Player Mobile see Playing Media Files on page 249 E EE Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos Customizing Your Camera Settings 1 Press and hold the Side button 2 Tap the Menu E icon 3 On the Capture Settings tab set any of the following options Not all options appear in all camera modes Effect Sets a special effect such as grayscale or sepia Tim
160. band technology that is designed for very high speed data transfer with average download speeds of 400 to 600Kbps and capable of reaching speeds up to 3 2Mbps and upload speeds up to 1 8Mbps The following icons appear in the title bar to indicate whether data services are available If you don t see one of these icons you cannot open a data connection 33 or Ged The Sprint Mobile Broadband EVDO or Sprint 1xRTT network is within range You can make or receive calls or open a data connection Your smartphone is connected to a Wi Fi network You can open a data connection 384 Section 7A Help My Smartphone Won t Connect to the Internet Your Treo Pro smartphone supports Sprint Mobile Broadband EVDO Sprint 1xRTT and Wi Fi wireless data networks To connect to the Internet you must either subscribe to data services with Sprint or be within range of a Wi Fi network e Contact Sprint to verify that your subscription plan includes data services and that these Services have been correctly activated Sprint should also be able to tell you if there are any outages in your location e If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager and you re attempting to make a Wi Fi connection contact your system administrator to find out whether Wi Fi features are disabled on your smartphone e Press and hold Power to turn off your phone Then press and hold the same button to turn it back on again Perform a sof
161. battery life however you can set synchronization to take place at intervals that you specify If you use Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 that is not upgraded to Service Pack 2 By default wireless sync does not take place automatically Set a synchronization schedule to have synchronization take place either anytime info is updated on your device or the server or at certain intervals 1 Press Start 2s and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Schedule 334 Section 6B Synchronizing Information 4 Set any of the following options Sy AcWes mc GITA amins2 o Peak times Set the frequency for high traffic time Schedule periods such as when you are at work or when email Syne during volume is high Peakomes CEXTTEETTCRN Of peak times As items arrive Off peak times Set the frequency for low traffic time Fl scaresclineswien namie periods such as late at night v Send receve when 1 cick Send Use above settings when roaming Set the frequency while you are roaming outside the Sprint network You Adjust peak times to fit your schedule should keep this box checked to ensure that wireless sync works properly Send receive when I click Send Set whether items are sent as soon as you select Send in the Messaging application or whether they are held until the next synchronization EB Activesync Go T4 E ELETE 5 Optional To customize your high traffic peri
162. car or writing a to do list then you are not watching where you are going It s common sense Don t get caught in a dangerous situation because you are reading or writing and not paying attention to the road or nearby vehicles Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic Try to plan your calls before you begin your trip or attempt to schedule your calls with times you may be temporarily stopped or otherwise stationary But if you need to dial while driving follow this simple tip dial only a few numbers check the road and your mirrors then continue Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting Stressful or emotional conversations and driving do not mix they are distracting and even dangerous when you are behind the wheel Make people you are talking with aware you are driving and if necessary suspend phone conversations which have the potential to divert your attention from the road Use your smartphone to call for help Your smartphone is one of the greatest tools you can own to protect yourself and your family in dangerous situations with your smartphone at your side help is only three numbers away Dial your national emergency number in the case of fire traffic accident road hazard or medical emergencies Remember your national emergency number is a free call on your smartphone Section 8A Important Safety Information
163. cation jxawmua jn v Week view 5 day week hd 1st day of week Set Sunday or Monday as the first day of the week for all Calendar views Week view Set whether five six or seven days appear in Week view Show half hour slots Set whether time slots appear in one hour or half hour increments in Day view and Week view Show week numbers Set whether week numbers 1 52 appear in Week view 3 Select the Appointments tab and set any of the following options Set reminders for new items Set whether a reminder is automatically added to new events and how long before the event the reminder appears You can C Show hat hour siots Show week numbers Generai Appointments mu Yd am 139 o V Set reminders for new rems override this setting for individual events 15 minute gt Show icons Set which icons appear next to events Show cons eem iK The event has a reminder requessve ualook Emal v The event repeats in a specified pattern Genera Appontrents Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 269 amp The event has a note attached amp The event has an assigned location i amp The event is a meeting The event is marked private Tp Not all icons appear in all Calendar views Send meeting requests via Set the method used to send meeting requests 4 Press OK i Tasks You can use Tasks to help you remember tasks you n
164. ccept or enable a Bluetooth PAN connection with your smartphone Check the documentation included with your computer for instructions On your computer double click the Network Access Point icon to establish the Bluetooth PAN connection After you have connected on your computer open your Web browser to confirm that you can connect to the Internet You now have an Internet connection on your computer via your Treo Pro smartphone and you can do anything you would do using your usual Internet connection Using Sprint TV With Sprint TV you can watch live TV on the go right on your Treo Pro smartphone Accessing your Sprint TV channels is as easy as using the remote control in your living room Browse through the available free channels or subscribe to one of the premium offerings Wherever you go on the Sprint National Network you can get more out of your Sprint TV service To access your Sprint TV channels 1 2 3 118 Press Start 2s and select Programs Select Sprint TV Wa Select Sprint TV Premium Channels or Sprint TV En Vivo to proceed to the channel listings Browse through the available programming and select a clip or channel to view the program Section 3A Using Web and Data Services The first time you access a channel that requires a subscription you are prompted to purchase access Select Subscribe to purchase access or select Preview to see a preview of the selected
165. ccessories only authorised personnel must do so e Do not expose your smartphone or its accessories to extreme temperatures minimum 0 and maximum 60 degrees Celsius 32F 140F Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic products e Do not carry your smartphone in your back pocket as it could break when you sit down Battery Your smartphone includes an internal lithium ion polymer battery Please note that use of certain data applications can result in heavy battery use and may require frequent battery charging Any disposal of the smartphone or battery must comply with laws and regulations pertaining to lithium ion or lithium ion polymer batteries Demagnetisation To avoid the risk of demagnetisation do not allow electronic devices or magnetic media close to your smartphone for a long time Normal Use Position When making or receiving a phone call hold your smartphone to your ear with the bottom towards your mouth or as you would a fixed line phone Emergency Calls This smartphone like any wireless phone operates using radio signals which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions Therefore you must never rely solely on any wireless phone for emergency communications Section 8A Important Safety Information 425 Smartphone Heating Your smartphone may become warm during charging and during normal use Accessories Use only approved accessories Do not connect with incompatible products or accesso
166. ces tab and then select TTY Mode from the Full mode list VCO mode 4 Select Get Settings 5 Select one of the following Full mode Allows you to type a message which is read by the TTY device to the other person The a spoken response is then typed to you VCO mode Voice carryover which allows you to speak to the hearing person you C HCO mode ot have called and then read the response HCO mode Hearing carryover which allows you to listen to the speaking person you have called and then type your response Off 6 Press OK to return to Phone Settings 7 Press OK to finish 100 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Automatically Adding a 1 for Long Distance Dialing If you have enabled your phone for dialing in North America see the next section Setting Your Long Distance Dialing Preferences you can have the 1 added automatically to the phone number for long distance calls 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Press Start 2 and select Settings pem Tian ae 2 On the Personal tab select Phone 6 Select the Services tab and then select Automatic Prepend pui ani from the list O Disable This feature automatically adds 1 in Select Get Settings front of the number for long distance Select Enable to have a 1 added in front of a 10 digitphone 9 number for long distance calls Press OK to return to Phone Settings _
167. channel Using the Sprint Music Store In the Sprint Music Store you can search for preview and download digital music to your Treo Pro smartphone The cost of songs you purchase is automatically charged to your account Some songs are free Songs you download will play on your smartphone and on Windows Media Player 10 and later on your computer 1 Press Start 22 and select Programs 2 Select Sprint Music Bij 3 Browse the store using one of these options Search Find songs by entering search criteria such as all or part of the song title artist genre or category Featured Choose from a changing selection of songs and artists Genres Search by type of music such as hip hop R amp B Latin rock or country etc Categories Search by categories like free songs what s hot etc 4 Select a song you are interested in and do any of the following Tap Preview to listen to part of the song Tap Buy to purchase the song for the price indicated Tap 6for price to purchase 6 songs For songs 2 through 6 the button changes to Download X of 6 5 If you purchased a song tap Download or Download X of 6 Section 3A Using Web and Data Services 119 6 When prompted press Save left softkey and fill in the following fields If you change your mind about buying the song press Menu right softkey and select Cancel A Explorer gt Tyl E Name teM idaDaviu
168. chronization software 40 41 44 46 third party applications 318 321 402 Treo smartphone 20 troubleshooting 377 VPN clients 366 WorldMate Pro 194 instant messages sending 176 178 setting community options for 182 setting up accounts for 179 signing in to 181 Instant Messaging application 178 182 instant messaging services 179 internal memory See memory international dialing preferences 101 102 international travel adapters 369 Internet connections See also Web pages Web sites clearing browsing history for 193 closing 187 freeing internal memory and 403 making phone calls and 88 opening 184 365 setting privacy settings for 191 setting up 116 118 365 451 setting up Wi Fi See Wi Fi networks troubleshooting 385 400 Internet Explorer Mobile 22 183 193 400 Internet Information Server IIS 212 Internet Message Access Protocol See IMAP accounts Internet service providers 130 132 365 398 Internet Sharing 115 118 intranets 208 IP Address option 214 IR port See infrared port ISPs See Internet service providers iTunes 195 K Keep Backlight option 236 key indexes Wi Fi networks 210 keyboard accessing alternate characters on 64 dialing from 76 77 78 entering information with 61 62 67 354 entering passwords and 358 installing third party applications and 402 locking 355 356 looking up contacts from 77 259 opening onscreen 67 scrolling with 55 selecting menu items from 59 sending email and 147 setting inpu
169. chronizing Your Pictures Videos and Music sisssssssssssssese se 226 Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows XP 60 c cece cece eee eee nent eee 226 Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows Vista 2 00 0 0 0 c eee cence cence eens 228 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 2cc cece c ence tenet ree 229 About Your Camera ed ons trs fd E RUE ER vU b beim 230 Tak PICIues no VICBOS Vous acp ELK QE RUM RT eel Lee NES EROGO RE E 230 Customizing Your Camera Settings z s nie eee ene eaaa a a n 235 Viewing Pictures and VdS 2 e a 8 AME beads STER hee E LIEN qe 237 S nding Pictures and Videos s orade redne er RR d Ae ei ae TENAN So CT efe 239 Organizing Pictures and Vd OSa cece mn 240 Using a Picture as the Today Screen Background 0c cece cece tenn r rnrn rnrn 241 Adding a Picture toa Contact EMY neste tu oe Eoi endea rh neri bende AA DEEA 242 Editing FIOIUIPS acs euer o3 otc E boned a AN E E A n dwa 242 4C Playing Media Files annann nannan annann n nent n nen n bene ttnettneneaes 245 Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files 2 2 0 0 0 00 ccc cece cece cece cence eens 247 cres s Nol MOMENT DRM pc Tr Working With Libraries ccc cece eee eens VOI VAIN PUSS cro D eek vo eR ER teu eh ea ae ER RET HAERES were ee tae LEA e Customizing Windows Media Player Mobile Section 5 Your Wireless Organizer 1 1 2 ccc cece cece cence en enn 255 5A Usi
170. clude data services see Getting Started With Data Services on page 114 Section 3D Browsing the Web 193 Installing WorldMate Pro Before you can set up and use WorldMate Pro you must install it from the Web 1 2 3 Press Start and select Programs Select Get WorldMate x Follow the onscreen instructions to download and install the software Using WorldMate Pro Travel Information and Tools 1 2 3 4 5 10 194 Press Start s and select Programs wi STi Select WorldMate Pro 7 Se enter Might Center Press Next left softkey wer ined The first time you open the application press Accept left T softkey Enter your email address and then enter it again to confirm it Make up and enter a password of your choice This does not need to be your email account password Press Submit left softkey Select the city nearest to your home city Press Next left softkey Select any of the WorldMate features Weather Center Flight Center My Itinerary Travel Tools or Converters For each feature some options are available to WorldMate Professional subscribers only WorlaMate Professional is a paid service To subscribe Select Go Pro Section 3D Browsing the Web From any screen press Menu right softkey and select Options to set the interval for automatically updating weather and other information set the temperature display format and s
171. complete setup and then select the option to synchronize 6 If you still cannot synchronize go to palm com support for synchronization support 388 Section 7A Help The Desktop Sync Software Does Not Respond to a Sync Attempt If you can successfully sync at any point during the following procedure you do not need to complete the remaining steps 1 Make sure you are using the USB cable that came with your Treo Pro smartphone or a replacement cable that has been approved by Palm for use with a Treo Pro smartphone 2 Make sure the USB cable is securely connected at all points see Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 48 8 If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether desktop synchronization features are disabled on your smartphone 4 Make sure that all the files you re trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your smartphone 5 Do one of the following Windows XP computer Look for the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar on your computer to make sure the ActiveSync software is running on your computer and look for the ActiveSync 4 icon at the top of your smartphone screen s Windows Vista computer Look for the connection E icon at the top of your smartphone screen gt If you did not see the correct icons do the following On your Treo Pro smartphone Press Start select Programs select
172. connection 2 Press Start and select Programs Select ActiveSync 4 Press Menu right softkey 332 and select Add Server Source Section 6B Synchronizing Information 5 Enter the email address that you want to set up 6 Uncheck the box to detect the Exchange server settings and then press Next right softkey b Acivesync 39 yl a 11 51 we ActiveSync GI Yy 11 51 User Information Edit Server Settings Server address Note Ths 5 the 5 your Outicck Web Username IS User Password J Doman quires an encrypted SSL 7 If prompted enter the Server address and check the box if the server requires SSL encryption and then press Next right softkey 8 Enter the user name and password that you use to access your corporate mail server and enter the Exchange server domain The Exchange Server settings are case sensitive Be sure to enter uppercase and lowercase letters properly Be especially careful when entering the password because it does not appear on the screen as you enter it See Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters on page 62 and Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols on page 63 9 Ask your system administrator if it is OK to store your corporate email password on your smartphone and then do either of the following If itis OK check the Save password box and press Next right softkey If itis not OK do not check the Save
173. ct Sprint Navigation e 3 Follow the onscreen prompts to download the software and establish a subscription 4 After you set up a subscription and your account is verified press Go right softkey to continue 5 Use the 5 way to select the icon that best describes what m novation Tl ET x you want to do Drive To Get turn by turn driving instructions to a specific location Maps amp Traffic View a map and traffic information for your current location or another location of your choice Search Locate nearby services such as the least expensive gas station in the area or the closest bank or ATM iat he Maps amp Traffic Tools E Extras 200 Section 3E Using GPS Navigation Tools amp Extras Set Sprint Navigation options and access other tools For example you can view a compass and assign your current location a name such as Home Sprint Navigation requires signals from GPS satellites For optimum performance use Sprint Navigation outdoors or close to a window The satellite signal is diminished when your Treo Pro smartphone is indoors Also hold the bottom portion of your device to avoid blocking the internal antenna which is located in the upper third of the device Setting Up an External GPS Device If you have a global positioning system GPS receiver your Treo Pro smartphone can show your exact location on a map See palm com for compatible GPS receivers The Externa
174. cted to your computer Windows Vista To open Windows Mobile Device Center click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Desktop software installation also creates a folder for your device on your computer When your device is connected to your computer opening My Computer or Windows Explorer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista displays an icon representing your Treo Pro smartphone Double click this icon to display folders containing items you synchronized such as music files pictures and videos Synchronizing With a USB Connection Every time you connect your Treo Pro smartphone to your computer the desktop sync software automatically turns on and checks whether changes you made on the computer or on the device need to be synchronized Use the USB cable that came with your Treo Pro smartphone If you need to use a replacement cable make sure it is approved by Palm for use with your smartphone Using an unapproved cable may cause sync errors 48 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer 2 Check for synchronization progress If you don t see the correct icon make sure that the desktop synchronization software that came with your Treo Pro smartphone is running on your computer s Windows XP Look for the animated ActiveSync icon at the top of your smartphone screen and the ActiveSync 3 icon in the taskbar on your computer Window
175. ctivated Treo Pro smartphone by Palm is turned on a one time setup process occurs automatically You do not need to do anything However if the setup process fails do the following 1 Make sure that your phone is on see Turning Your Treo Pro Smartphone On and Off on page 32 2 Press Start amp and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Update Profile 4 To verify that your profile has been updated press Internet right softkey The Sprint home page should appear Accessing Data Services Data Services User Name When you buy your smartphone and sign up for service you re automatically assigned a user name which is typically based on your name and a number followed by sprintpcs com For example the third John Smith to sign up for Sprint services might have jemithO03Qsprintpcs com as his user name When you use data services your user name is submitted to identify you to the Sprint National Network 114 Section 3A Using Web and Data Services Your user name is automatically programmed into your smartphone You don t have to enter it When your Treo Pro smartphone is enabled with data services your user name automatically appears on the About screen To find your user name 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select About B 3 Select the Phone tab and then scroll down to Data user name Data Services Symbols on Y
176. d e Press and hold Option and then press Left 4 or Right to jump to the top or bottom of the current screen e When viewing a screen with tabs such as when adding a contact press Down to scroll to the tabs and then press Left 4 or Right gt to move between tabs e When inside a text field press Right gt or Left 4 to move to the next character and press Up a or Down to move between lines e When inside a list press and hold Up or Down w to rapidly scroll through the list Tap an onscreen scroll arrow e Tap and drag the slider of an onscreen scroll bar re Calendar LRL 12 0 w4 1 Scroll Arrows 2 Scroll Bar With Slider esis 3 Scroll Arrows surwi Ls vu Meet with Donna amp Nancy 10 00 11 00 Conference Caf Lunch with Greg 00p 1 00p Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 55 When you are using applications such as Messaging Internet Explorer Mobile and Word Mobile press Option and then press Left or Right on the 5 way to go to the beginning or end of the current line Closing Screens To accept the information you entered on a screen and to return to the previous screen do one of the following Press OK e Use the stylus to tap ok in the upper right corner of the screen This button is not accessible using the 5 way When you close a screen the application still runs in memory See Viewing Memory Us
177. d in your service plan and may incur extra charges If you are not sure about your service plan consult Sprint Make sure your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area before you try to send or receive messages This chapter describes the various messaging options and walks you through setting them Up so that you can use your Treo Pro smartphone to send and receive messages Sending and Receiving Messages Creating and Sending a Text Message Each text message can hold up to 160 characters To save time you can select from predefined My Text phrases such as Call me or On my way You can add your own My Text phrases and if you prefer you can enter the full message text too 1 Press Messaging P4 2 Select SMHSWMS 3 Press Menu right softkey and select New gt SMS 158 Section 3C Using Messaging 4 Enter the recipients name mobile phone number or email address Enter the first letters of the recipients first or last name the first and last initials separated by a space or the email address If a match is found in your Contacts list select the name A match for a phone number will not be found in your Contacts list unless the contact has a phone number listed for Mobile tel To review your Contacts list press Menu right softkey and select Add Recipient If the recipient s name is in an online address book ay sus ums Cle TTE you can find the name and add it see Us
178. d off Press Settings right softkey and select Bluetooth to configure Bluetooth on your device Wi Fi Turns Wi Fi on and off If you are connected to a wireless network you can press Settings right softkey and select Wireless LAN to review your wireless network settings adjust how Wi Fi uses power etc If both the ON and OFF buttons are gray Wi Fi is off You cannot turn Wi Fi on with Comm Manager You must use the Wi Fi button on the side of your Treo See Turning the Wi Fi Feature On and Off on page 205 Microsoft Direct Push Toggles between receiving Outlook email automatically via Direct Push technology or manually when you initiate a sync see Setting the Synchronization Schedule on page 334 Data Connection Disconnects active data services for example EVDO and Direct Push If both the ON and OFF buttons are gray you are not connected to a data service You cannot connect to a data service in Comm Manager 3 Press Exit left softkey Section 3F Using Wireless Connections Section 4 Your Portable Media Device Sprint Y 224 Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files In This Section Synchronizing Your Pictures Videos and Music Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows XP Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows Vista Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files 225 Synchronizing Your Pictures Videos and Music You can synchronize pictures videos a
179. d press New left softkey If prompted indicate whether this is an Outlook contact or a Windows Live contact Use the 5 way navigator to move between fields as you enter information To enter complete name or address work home or other information move the cursor to the appropriate field such as Work addr or Home addr press Center or tap the arrow on the right side of the line and enter the information in the box that appears To accept the information and close the box tap outside the box New left softkey enter the category name and then press OK To add a note to an entry select the Notes tab After you enter all the information press OK V Eve E EE Name Peture Select a picture Company as lt Unnamed gt To add a caller ID picture that appears when that person calls select Picture select Camera and then take a picture or select an existing picture from Thumbnail View To assign the entry to one or more categories select Categories and then check the categories under which you want this entry to appear To add a new category press amp To assign a ringtone to the entry select Ring tone and select a tone Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Be sure to enter wireless numbers and email addresses in the correct fields so that Messaging can find this information when you address a message and Calendar can find your contacts when you want
180. d select Entire message Select the Download attachments list and then select either All attachments or one of the size limit options 7 Press Done left softkey twice and then press OK oar amp Section 3B Using the Email Features 141 Embedded images and objects cannot be received as attachments unless you have an IMAP4 email account with TNEF disabled Note that TNEF must be enabled in order for you to receive meeting requests Working With Email Messages Adding a Contact From an Email Message You can add a contact name or email address to your Contacts list directly from the To cc or bcc field of an email message You can select the name or address from either an outgoing or an incoming message and you can either create a new contact or add the information to an existing contact 1 2 3 142 In an open message highlight the name or address of the contact you want to add Press Center O Press Save left softkey Do either of the following Select New Contact to create a new contact entry for this name or address lii Anderson Smia d Smith John Outiokr ma GO Yd am 5 05 ok enter name ab cde fgh ijk ImnTopa rst Juvw xyz Select an existing contact to add the name or address to the selected entry Optional Select the contact type If you have set up Windows Live you may have the choice of saving a new contact as an Outlook contact o
181. dential People viewing your calendar see Please treat this as Confidential near the top of an open appointment 4 Press OK If you don t see an option on the screen press Down on the 5 way to scroll to other options For example when editing an event you don t see the Sensitivity option until you scroll toward the bottom of the entry To remove sensitivity status from an item select Normal from the Sensitivity list Organizing Your Schedule Use categories to view various types of events 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit LJ v Holiday INI 3 Select Categories and then check the categories that apply Personal to this event To add a new category press New left Seasonal softkey enter the category name and then press OK 4 Press OK two more times 5 After you assign events to categories press Menu right softkey and select Filter 268 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 6 Select the category of events you want to view Deleting an Event 1 Highlight the event you want to delete 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Appointment 3 Select Yes Customizing Calendar 1 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options UTI 2 Onthe General tab set any of the following options Start in Set which view appears when you open the San Pueri ie Rd Calendar appli
182. device and then sync Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 281 Synchronizing Files Windows Vista 1 Do any of the following To copy a file from your computer to your device copy or save the file in the DocumentsNDocuments on device name s gt Device folder on your computer s To copy a file from your device to your computer copy or save the file in the My Device 7 My Documents folder on your device 2 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable Synchronization takes place automatically The Documents on device name s gt Device folder is created when you select the option to sync files Where Are the Changes I Made to My File Don t look for the changed file in its original location on your computer Only the synchronized version of the file contains the changes To find the synchronized file do one of the following Windows XP Do either of the following e On your computer desktop double click the device name gt My Documents icon This is a shortcut to the Files sync folder e n ActiveSync desktop software double click Files The location of the Files sync folder appears in the File Synchronization Settings dialog box under On this computer synchronize the files in this folder Windows Vista Open the Documents Documents on device name s gt Device folder On your Treo you can find the synchronized file by doing either of the following e Press Start 22 a
183. dial Select a phone number in a message press Menu right softkey and then press Save to Contacts to create a new contact containing the highlighted information or to edit an existing contact to include the highlighted information 78 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Dialing Your National Emergency Number You can dial your national emergency number Such as 911 066 or 060 anytime Just wake up the screen and enter the emergency number If the phone is turned off you don t have to turn it on You don t have to press Option If you lock your device and select Simple PIN as the password type dial the emergency number by entering the number in the password field and pressing Phone Talk Q If you select Strong alphanumeric as the password type however you must press Option 8 twice before entering the number in the password field See Locking Your Treo Pro Smartphone and Information on page 354 Redialing a Recently Called Number e To dial the last number you called Go to your Today screen p LP and then press Phone Talk twice some To select from your most recently dialed numbers Go to your Today screen press Phone Talk O highlight the number or contact name you want to call and then press Phone Talk to dial If more than one number is associated with a contact highlight the contact and press Center C to access any alternate numbers for that contact e To select from a chronological list o
184. ding the relevant guideline limits Limiting Exposure to Radio Frequency RF Fields For individuals concerned about limiting their exposure to RF fields the World Health Organization WHO provides the following advice Precautionary Measures Present scientific information does not indicate the need for any special precautions for the use of mobile phones If individuals are concerned they might choose to limit their own or their children s RF exposure by limiting the length of calls or using hands free devices to keep mobile phones away from the head and body Further information on this subject can be obtained from the WHO home page http www who int mediacentre factsheets fs 193 en index html WHO Fact sheet 193 June 2000 Section 8A Important Safety Information 415 Hearing Aid Compatibility HAC Using Your Phone With a Hearing Device Your smartphone is compliant with the FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility HAC requirements For additional HAC information including the HAC rating of this product please refer to http www palm com treopro 1850 hac Your device has been tested for hearing aid compatibility When some wireless phones are used near some hearing devices hearing aids and cochlear implants users may detect a buzzing humming or whining noise Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise and phones also vary in the amount of interference they generate The wireless te
185. dress books directory services you want to check for email ia addresses Add Add directory services to the list of online address books Accounts message aa s Sorge Section 3B Using the Email Features 149 6 Select the Storage tab and set either of the following options When available use this storage card to store attachments Set whether you want to automatically store email attachments on an expansion card You must have a card inserted into the expansion card slot on your smartphone to select this option Empty deleted items Select Immediately to have the Deleted folder emptied anytime you delete a message Select On connect disconnect to have the folder emptied anytime you open or quit the Messaging application Select Manually to manually empty the Deleted folder Messaging mu Yl am 7 39 ok Main memory 94 70 MB free Storage card not instaled Current sae of attachments 1 10 MB __ When avalabie use this storage card to store attachments Empty deleted tems On connect disconnect pects wage ires sa If you choose to manually empty the Deleted folder you delete messages from this folder in the same way that you delete any other messages see Deleting Messages on page 146 7 Press OK i Changing Email Download Settings Outlook Email Accounts You can customize the download options for an Outlook email account you synchronize
186. ds for 345 Internet connections 184 troubleshooting 385 media libraries 249 251 253 turning on and off 86 345 multimedia messages 166 Now Playing playlist 252 253 PDF files 308 309 numbered lists 284 287 288 306 spreadsheets 293 numbers synchronization software 47 48 See also phone numbers Task Manager 70 copying 277 text messages 166 entering 63 276 operating system device 374 408 formatting 299 347 operator assistance phone 16 Option key 22 o Option Lock 63 Office files 190 280 282 392 See also specific Office application offline synchronization 392 options 21 60 Organize Slides command 165 organizer features 28 33 84 OK button 22 orientation options 239 291 OneNote files 305 OTA synchronization 270 OneNote Mobile application 305 307 Outbox 170 online address books See address books outgoing mail options 134 Global Adaress Lists Outlook online support 14 adding contacts and 258 onscreen keyboard 67 copying addresses to 391 open authentication 209 disabling online address books for 144 Open Contact command 81 entering appointments and 264 267 open networks Wi Fi 205 206 207 installing 41 Open URL command 250 retrieving mail and 125 139 141 222 opening setting download options for 150 152 applications 68 69 325 setting up client software for 399 attachments 140 168 ae calender 263 oe information and 41 332 chat sessions 168 troubleshooting sync problems 374 Index 456 O
187. e Mobile OneNote Mobile lets you create digital notes that contain text pictures and audio and video You can then synchronize these notes with Microsoft Office OneNote 2007 on your computer During synchronization all the notes you create on your Treo Pro smartphone are copied to a notebook called OneNote Mobile on your computer you can then drag your notes to other locations on your computer You can use OneNote Mobile to do any of the following Take pictures of business cards and then insert them into OneNote e Take pictures of flip charts and whiteboards in conference rooms and then insert them into OneNote e Enter text and insert voice recordings for example reminders of important events ideas for projects price comparisons recommendations blog ideas and so on and synchronize them with your notes e Prepare meeting or travel information in OneNote on your computer and then transfer it to your smartphone so you can access the information on the road Creating a New Note Just like in Office OneNote 2007 on your computer OneNote Mobile continuously saves your note as you create edit and close a note 1 Press Start and select Office Mobile Select OneNote Mobile f Press New left softkey Enter your note text Optional Do any of the following Format text Place the cursor in the middle of the word that you want to format press Menu right softkey select Format and select a style To clear all f
188. e 230 233 contrast 242 cookies 191 193 copying addresses 391 applications 326 files 227 281 290 318 326 numbers 277 phone numbers 78 80 pictures or videos 240 444 text 190 286 copyrighted items 239 corporate adaress lists 144 corporate email accounts 134 366 396 corporate intranets 208 corporate networks 366 corporate servers 366 See also Exchange servers Counter option 236 coupling 404 coverage areas 34 106 cropping pictures 242 currency symbols 347 customer support 14 15 374 403 customizing calendar 269 270 camera settings 235 236 contacts 261 data services 120 display 346 email accounts 148 154 format settings 347 instant messaging 182 Internet Explorer Mobile 190 192 Media Player Mobile 253 254 message settings 171 172 notes 276 notifications 345 phone 96 104 remote connections 329 spreadsheets 304 system settings 359 364 system sounds 344 346 Index tasks 272 273 Today screen 342 343 Wi Fi connections 211 214 Word documents 289 cutting See deleting D data connections See connections data encryption See encryption data service icons 384 data service providers 207 398 See also Internet service providers data services 114 115 120 222 368 dates 235 236 347 359 360 See also calendar Day view calendar 263 DDTM Mode option 102 decimal symbols 347 Define Name command 299 Delete All Calls command 81 83 Delete Appointment command 269 Delete Call command 81 Delete from
189. e Programs sid aaa RITE EX KrxR emt E Rx deer U UR enr aree T Switching Among Open Applications With the Quick Menu sssssse ete eens 71 Customizing the Quick MENU re rne week EAEE OE EEEE QU EE A EENEG AU EEA QUE HE 72 Using Your Today Screen he e eesti A RII aa A a en ceed 73 2B Using the Phone Features 2 ccc cece cence nr ehh hh 75 Accessing Your Today Screen xe exea re Sa te BE ane Ee oea a Bee DENT URN Gee Re 76 akng Cals ient esten E e e UN e aE T us ssa Pe destro Ld Edid eri 76 Working With Called Numbers ssssssssssssn III 80 Recelving Galls zone ec t eer xe EET C E ER E a med Tie Maen o ende 83 Lise Veces 3h eret ed oeste ber ae eae bes Bae 4 ben ean ee Hee FERE N Ed DU PERO 85 What Cari I Do When l m On a Call i ziii I e eR RR RR REdTETRUERETRix M 87 anaging Multiple Galle 5 2 52 Tasse dudo hea RES TENURE E GNI ee ne a CECI E caf do 91 Assigning Speed Dial Numbers ssssssssssssssses emn 92 Using a Phone Head eE ue oe that oe ER ERNST AER Roepe eae VO Ree ee aba RS Lie Meta 94 Customizing Phone Setliligs 3 52s yx rU neERIDID D EIER Yee Pee eM eee Ie EA 96 Controlling Your Roaming Experience sssssssssss I 104 Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status 0 0 2 0 cece cece cece nnana nannan 106 Section 3 Web and Data Services and Other Wireless Connections 111 3A Using Web and Data Services Getting Started With Data Services Accessing Data Services U
190. e Stamp camera sports and burst modes only Sets whether the date and time are displayed on your captured pictures Direction panorama mode only Sets the direction in which images are to be combined into a panorama Stitch Count panorama mode only Sets the number of pictures that you want to be combined Capture Speed sports and burst modes only Sets the speed for capturing still pictures Snapshots sports mode only Sets the number of shots to be captured with each press of Center Q Quality Sets the JPG image quality for still pictures Metering Mode Sets whether the camera measures the amount of light around the center of the image or the average amount of light around the entire image to determine the best exposure value Storage Sets whether to save items to your device or to an expansion card sold separately 4 Select the Advanced tab and set any of the following options Not all options appear in all camera modes Capture Format Sets the format you want for captured still images Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 235 Shutter Sound Sets whether the camera makes a sound when you press Center Grid camera mode only Sets whether an onscreen grid appears to help position the subjects of still pictures Keep Backlight Sets whether to turn the backlight on or off when using the camera This overrides your device backlight settings when you are using the camera R
191. e Store Solitaire Sounds Sprint Music Sprint Navigation Sprint TV Sprite Backup Tasks Titan link Wall Street Journal link Windows Live Windows Media Player Mobile Word Mobile YouTube Videos link 436 Section 8B Specifications System e Windows XP Service Pack 2 or Windows Vista with USB port requirements for Later versions may also be supported sync with desktop e 32 MB of available RAM ae e 170MB of available disk space e Some wireless features require Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 or later Operating and e 82 F to 122 F 0 C to 50 C storage e 5 to 90 RH temperature range Section 8B Specifications 437 438 Section 8B Specifications Index Numerics 1xRTT connections 405 411 phone calls 15 5 way navigator 22 54 57 402 911 phone calls 79 354 A accented characters 64 353 accessories 369 accounts See also email accounts accessing corporate 366 accessing GPS systems and 200 accessing voicemail and 85 accessing Windows Live services and 173 connecting to Exchange servers and 125 connecting to Wi Fi networks and 207 creating passwords for 38 downloading music and 119 enabling data services and 32 114 115 enabling Internet Sharing and 115 getting user names for 115 making phone calls and 90 92 managing 15 preventing unauthorized use of 362 roaming and 104 sending error reports and 363 sending instant messages a
192. e and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel Microsoft makes no representations warranties or other determinations that ANY use of the Software Product is legal safe or in any manner recommended or intended while driving or otherwise operating a motor vehicle Section 8A Important Safety Information 429 General Operation Voice Command Control Many of the functions of the Device Software can be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to initiate the command with a button and then operate the Device mostly without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen If you are driving do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Let Your Judgment Prevail The Device Software is only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations The Device Software is not a substitute for your personal judgment Volume Setting Do not raise the v
193. e message list for a specific account press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 3 Select the email account you want 4 Do one of the following lf you see the Contents screen select Send Receive Schedule If you see the E mail Address screen press Next right softkey until you see the Screen to the right 5 Select either of the following Automatic Send Receive Set the time interval for t mail Setup automatically downloading email from every 5 minutes Automatic Sand Receive to once a day If you do not want to automatically Parity download messages select Manually ee Download messages Set the number of days worth of email to be retrieved for each automatic or manual retrieval sac ML INN NN NN 152 Section 3B Using the Email Features 6 Select Advanced Settings and then select any of the following Send receive when I click Send Set whether you can manually send and receive messages in addition to automatically downloading them To save memory limit the number of emails you download to your Treo Pro smartphone by selecting a long interval for the Automatic Send Receive setting or a short interval for the Downloaded messages setting Use automatic send receive schedule when roaming Set whether automatic downloading takes place when 7 you are roaming This may result in higher connection REESE charges than downloading while in your
194. e on your computer 1 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable Most ActiveSync desktop software options are available only when your Treo Pro smartphone is connected to your computer 2 On your computer double click the TTE Activator ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen to ims LX erre open the ActiveSync desktop software window If you don t see the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar click Start gt All Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync Hide Dainis amp to open the ActiveSync window 3 Under Information Type double click Files to view a list of the files in the Files sync folder If you Ems don t see the Files option open the Tools menu Bari select Options and make sure the Files box is checked 4 Do any of the following To copy a file from your computer to your smartphone click Add browse to and highlight the file and then click Open To delete a file from the Files sync folder on your computer and from your smartphone highlight the file name and click Remove If you receive an error while synchronizing files make sure that all of the files youre trying to sync are closed on both your computer and your Treo Pro smartphone If a Treo Pro smartphone My Documents sync folder has been created on your computer you can also sync by dragging files into the appropriate subfolder under that folder Secti
195. e or wireless synchronization with Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync If you don t already have Outlook installed on your computer you can install a 60 day trial version of Outlook 2007 in Setup Mode See Switching Between Sync Mode and Setup Mode on page 46 If you set up synchronization with the desktop sync software information in the Favorites application is synchronized by default as well Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 41 Synchronizing Favorites gives you an easy way to get favorites from the Web browser on your computer into the Web browser on your Treo Pro smartphone Just add them to the folder called Mobile Favorites which shows up in your computer s browser When you sync they become available on your device as well Backup copies of any favorites that you add on the smartphone browser are also stored in the Mobile Favorites folder You can choose which applications to sync provided that the application appears in the sync list For example you can choose not to sync Tasks See Changing Which Applications Synchronize on page 338 for details on choosing applications from the sync list You can also use the Files sync folder to sync files from applications that don t appear in the sync list For example you can sync Microsoft Word Microsoft Excel Microsoft PowerPoint Microsoft OneNote and Adobe Acrobat PDF files as well as pictures music and videos that originate on your Treo
196. eck the accept the License Agreement box License Agreement Select Activate A message informs you that an email has been sent to the address you entered Select Exit When the email arrives open it and click the link indicated to activate your account Open Kinoma FreePlay again 3 Kinoma FreePlay w Kinoma Guide Q nd Q Search Ce Providers e Services C Arts amp Culture Q History Cy Pusobooks amp Literature CD Favorites Kinoma Guide en AES Upgrade to Kinoma Play My Media Files Get al Get now f Business Each time you open Kinoma FreePlay it scans your smartphone to index your media files You can view any of your media files by selecting My Media Files Kinoma Guide is also continually updated Section 3D Browsing the Web Searching the Web From Your Today Screen Use the Live Search bar to search the Internet for images news articles maps and other specific types of content related to the search topic The Live Search bar appears on the Today screen 1 Make sure your that your phone is turned on and you are inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and ifntp m tive com search Results a ee Off on page 34 Uve Search i Go to your Today screen gt Internet Explorer gt Yj am 9 29 X Select the Live Search field and enter the word or phrase you want to find Press Search left softkey Use the 5 way to scroll through the
197. ect Beam Make sure the Receive all incoming beams box is checked Remember to uncheck the Make the device visible to other devices box when you have finished receiving information from the other device Beaming Information Your device is equipped with an IR infrared port that enables you to beam information to another device with an IR port The IR port is located on the side of your device closest to the stylus next to the Wi Fi C amp button You can also beam using the Bluetooth wireless technology on your device The normal range for beaming with IR is about 8 inches 20 centimeters The maximum range for beaming with Bluetooth technology is about 30 feet 10 meters Performance and range are affected by physical obstacles radio interference from nearby electronic equipment and other factors 218 Section SF Using Wireless Connections For best results the path between the two devices must be clear of obstacles and both devices must be kept stationary If you have difficulty beaming shorten the distance and avoid bright sunlight The type of information you can beam depends on the type of device you are beaming to Other Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional devices are compatible with your Treo Pro smartphone You can synchronize using an infrared connection see Synchronizing Over an Infrared Connection on page 337 Section 3F Using Wireless Connections 219 Beaming a Rec
198. ed on The range varies greatly depending on environmental factors The maximum is about 30 feet 10 meters Before you can transfer a call between your Treo Pro smartphone with or without a wired headset and a Bluetooth hands free device the Bluetooth device must be within range of your smartphone and you must have previously set up a partnership with the Bluetooth device To learn how to set up and connect to Bluetooth devices see Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology on page 214 If you have both a compatible Bluetooth headset and a car kit the one you connected to your smartphone last becomes the active device Here are tips for working with a Bluetooth hands free device e To transfer a call from the handset to a Bluetooth hands free device during a call unlock the Phone screen if it is locked press Menu right softkey and select Turn Hands free On To transfer the call to the handset press Menu right softkey and select Turn Hands free If you re using a Bluetooth hands free headset and it is within range and you press the button on the headset the call is automatically routed to the headset If a call is answered on the device the call remains on the speaker of the device Section 2B Using the Phone Features 95 e To transfer a call from a wired headset to a Bluetooth headset or car kit that is within range and with which you ve previously set up a partnership
199. eed to complete and to keep a record of completed tasks If you want to use Tasks Over The Air OTA synchronization install the desktop sync software see Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista on page 44 OTA features also require Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 The option to synchronize tasks wirelessly in the ActiveSync application appears only if you have the appropriate server Adding a Task 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select Tasks 270 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 3 Press Menu right softkey and select New Task 4 Enter a description of the task in the Subject field 5 Set any of the following Priority Set the priority level for this task Later you can arrange your tasks based on the importance of each task Status Set whether the task is now completed Starts Set when the task begins Due Set the due date for the task Occurs Set whether the task repeats at regular intervals and how often it repeats Reminder Set an alarm for this task and indicate when you want to be reminded Categories Assign the task to one or more categories Sensitivity Mark this task as Normal Personal Private or Confidential See Marking an Event as Sensitive on page 267 for descriptions of these terms 6 Optional Select the Notes tab and enter additional te
200. eived message You can either create a new contact or add the information to an existing contact 1 In an open message or chat session select the name phone number or address of the contact you want to add 2 Select Yes Enter a name Outiook maa 32 Yd s 05 ok T amp ab cd T fc 3E imn opq rst Juvw xyz 3 Select New Contact to create a new contact entry for this K ea name or address or select an existing contact to add the name or address to that entry 4 Enter or edit the contact information 5 Press Save left softkey Section 3C Using Messaging 169 Managing Your Messages Message Status Icons The status icons that appear next to each message in the Inbox and Outbox indicate the following An SMS message unread and read A high priority SMS message appears on right of screen E B D amp O bu Your reply to an SMS message An MMS message unread and read A high priority MMS message unread and read A low priority MMS message unread and read Unread messages appear in bold Messages you ve read appear in plain text Deleting Messages 1 Goto the Inbox or other folder containing the message you want to delete 2 Select one or more messages To select one message Press Up or Down to highlight it If you highlight a conversation containing multiple messages all of the chat messages are marked for deletion To select all me
201. elect the phone number email address or URL appears as underlined blue text Replying to a Message 1 Open the message to which you want to reply 2 Do one of the following To reply to only the sender of the message press Reply left softkey To reply to all the recipients of the message press Menu right softkey and select Reply gt Reply All 3 Enter any text you want to add Section 3B Using the Email Features 145 4 Optional Select Edit sender s message to edit the original sender s message text that you include in your reply 5 Press Send left softkey Did you know If you reply to a message sent as HTML the reply is sent in HTML also Forwarding a Message 1 Open the message you want to forward 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Reply gt Forward 3 Address the message and enter any text you want to add 4 Press Send left softkey Deleting Messages You can delete a message you are reading or you can delete one or more messages from the message list To delete a message you are reading Press Menu right softkey and select Delete To delete messages from the message list 1 Highlight the message s you want to delete To highlight multiple messages tap and drag the stylus across the messages in the list 2 Press Delete left softkey 3 Select Yes to confirm the deletion To delete all messages at once 1 Press Menu left softkey and select Tools gt Clear
202. election at palm com support 320 To install an application from your computer you must first install the desktop sync software on your computer see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 44 On your computer open My Computer or Windows Explorer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista Copy the application file s into the p Mobile Device folder Connect your smartphone to your computer to synchronize and install the application s on your device Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Installing Applications Onto an Expansion Card 1 2 3 4 5 6 Getting Help With Third Party Applications If you encounter a problem such as an error message with a third party application contact the application s author or vendor For general troubleshooting of third party applications see Third Party Applications on page 402 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot on your smartphone see Inserting and Removing Expansion Cards on page 324 Connect your smartphone to your computer On your computer open the ActiveSync window Windows XP or Windows Mobile Device Center Windows Vista Click Explore 7 Double click My Windows Mobile Based Device p to open the Mobile Device folder Copy the application file s into the Storage Card folder inside the Mobile Device folder Make sure that the third party application supports 320 x 320 screen resolution Some older app
203. ely when driving 1 Get to know your smartphone and its features such as speed dial and redial 2 Use a hands free device 3 Position your smartphone within easy reach 426 Section 8A Important Safety Information 4 Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving if necessary suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions 5 Do not take notes look up phone numbers read write e mail or surf the internet while driving 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic if possible place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic 7 Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may divert your attention from the road 8 Dial your national emergency number to report serious emergencies This is a free call from your smartphone 9 Use your smartphone to help others in emergencies 10 Call roadside assistance or a special non emergency wireless number when necessary Driving Safety Tips Details 1 Get to know your smartphone and its features such as speed dial and redial Carefully read your instruction manual and learn to take advantage of valuable features most smartphone models offer including automatic redial and memory dial Also work to memorize the smartphone keyboard so you can use the speed dial function without taking your attention off the road 2 Use a hands free device A number of hands free smartphone accessories are readily available today Whether you choose
204. email and 138 History lists 190 beaming and 220 instant messaging sessions 181 creating messages and 158 160 Internet connections 187 creating passkeys and 216 collect calls 16 creating passwords and 357 color settings dialing phone numbers and 80 86 102 camera 401 entering alternate 64 66 messages 164 entering special 63 294 remote computers 329 setting input options for 353 spreadsheets 299 charge indicator light 21 26 Today screen 342 charging the battery 26 27 28 369 381 Comm Manager 221 222 chat sessions 168 170 commands See voice commands chat view 167 168 Company Directory command 144 Check Names command 159 company names 78 260 clearing See also corporate address lists See also deleting compass 201 browsing history 193 compressed files 318 319 320 History lists 83 193 computers playlists 252 See also Windows systems recent calls list 81 accessing remote 328 329 365 text formats 305 charging battery and 27 Wi Fi network settings 211 connecting device to 40 word suggestions database 353 copying files from 227 281 290 ClearType options 346 discovering Bluetooth devices and 215 Clock 360 361 364 finding synchronized files on 282 See also time installing applications from 320 Clock amp Alarms Settings screen 359 360 moving files to 281 361 retrieving email from 139 141 retrieving Web favorites from 187 Index 443 setting up Internet Sharing for 116 117 synchronizing device with 40 44 48 337 339 conference ca
205. en by lists and then select second and third level sorting options A ND A 300 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 6 7 Check or uncheck the Exclude header row from sort box to indicate if you want to sort the header row Select OK Filtering Information in a Worksheet 1 2 3 4 Highlight the cells that contain the information you want to filter Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt AutoFilter A list appears at the top of each related column Select one of the new lists and then select a filter This hides all rows that do not include the selected filter Optional Select the other lists and then select other filters To display all rows again select the filter list and then select All To turn off filtering press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt AutoFilter again You can also create custom filters where you specify comparisons Select the filter list and then select Custom Creating a Chart 1 NOU AW ND Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Open the workbook you want to create a chart from Highlight the cells you want to include in the chart Press Menu right softkey and select Insert gt Chart Select the type of chart and then press Next right softkey Confirm the data range you want to chart and then press Next right softkey Select the data layout and then press Next right softkey Check the boxes to indicate whether
206. ent from the Internet press Menu right Softkey and select Refresh 7 Do either of the following to scroll or pan within a Web page Press and hold Up a or Down w Left 4 and Right to scroll in all directions Touch the stylus to the screen and drag it in any direction to reposition the page view You may find that you can do this just as easily by dragging your thumb around the screen An arrow cursor appears on the screen when you are scrolling It changes to a hand when it moves over a hyperlink amp To follow a link to another Web page press Up or Down to highlight the link and then press Center to go to the selected page You can also tap the link on the screen with your stylus 9 To send a link press Up a or Down to highlight the link select Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Send Link Select the account you want to use to send it A new message opens containing the link Simply address the message and send You can send email from a Web page Email addresses appear as links on Web pages After you configure an email application on your Treo Pro smartphone you can select an email link to create a message to send to that address 10 To view a Web page s properties press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Properties 11 To view each item in a list tap the list with your stylus In a list press Down w or Left to cycle between items and press Center C to m
207. er pede I Complete x 15 minute s SOT SE ous Categores No categories Categones No ci ries M Appontment Notes Appontment Notes 60 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Using the Keyboard When using the keyboard most people find it easiest to hold the smartphone with two hands and to use the tips of both thumbs to press the keys J 9 aw C969 vu Po 8 CO B x SEU ist Tr o o 7 9 aps A Cs 6r e e f Jada m p all PJ s Start Phone Talk Calendar Option Shift Search Space OK End Messaging 10 Backspace 11 Return 12 Shift 13 Alt OMOANDOARWNH Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone GI 9 NP rs 61 Understanding the Backlight Your smartphone includes both a keyboard backlight and a screen backlight for low light conditions Both backlights turn on when you turn on the screen The keyboard backlight turns off automatically after 30 seconds When you use the keyboard again and the screen is already awake the keyboard backlight turns on for another 30 seconds The screen backlight remains on until there is no keyboard or stylus activity for 30 seconds and then the screen dims The screen backlight turns off automatically when the screen turns off or when you are on a call or are playing music in the background for longer than the time spec
208. er the name of the Directory service Enter the Server name If your server requires authentication check the box and enter your user name and password Optional Check the Check name against this server box to enable this directory service 8 Press OK To delete a directory service highlight it press and hold Center on the 5 way and select Delete Section 3B Using the Email Features 143 Par WN Dm N Using an Online Address Book You can access contact information such as an email address or phone number from your organization s online address book or Global Address List GAL To access a GAL make sure you are accessing either Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 Add access to an online address book to your Treo Pro smartphone see Adding an Online Address Book on page 143 In a new message select To Press Menu right softkey and select Add Recipient Press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory Enter the contact name in part or in full as it appears in the directory and then press Find left softkey You must spell the contact name correctly A amp O ND You can use the Global Address List to search for a contact In Contacts press Menu right softkey and then select Company Directory When sending a meeting request select Attendees select Add Required Attendee or Add Optional Attendee
209. eratures over 113 degrees Farenheit 45 degrees Celsius can permanently reduce the capacity and life span of any lithium ion battery If your battery becomes fully drained your information remains safely stored on your Treo Pro smartphone Recharge the battery to access your information Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 29 30 Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Section 1B Setting Up Service In This Section Activating Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Turning Your Treo Pro Smartphone On and Off Making Your First Call Setting Up Your Voicemail Creating Sprint Account Passwords Setting up service on your new Treo Pro smartphone by Palm is quick and easy This section walks you through the necessary steps to unlock your smartphone set up your voicemail and establish passwords Section 1B Setting Up Service 31 Activating Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm If you purchased your smartphone at a Sprint store your phone is probably activated and ready to use If you received your smartphone in the mail and you have a new Sprint account or a new line of service your smartphone is activated automatically when you turn it on for the first time To confirm your activation make a phone call If you received your smartphone in the mail and you are activating a new phone for an existing number on your account go online to activate your new smartp
210. ers at the top of your calendar they don t occupy blocks of time For example in the illustration shown here Submit Final TTE i Meet with Donna amp Nancy Draft is an untimed event Mx 00 13 00 Confetorice Cu 90 o Nau M Calendar Gy Ty e 12 05 ok marozo sMTw s S4 gt 9 i i 1i J Lunch with Greg 12 00p 1 00p 264 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Press Calendar 88 Press Menu right softkey and select New Appointment Enter a Subject description Select the starting and ending dates Select All Day and then select Yes 6 Press OK i AA WD DE Scheduling a Repeating Appointment 1 Create an appointment or untimed event and then select it 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit 3 Select Occurs and then select a repeat pattern To create a repeat pattern select Edit pattern and follow the onscreen instructions 4 Press OK f To enter a birthday or an anniversary create an untimed event that repeats every year Adding an Alarm Reminder to an Event 1 Create an event and then select it 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit 3 Select Reminder and then select Remind Me 4 Enter the number of minutes hours days or weeks before the event that you want to receive the alarm Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 265 5 Press OK 4 Calendar ET EIL ct Birthday C
211. es on page 251 e For pictures and videos see Synchronizing Your Pictures Videos and Music on page 226 for information on the location of synchronized items e For Office Mobile files see Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files on page 280 for information on the location of synchronized files e If you re still having problems try the following 1 Make sure you re synchronizing with the intended desktop personal information manager PIM The software installed during setup lets you synchronize with Microsoft Office Outlook for Windows If you use a different PIM you need to install third party software to synchronize For more information consult the company that makes the PIM 2 Open the desktop sync software on your computer and make sure the Files synchronization option is selected Changing Which Applications Synchronize on page 338 3 For a Windows XP computer only On your computer uninstall Microsoft ActiveSync Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Then put your smartphone in Setup Mode and reinstall the software see Switching Between Sync ode and Setup Mode on page 46 Synchronization Starts But Doesn t Finish 1 Make sure that you installed the desktop software that came with your Treo Pro smartphone If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it 2 If you re trying to sync offline be sure to set your Microsoft Office Outlook Calenda
212. es the current screen the application is still active in the background and returns you to the previous screen When you press Option 8 OK the Task Manager application opens End wakes up the screen when it is off goes to the Today screen when the screen is already awake enables Keyguard when the Today screen is displayed and ends calls Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 18 Messaging opens the Messaging application so you can write and read email SMS text messages and MMS messages When you press Option 8 Messaging the Tasks application opens 19 Microphone serves as the mouthpiece on your Treo Pro smartphone Back View 1 Speaker plays ringtones and alarms and serves as the speaker for the speakerphone feature and other audio playback The Treo Pro smartphone speaker includes a large magnet so be sure to keep your device away from credit cards or other items that could become demagnetized Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 23 24 Expansion Card Slot allows you to expand the capabilities of your Treo Pro smartphone using a microSD card The expansion card slot is located under the back panel see Removing the Back Panel on page 25 Wi Fi Button turns the Wi Fi feature on and off and enables you to search for and connect to available Wi Fi networks
213. et whether to automatically preview your itinerary Using Kinoma FreePlay Kinoma FreePlay is a mobile media browser that you can use to find and play video audio and pictures on your Treo Pro smartphone You can use Kinoma FreePlay to share YouTube clips catch breaking news updates from Reuters view hundreds of webcams and traffic cameras built into Kinoma Guide or tune into your own kid cam or pet cam Kinoma Guide is a constantly updated guide to mobile ready content on the Web You ll have on demand access to thousands of podcasts music audiobooks and more There is no monthly subscription fee for Kinoma FreePlay but you must activate Kinoma FreePlay before you can use it Kinoma Freeplay must be activated before you can view YouTube Videos es or listen to the audio version of the Wall Street Journal fa both available under Programs J Login Free Audiobooks Ce Best sellers m Genres EN Naw This Week You can purchase Kinoma Play to get additional features such as support for iTunes and automatic uploads to YouTube Check out kinoma com for more information Section 3D Browsing the Web 195 To activate Kinoma FreePlay 1 2 3 196 Press Start Select Kinoma Enter the emai and select Programs D Kinoma FreePlay FreePlay address you want to associate with the account Product Activation Optional Select View to read the license agreement Email TET Ch
214. ettings on page 103 Clearing the Voicemail Icon After you retrieve your voicemail messages the Voicemail icon at the top of your screen usually disappears If it doesn t you can clear the Voicemail icon manually 1 aA wD 86 Tap Clear to delete voicemail messages Press Start 2 and select Settings se On the Personal tab select Phone C Select the Services tab Select Voicemail from the list and then select Get Settings Tap Clear Section 2B Using the Phone Features What Can I Do When I m On a Call When you make or receive a call information about the call appears on your Phone screen If you move away from the Phone screen to another application press OK until you return there If you press OK while you are on the Phone screen you will go to the application you were using before the call Press Phone Talk to return to the Phone screen dL E c w 10 07 X v6 ected 00 16 1 Callers Name and or Number 2 Current Duration of Call From the Today screen you can also return to the Phone screen by pressing Call Status left softkey When a call lasts longer than 1 minute the screen dims After 2 minutes it dims more To wake up the screen press any key except End Section 2B Using the Phone Features 87 During a call use the 5 way to move from button to button to do any of the following By default the screen i
215. eview Duration Sets the time length that a captured picture or image is displayed before it is automatically saved and you return to the camera screen Select No Limit if you don t want a time limit Select No Review if you want captured items to be saved immediately Flicker Adjustment Sets the rate to reduce flicker on the camera screen Record with Audio video and MMS video modes only Sets whether to include audio when recording Prefix Sets whether to include the date or the date and time as the prefix in captured item file names When Default is selected the prefix for pictures is IMAGE and the prefix for videos is VIDEO If you save pictures to an expansion card sold separately you cannot Select a prefix Pictures saved to a card are always given the IMAGE prefix Counter Resets the file naming counter to 1 Image Properties Adjusts properties such as contrast saturation hue and sharpness for captured images After you select the property you want press Right or Left 4 to increase or decrease the value Show Reminder Contacts picture mode only Sets whether an alert appears asking whether you want to assign the captured picture to a contact 5 Press OK 236 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos Viewing Pictures and Videos Viewing a Picture In addition to viewing the pictures you capture with the built in camera you can view pictures that are captured o
216. evious sound settings All sounds are as loud or as soft as they were before you turned them off Your Treo Pro smartphone includes a silent alarm that can vibrate even when the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off Selecting Sounds amp Notifications 1 Press Start fz and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Sounds amp Notifications ea 344 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 3 On the Sounds tab set any of the following options Events Turn sounds on and off for system warnings and error messages Programs Turn sounds on and off that are specific to the applications on your smartphone Notifications Turn alarms and reminders on and off in all the applications on your smartphone Screen taps Set whether tapping the screen generates a sound and set the volume level when this sound is turned on E Settings a Ta L 12 20 ok Fruble sourxis for v Everits warrangs system events gam vr Notti Abore air mi eminens C Screen taps Lj Marware bunos Tog Neti ators Meus Hardware buttons Set whether pressing buttons generates a sound and set the volume level when this sound is turned on 4 Select the Notifications tab and set any of the following options Event Select which action you want to change the settings for The remaining options vary based on the action you select Play sound Turn the sound on a
217. expansion card insert the card into the expansion card slot on your Treo Pro smartphone press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select Storage and check the When available use this storage card to store attachments box 140 Section 3B Using the Email Features Downloading Attachments Automatically If you are synchronizing with Outlook on your computer and want to download attachments automatically do the following 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Options Select E mail and then select Settings Check the nclude file attachments box Optional To automatically download attachments up to a certain size only check the Only if smaller than box and enter the maximum attachment size 7 Press OK To automatically download attachments from an IMAP4 email account typically an ISP account or an account that you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN on page 366 do the following 1 Press Messaging 3 2 Do one of the following lf you see the account list press Menu right softkey and select Options If you see the message list for a specific account press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options 9m RR o ND On the Accounts tab select the IMAP4 account name Select Download Size Settings Select the Message download limit list an
218. f calls Go to your Today screen press Phone Talk press Menu right softkey and select Call History Highlight the number you want to call and then press Phone Talk to dial You can clear the list of recently dialed numbers From the Call History press Menu right softkey and select Delete All Calls 425 555 1234 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Dialing Using the Onscreen Keypad The onscreen Keypad provides large numbers that you can tap Phone Gu Y I EP with your finger or stylus The numbers also include the corresponding letters so you can dial numbers that are 1 831 555 1212 expressed as letters om a ae 1 Go to your Today screen Tar Se Smo 2 Press Phone Talk and then press Keypad nra din mondi acad 3 Tap the onscreen Keypad to enter the number Lor 4 Press Phone Talk to dial Hide Keypad You can paste numbers directly into the Keypad Copy a number from another application switch to Keypad press and hold Center on the 5 way and then select Menu right softkey gt Paste to insert the number into the Keypad Working With Called Numbers 80 You can redial a number you ve recently called see Redialing a Recently Called Number on page 79 You can also view call details send a text message to a number save a number to your Contacts list and more Section 2B Using the Phone Features Working With Recently Called Numbers 1 Press Pho
219. g options 4 Set reminders for new items Automatically add a reminder to new tasks The default reminder is set to 8 00 on the morning the task is due You can override this setting for individual tasks Show start and due dates Display the task start and due dates in the Tasks list Show Tasks entry bar Display the Tasks entry bar at the top of the Tasks list Press OK F Notes Notes are a great way to capture thoughts questions and meeting notes on your Treo Pro smartphone Creating a Note 1 To take advantage of all the sync features available in the Notes application make sure the desktop synchronization software is installed on your computer See Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 44 for details Press Start ze and select Programs 2 Select Notes F Press New left softkey Do one of the following Type the text using the keyboard Write the text with the stylus 3 4 Enter the text by tapping the onscreen keyboard Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Grocery list Milk Eggs Cereal 273 5 Press Menu right softkey select Draw and then draw a sketch with the stylus crossing at least three ruled lines Press OK Recording a Voice Note Did you know You can add several voice notes within a single note You can create a new voice note or add a recordi
220. h your Treo to Setup Mode connect to your computer and follow the onscreen instructions see Switching Between Sync Mode and Setup Mode on page 46 Resetting Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Performing a Soft Reset A soft reset is similar to restarting a computer If your Treo Pro smartphone is not responding or you have trouble synchronizing with your computer a soft reset may help 1 If your Treo Pro smartphone responds to key presses press and hold Power to turn off your phone 2 f the screen display is on press Power to turn off the screen 3 Remove the back panel from your device see Removing the Back Panel on page 25 4 Slide the stylus out from its slot Section 7A Help 375 5 Use the stylus tip to gently press the RESET button 6 Wait for the progress bar on the Palm logo screen to fill before continuing to use your device 7 Replace the stylus and slide the back panel into place LEN You can also do a soft reset by removing the battery and reinserting it If the phone or the Bluetooth wireless technology feature was on before a reset these automatically turn on after the reset 376 Section 7A Help Performing a Hard Reset A hard reset erases all personal information such as appointments contacts and tasks as well as programs you have added such as third party software on your Treo Pro smartphone Never do a hard reset without first trying a soft reset You can
221. he Sprint National Network Phone Unknown Caller The ringtone for an incoming call from someone who is not in your contact list or speed dial list Phone Voice mail The notification tone for a new voicemail For the Missed call and Voice mail options you can select sound and display options instead of ring type and ringtone options Select the Ring type list and then select the ring style for the selected type of call Select the Ring tone list and then select the sound for the selected type of call Optional Select Play gt to preview the sound Check the Vibrate when boxes to turn the vibrate feature on or off based on the Ringer switch setting 9 Repeat steps 4 through 7 to select ringtones for other types of calls 10 Press OK 9 x99 Section 2B Using the Phone Features 97 To record preview delete and send sounds on your Treo Pro smartphone select the Manage tab To record a sound press Menu right softkey and select New Sound To play a sound select it To delete a sound highlight it and press Backspace To send a sound highlight it press Menu right softkey and select Send Sound You can also select tones for events other than phone calls For example select a tone to let you know when a new email message arrives or when your Treo Pro smartphone detects a wireless network Adjusting Volume Settings e Call volume While a call is in progress press
222. he Save password box Password Acivesync 39 Tjj ww 11 51 Doman If you want your password entered automatically and your system administrator has given you permission to store your password on your smartphone keep the check in the Save password box The Save password box must be checked if you want to synchronize automatically with the Exchange server Section 3B Using the Email Features 127 9 Check the boxes for the types of information you want to sync with the Exchange server 10 Optional Highlight an item and select Settings to change the synchronization settings for that type of information Press OK to return to the Edit Server Settings screen If you want to download more than the email message header select E mail and increase the KB setting If you don t increase this setting you can manually download the rest of the message at your convenience Not all information types have settings A Hcc E EEES Edit Server Settings Choose the date you want to synchrende I PRO Contacts AN Calendar Mir E mail 11 Optional Press Menu right softkey and select Advanced to set the rules for fixing sync conflicts and then press Save right softkey 12 Press Finish left softkey Synchronization with your Exchange server begins automatically A status bar appears onscreen indicating sync progress You can set a schedule for synchronization to take p
223. he desktop synchronization software lets you synchronize with Microsoft Outlook 2003 or later You must have Outlook 2003 or later sold separately installed on your computer and you should install and open Outlook before you install or use Microsoft ActiveSync If you don t have Outlook 2003 or later installed on your computer you can download a trial version of Microsoft Outlook 2007 Put your smartphone in Setup Mode and connect it to your computer There s a link on the setup screen see Switching Between Sync Mode and Setup Mode on page 46 374 Section 7A Help If you want to synchronize with a different personal information manager PIM you must install a third party solution Contact the PIM s author or vendor to find out whether software is available for your Treo Pro smartphone 1 Shut down your computer and then turn it on again On your computer click Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Remove ActiveSync if it is on your computer Quit any active applications including virus scanners and Internet security applications a A amp W ND Make sure you re installing the version of the software that came with your Treo Pro smartphone Other versions may not work with this smartphone 6 Make sure your computer profile includes administrator rights to install software In large organizations these are usually granted by the system administrator 7 To reinstall the software switc
224. heets 300 lasks 272 sound clips 161 sounds See also specific system sound deleting 346 playing from Web pages 192 previewing 345 recording 98 163 345 sending 98 163 setting alarm 361 silencing 84 turning on and off 343 346 Sounds amp Notifications screen 96 344 speaker 23 speakerphone 88 404 special characters 63 64 294 specifications 94 434 speed dialing 78 92 93 spell checking 138 160 288 Sports mode 230 233 spreadsheet files 293 304 spreadsheet toolbar 295 spreadsheets adding borders to 299 adding charts to 293 301 302 adding range of values to 298 adding worksheets to 299 creating 294 deleting items in 303 304 462 displaying 293 295 editing 292 293 entering formulas in 292 296 304 entering functions in 292 297 filtering values in 301 formatting 292 299 300 hiding items in 293 300 inserting cells rows or columns in 298 locking rows or columns in 295 opening 293 organizing workbooks in 303 referencing items in 293 296 299 renaming worksheets 300 saving 292 293 294 303 304 searching 302 setting default template for 304 setting row or column size in 299 300 sorting values in 300 Sprint Customer Service 14 15 Sprint Music Store 119 120 Sprint National Network 116 Sprint Navigation application 200 201 Sprint Operator Services 16 Sprint service plans See accounts data services Sprint Software Store 319 Sprint TV 118 Sprite Backup utility 49 377 SSIDs 208 407 SSL enc
225. her End Be sure to hold the bottom of the Treo Pro smartphone or the hands free microphone close to your mouth Check the signal strength indicator If the signal is weak try to find an area with better coverage 404 Section 7A Help Section 7B Glossary 1xRTT A standard of wireless Internet connectivity that allows for persistent data connections as long as you are actively using your data connection The average data transmission rate is about 70Kbps although theoretical limits are 153 6Kbps With data services plans you pay a monthly rate for unlimited data transfer and you don t pay for connection time ActiveSync The software on your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm that exchanges and updates the information on your smartphone with the information on your computer ActiveSync Desktop Software The software on your Windows XP computer that exchanges and updates the information on your computer with the information on your Treo Pro smartphone To open ActiveSync on your computer double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your screen If the icon does not appear click Start gt AIl Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync See Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista on page 44 Auto off interval The time of inactivity that passes before the screen on your Treo Pro smartphone turns off The wireless features on your device are unaffected by this setting Beam The pr
226. hether the pictures in your My Pictures folder are used as a screen saver on your Treo Pro smartphone when your smartphone is connected to your computer and the desktop synchronization software is not running 5 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View iB Pictures amp Video G9 Yaj S8 5 31 ok Options When sending pictures in e mal pictures can be rested so that they vransfer faster Use this picture sae When rotating 3 picture rotate 90 degrees Left non General Sce Show 9B Pictures amp Video 37 Yi S8 5 31 ok Options During side shows optimize for viewing Porvrat ptures C Landscape pictures C Pay screensaver when connected to my PC and ie for 2 minutes General Side Show Sending Pictures and Videos You can send a picture or video to other picture enabled wireless devices or to an email address You cannot send copyrighted pictures or videos that appear with a Lock icon in Thumbnail View Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 239 1 Press Start 22 and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Highlight the picture you want to send or tap the Show list in the upper left and navigate to another folder such as My Documents gt My Videos to select a file 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Send 4 Select the option you want to use to send the picture or video an email account or as a picture or
227. hone From your computer s Web browser go to sprint com activate and follow the onscreen instructions to activate your phone When you have finished make a phone call to confirm activation Do not press End while the smartphone is being activated Pressing End cancels the activation process If your phone is still not activated or you do not have access to the Internet contact Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 for assistance Turning Your Treo Pro Smartphone On and Off Throughout this guide the terms smartphone and device are used to describe the physical aspects of your Treo Pro smartphone The term phone is used to describe the feature of your Treo Pro smartphone that enables you to connect to the Sprint National Network You can turn the phone and the screen of your Treo Pro smartphone off and on separately This means you can wake up the screen to use just the organizer features of your device such as Contacts Calendar and other nonwireless applications without turning on the 32 Section 1B Setting Up Service phone Also when the screen is turned off the phone can be on and ready for you to receive calls or messages When the screen is on but the phone is off a screen saver appears showing the date and time as well as the following two indicators g One or more missed calls A One or more unread text or multimedia messages Waking Up the Screen and Turning It Off The screen turns off autom
228. hris Location Starts All day recurring Ends All day recurring Al Day Yes Occurs Every March 7 Reminder Remind me 5 day s Catege No cate ories 1 Number of Time Units Type of Time Units Sending a Meeting Request Create contact entries with email addresses for the people you want to invite to a meeting see Adding a Contact on page 258 You can t invite someone to a meeting unless you have an email address for them in the Contacts application Create an event and then select it Press Menu right softkey and select Edit Select Attendees and then select Add Required Attendee Select the contact you want to invite To invite more attendees select Add Required Attendee and select the names To invite optional attendees select Add Optional Attendee and select the names Press OK NO GQ A WDM 266 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features The next time synchronization occurs the meeting request is sent to the attendees When attendees using Outlook accept your meeting request the meeting is automatically added to their Calendar schedules As you receive each response your Outlook Calendar schedule is updated as well If you are using Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 upgraded Service Pack 2 you can use your corporate Global Address List to find contact information for an attendee Select Attendees and select Add Required Attendee or Add Optional Attendee Press Menu rig
229. ht softkey and select Company Directory Enter the name of the attendee and select Find Sending an Appointment 1 Press Calendar 88 2 Highlight the appointment you want to send 3 Select one of the following Beam an appointment to a nearby device Press Menu right softkey select Beam Appointment and select the receiving device Send a multimedia message containing the appointment Press Menu right softkey select Send as vCalendar address the multimedia message and press Send left softkey Marking an Event as Sensitive If other people have access to your Microsoft Office Outlook calendar on your computer and you don t want them to see an appointment you can mark that appointment as private to hide it from other Microsoft Office Outlook users 1 Create an event and then open it 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 267 3 Select Sensitivity and then select one of the following Normal The event is displayed without any notation Personal People viewing your calendar see Please treat this as Personal near the top of an open appointment Private People viewing your calendar see Please treat this as Private near the top of an open appointment If you sync with an Exchange server other users who can access your folders can t see your private events private events appear as unavailable time slots Confi
230. i Fi 208 highlighting items 56 57 high speed connections 116 365 hints passwords 358 History lists 190 193 See also Call History List home page 190 Hotmail accounts 173 175 hotspots 407 HTML messages 146 151 153 hyperlinks See links URLs I icons Adobe Reader LE 309 battery 27 28 calendar 263 269 270 camera modes 230 data services 384 media player 249 message status 170 multimedia messages 163 slide shows 238 Sprint Navigation 200 450 Today screen 106 video modes 233 voicemail 85 86 Web pages 184 Wi Fi connections 206 IEEE network access option 210 Ignore command 84 IM messages See instant messages image files 161 237 See also images media files image properties camera 236 images 142 189 400 403 See also pictures IMAP accounts 129 135 141 Inbox 73 139 168 170 indicator light 21 26 information backing up 374 387 draining battery and 29 entering 61 62 67 performing hard resets and caution 377 protecting 38 328 354 356 restoring 374 377 searching 316 sending 217 220 setting input options for 352 354 sharing 322 323 storing on expansion cards 323 326 404 transferring from previous devices 374 updating 331 infrared port 24 infrared transmissions defined 406 Index sending information over 218 220 337 troubleshooting 381 input options 67 352 354 Insert Recording command 306 installation Instant Messaging application 178 Media Player 42 246 Outlook application 41 syn
231. ial the number associated with the code If you want to select from other ways to communicate with that person highlight the contact s name press Center or tap and hold with the stylus and then select the communication method you want to use Section 2B Using the Phone Features 77 Dialing With a Speed Dial Button Before you can use a speed dial button you must create some speed dial entries See Assigning Speed Dial Numbers on page 92 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press and hold the key or keys that you assigned as a speed dial to the contact number you want to call If you have assigned a two digit speed dial to this number press the first key and then press and hold the second key Dialing by Company Name 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press Contacts left softkey 3 Press Menu right softkey select View By and then select Company 4 Select the number you want to dial and press Phone Talk to dial Dialing From a Web Page or Message Your Treo Pro smartphone recognizes most phone numbers that appear in Web pages and messages text or email 1 Press Up a or Down to highlight the phone number you want to dial 2 Verify or edit the number 3 Press Phone Talk to dial If you can t dial a phone number directly from a Web page or a message highlight the number select Edit right softkey and then select Copy Open the Keypad press Menu right softkey and select Paste Press Phone Talk to
232. ice when connected to the mobile broadband network to be used as a high speed modem for your computer using a wired USB cable connection Phone Off The icon that indicates when the phone feature is not connected to any wireless phone network You can still use the organizer and other features PIM personal information manager A category of software that includes applications such as Microsoft Outlook Palm Desktop software Lotus Notes and ACT PIMs generally store contacts schedules tasks and memos SMS The service that exchanges short text messages almost instantly between wireless devices These messages can usually include up to 160 characters Your Treo Pro smartphone can send and receive text messages while you are on a voice call Sprint 1xRTT The next generation of wireless Internet access that enables you to check your email and browse the Web SSID The name that identifies a Wi Fi network If a network does not broadcast its SSID you must get the SSID from the system administrator in order to connect to the network Synchronization The process in which information that is entered or updated on your Treo Pro smartphone your computer or a server is updated in one of the other locations either wirelessly or by means of a cable connection See Synchronizing Information on page 331 User name The name associated with your Treo Pro smartphone that distinguishes it from other Windows Mobile devices When you fir
233. ice to a wall outlet using the USB AC charger see Charging the Battery on page 26 f you re on a call when the time period specified in Backlight Settings expires the screen dims Press any key except End to turn on the screen Pressing End O hangs up the call Look closely at the screen and if you can see a dim image try adjusting the Screen brightness see Adjusting the Brightness on page 346 f that doesn t work perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 375 f that doesn t work connect your smartphone to the USB charger see Charging the Battery on page 26 and perform a soft reset again f you re using a third party application make sure that the application supports 320 x 320 screen resolution f that doesn t work perform a hard reset see Performing a Hard Reset on page 377 The Screen Doesn t Respond Accurately to Taps or Activates Wrong Features 1 2 3 382 ake sure there is no debris trapped under the edges of the screen Press Start z and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Screen B Section 7A Help 4 On the Alignment tab select Align Screen 5 Follow the onscreen instructions to align the screen 6 Press OK To find carrying cases that protect the screen and other useful accessories visit palm com support Network Connection Signal Strength Is Weak If you re standing move about 10 feet 3
234. id your smartphone warranty and may increase the risk of your smartphone overheating catching fire or exploding which may also result in serious bodily injury death or property damage Your Treo Pro smartphone stores all your information even when you remove the battery 378 Section 7A Help 1 Press Power to turn off the screen 2 Remove the back panel from your device see Removing the Back Panel on page 25 3 Place a fingernail behind the small tab at the upper left corner of the battery and pull the end of the battery up and out of the compartment and then remove the battery 1 Battery Contacts 2 Device Contacts 4 Align the metal contacts on the new battery with the contacts of the battery compartment and then press the battery into place 5 Slide the back panel into place For long trips or heavy use buy a spare battery that is approved by Sprint and is compatible with your Treo Pro smartphone Visit palm com Be sure to dispose of your old battery in an environmentally responsible and legal way In some areas disposal in household or business trash is prohibited Visit palm com environment for more information Section 7A Help 379 Performance The Applications Are Running Slower Than Usual Be sure that third party applications are compatible with Windows Mobile Professional version 6 1 or later Applications written for earlier versions can have performance
235. ide e Legacy Pocket Word files You can open PSW files but if you edit a file you need to save it in DOC RTF TXT or DOT format Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 283 The following features are not supported on your Treo Pro smartphone but they remain in the file so that when you open the file on your computer they appear as expected Fonts and font sizes Original fonts are listed on your device and are mapped to the closest font available e Footnotes endnotes headers and footers e Lists Indented ists are mapped to the closest indentation level supported by Word Mobile e Page breaks Although not displayed all page breaks except a break placed at the end of a document are retained in the document To copy a file from your computer to your Treo Pro smartphone open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer copy the file into the Mobile Device folder You can also use the Files sync folder to copy files from your computer to your smartphone as described in Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files on page 280 By default files you create and edit in Word Mobile are saved in DOCX RTF TXT or DOTX format However you can change the settings to save files in DOC RTF TXT or DOT format Creating a Document 1 Press Start 2 and select Office Mobile 2 Select Word Mobile jz 3 If an empty document appears onscreen go to step 4 if the doc
236. ience Your device is digital dual band This means that you can make and receive calls while on the Sprint National Network It also means that you can connect to other digital networks called roaming if Sprint has implemented a roaming agreement with the network provider When you roam outside the Sprint National Network the Roaming amp icon appears at the top of your screen Additional charges may apply if you use your Treo Pro smartphone while roaming To learn more about roaming visit sprint com Feature Availability e You can make and receive calls while roaming e You can access voicemail while roaming e Other features that are standard on the Sprint National Network such as call waiting may be available depending upon the roaming network e You may not be able to access certain services such as data services depending on the available network 104 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Setting Roaming Preferences Use Roaming Preferences to set specific options for using your phone while roaming For example you can set options to be notified that you are roaming before placing a call or making a data connection so that you are aware that you might incur extra charges 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Phone C 3 Select the Services tab and then select Roaming from the list 4 Select Get Settings Set your roaming preference em ou Tf an se x Spr
237. ified in Backlight Settings The screen backlight also turns off when an application s power saving features turn it off You can set different shut off intervals depending on whether the smartphone is operating on battery power or is connected to an external power source To change the screen backlight shut off interval do the following 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Backlight B 3 On the Battery Power tab select a shut off interval from the list 4 5 Select the External Power tab and select a shut off interval from the list Press OK You can also adjust the backlight brightness See Adjusting the Brightness on page 346 for details Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters By default the first letter of each sentence or field is capitalized and the remaining text you enter is lowercase To enter other uppercase letters do one of the following e Press Shift Q2 or 2 and then enter a letter You don t need to press and hold Shift while entering a letter but after you press Shift it stays active for only 2 seconds 62 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone e Press Shift Q2 or 2 twice to turn on Caps Lock and then enter a series of letters When Caps Lock is on this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen To turn off Caps Lock press Shift Q2 or 2 again You can turn off the first letter capital
238. il provider and then press Next right softkey Internet e mail Select this option if you access email PETRA from an Internet providers domain name such as E aol com Exchange server Select this option if you access email from a corporate email account using an Exchange server and then go to Setting Up an Exchange Server Account on page 125 for the remaining setup steps Custom domain Select this option if you access email from your own domain name such as johndoedomain com gt Messaging 32 Yd am 10 10 E mail Setup You can set up multiple email accounts but you can set up only one Exchange Server account If you have already set up an Exchange Server account this option does not appear 9 If you selected Custom domain in the previous step enter your custom domain name and then press Next right softkey 10 Enter your name and a name that identifies this account and then press Next right softkey For example if this is your work email account you can name the account um Gy Ty em 7 22 E mail Setup Your name Work or your company s name The account display s Usel name appears on the Today screen along with the number eee kevn Cook of unread messages for this account Account display name Work The name for this account on this device Section 3B Using the Email Features 133 11 Enter your incoming mail server address select your account
239. il the picture renders After the picture has been captured it appears on the Review screen Select one of the following Go back to the Camera screen to take another picture Delete the picture Send the picture as an attachment to a multimedia or email message Eu View the picture in the Pictures amp Videos application see Viewing Pictures and Videos on page 237 Recording a Video Videos can be any length provided you have enough storage space available By default videos are stored in the My Pictures folder on your device If you want to store your videos on an expansion card or capture longer videos provided you have ample storage space see Organizing Pictures and Videos on page 240 to change your video settings For information on transferring your videos to your computer see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 225 1 Press and hold the Side button 2 Press Left 4 or Right until the Video Gz or MMS video icon appears in the upper left corner of the screen 3 Adjust the position of your device until you see the subject you want to record on the Screen Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 233 234 4 N Optional If the onscreen controls are not displayed press Up A to display the controls and tap the screen to open the Quick Settings Tap any of the following settings repeatedly to toggle among the options for that item Resolution Sets the image quality White
240. illed for sending error reports provided your computer is connected to the Internet If you use the Sprint network to send an error report data transfer charges apply 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Error Reporting al 3 Select whether you want to enable or disable error reporting 4 Press OK Viewing Memory Usage 1 Press Start g and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Memory PAP 3 Select either of the following tabs Main View the total amount of memory available for your information Storage and applications Program as well as the amount in use and still available P lar fz Storage Card View the amount of memory available on 1 aed 3 es k Fev urge fes Wary Storage memor an expansion card that is inserted into the expansion slot on your smartphone 4 Press OK t 8 Settings Go Tg ae 12 20 ok Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 363 If you are running short of storage space memory on your smartphone or storage card delete or remove large files that you no longer need To find large files tap Find at the bottom of the screen For more information about how to save space on your smartphone see Making Room on Your Treo Pro Smartphone on page 403 Viewing and Optimizing Power Settings 1 2 3 364
241. in memory select M5 To display the number stored in memory select mr To clear the memory select e When you store a number in memory it replaces the number that was previously stored For more advanced calculations use Excel Mobile See Excel Mobile on page 292 for details Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 277 278 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity In This Section Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files Word Mobile PowerPoint Mobile Excel Mobile OneNote Mobile Adobe Reader LE Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 279 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files You can create and edit Microsoft Office files on your computer or on your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm and then synchronize the files so that changes you make show up on both your computer and your smartphone You can use the same method to synchronize files from other applications that do not appear in the sync list such as Microsoft Outlook Notes To learn about synchronizing pictures videos and music see Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 225 How synchronization happens however depends on whether you use Windows XP or Windows Vista Synchronizing Files Windows XP Install Microsoft ActiveSync desktop software see Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista on page 44 1 Connect your sm
242. in the following information from your ISP or system administrator ISP server phone number or access point Username Password Press Start 2 and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Connections te On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections Select the Modem tab Highlight the connection you want to view or change and then select Edit or to create a new connection select New NANUN gt Follow the onscreen instructions for editing or creating the connection 7 Press OK when finished Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 365 Connecting to a VPN If you want to use your Treo Pro smartphone to access your corporate email account or other files on your corporate server you may need to set up a VPN virtual private network A VPN enables you to log in to your corporate server through the company s firewall Security layer You need to set up a VPN to access a corporate server in either of the following situations e Your company s wireless local area network LAN is outside the firewall e Your company s wireless LAN is inside the firewall but you are accessing the network from outside the firewall for example from a public location or at home Check with your company s system administrator to see if a VPN is required for accessing the corporate network If you need a VPN you must purchase and install a thi
243. in this phone guide may result in serious bodily injury death or property damage 13 Where to Learn More For a Quick Introduction Quick Tour The Quick Tour highlights many features of your Treo Pro smartphone It is already installed on your smartphone and you can open it at any time Press Start zs select My Treo select the Support tab and then select Quick Tour While Using Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm e Help Many of the built in applications include on device Help so that you can learn about the tasks you can perform in that application To access Help go to the application or screen you want help with press Start 3 and select Help e Online support from Palm For up to date downloads troubleshooting and support information check out palm com support Setup assistance from Palm For help with setting up your Treo Pro smartphone and getting up and running call 1 866 750 PALM 1 866 750 7256 This service is complimentary within 90 days of purchase Offer subject to change without notice e My Treo Find setup tips and support info including access to Palm s knowledge library and a version of this User Guide that you can view on your device Press Start s and select My Treo If You Need More Information Books Many books on Windows Mobile devices are available from local or online book retailers look in the computers section or visit palm com s
244. ine months of the current year Press Down w to see the next set of months or press Up a to see the previous set To switch views press the left softkey Don t confuse the view name displayed above the left softkey with the current view The left softkey displays the name of the next view you see when you press the key 4 Use the 5 way to move to another day week month or year based on the current view Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 263 Creating an Appointment If you have several appointments to enter it s most efficient to enter them in Microsoft Office Outlook on your computer and then synchronize your Treo Pro smartphone with your computer For more information see Connecting to Your Computer on page 39 Press Calendar EE IP Calendar mu Tg am 134 o Press Menu right softkey and select New Appointment Enter a Subject description and a Location s 3 7 08 12 00 PM M s 3 7 08 1 00 PM Select Starts and select the starting date and time Select Ends and select the ending date and time Sanaa ae Press OK 15 minute s Categones No categories Appointment Notes To pencil in an appointment open the appointment press Menu right softkey and select Edit Select Status and then select Tentative Creating an Untimed Event An untimed event such as a birthday anniversary or vacation does not occur at a particular time These events appear as bann
245. ing an ft SMS MMS Online Address Book on page 144 Smila Anderson wy Movie tonite If you have recently called or sent a message to the recipient press Menu right softkey select Add Recipient gt From Call History and then select the recipient If the recipients name and mobile number are not in your Contacts list enter the full mobile number or email address Separate addresses with semicolons Enter a semicolon by pressing Option 5 K To enter an underscore press Alt and select the character It s the third character in the list 5 To confirm that addresses you enter are valid press Menu right softkey and select Check Names An alert appears if any names or address you ve entered are not valid 6 Enter your message or press Menu right softkey select My Text and then select a predefined phrase you want to insert Section 3C Using Messaging 159 To add a new My Text phrase select Edit My Text Messages in the list Some symbols can t be used in text messages Invalid characters are automatically replaced by the Messaging application 7 Optional To attach a file to the message press Menu right softkey select Insert and then select the file type you want to insert A vCard is a Contact entry A vCalendar is a Calendar appointment or a task If you attach a file to a text message you can convert it to a multimedia message Press Menu right
246. int Only Your phone connects only to the Nationwide Sprint PCS network O Sprint Only Automatic When you are outside the Sprint network Automatic your phone automatically connects to partner roaming Data roam guard networks Roaming charges may apply S Never ant 6 Set your data network roaming preference A ANGIE OS Default Never ask You are never warned about data roaming If you select Never ask set whether or not to allow data roaming If you do roaming charges may apply Always ask You receive a warning every time you initiate a data connection while roaming Default Your phone may provide a warning when you initiate a data connection while roaming internationally 7 Press OK Section 2B Using the Phone Features 105 Setting a Roaming Alert 1 2 3 Press Start On the Personal tab select Phone C rues su Select the Services tab and then select Roaming Alert from 27577 the list Disable Select Get Settings The ring of incoming call will become a Set whether you want the ring of an incoming call to specific roaming ring when the device is in a roaming state become a specific ring when you are roaming To set the ring type and tone see Selecting Ringtones and Vibrate EE NN Settings on page 96 Press OK Press OK to return to Phone Settings to finish Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status You can
247. ion press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Beam Make sure the Receive all incoming beams box is checked If you still can t receive information try a soft reset see Resetting Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm on page 375 Using Comm Manager to Turn Wireless Services On and Off To quickly turn all wireless services on or off press and hold Power C amp D Use Comm Manager to turn individual wireless features on or off To open Comm Manager tap near the top of the Today screen anywhere at the level of Sprint or Phone off You can also do any of the following e On the Today screen select Sprint or Phone off e On the Today screen tap the signal strength Yy icon at the top of the screen and then select Comm Manager e If Bluetooth is on tap the Bluetooth icon on the Today screen To manage wireless services with Comm Manager 1 Open Comm Manager 2 Highlight a wireless service using Up a and Down w on the 5 way and then press Center to toggle the setting You can also tap the ON or OFF button for a service Airplane Mode Turns off all wireless services that are on Comm Manage GY Ty im 12 20 X Phone Enables or disables the phone application on your device Press Settings right softkey and select Phone to configure your phone settings BEL eim Section SF Using Wireless Connections 221 222 Bluetooth Toggles Bluetooth on an
248. isec ue SIRMAR ERRARE AA aAA a RAA ER SA BIA ek ue Working With Favorites Working With Web PaOBSsuicoscuui re Re oi ER x S ECL RAREINAA ARR A peer UE ATE PEE EA US 189 Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings 0 2 0 0 000 c cece eee cence ene eee e eens 190 Clearing Internet Explorer Mobile Files 00 2 0 cece cece nee RII I 193 Using VWotdMate PIG visere ra qordDerpEIN oix tiber nde E e SERERE RAE ADR RH S 193 Using Kinoma FreePlay srera seriea ese oix E veda Pe Bre 1d DAG REA eS eee edad SEE LP SIE 195 Searching the Web From Your Today Screen sssssssssssssssess een 197 SE Using GPS Navigation 000s ccc cc cence nnn nent n nen nn ennttnettneenaes 199 Using Sprint Navigation 1 229 0 o ded dedema ps fes metora Saal LEO E Ee RN IHE 200 Setting Up an External GPS Device i riera bp tap rare e pet PL RR PUR C ATO MERT TE d 201 SF Using Wireless Connections 0 ccc cnn enhn 203 Connactingio a WI FINeIWOTK 7 5 tio aco ore ote e Save Eee n ded e et ia 204 Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology sess 214 B arming Infor metalli voee vette ater p at teur UC P BATUR EDO rU eR I RR e o a RAA AA EUELA 218 Using Comm Manager to Turn Wireless Services On and Off 0 0 cece cece ence eee eee 221 Section 4 Your Portable Media Device siississssssslssssslisessA 223 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files sssssssessess lehren 225 Syn
249. items to complete the installation and activation e An activated Sprint service plan e A location with wireless coverage for your Treo Pro smartphone e An electrical outlet e A computer with an Internet connection with which you want to synchronize your information e Microsoft Outlook 2003 or later sold separately 20 Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Your Treo Pro Smartohone Front View 1 Charge Indicator Light is visible when your smartphone is being charged 2 Volume Button adjusts the volume level for the earpiece speaker and ringer 3 Side Button opens the Camera application so you can take a picture or switch to video mode to record a video You can also reassign this button to open your favorite application see Reassigning Buttons on page 348 4 Left Softkey gives you quick access to the options available for the current screen 5 Start 22 opens the Start menu so you can access all the applications on your Treo Pro smartphone When you press Option 8 Start zx the File Explorer application opens Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 21 22 10 71 12 13 14 15 16 17 Phone Talk opens the phone application and dials a phone number that you select or enter and answers an incoming phone call When you press Option 8 Phone Talk Q the Internet Explorer Mobile applicati
250. iting Set the initial size of text entered using onscreen writing methods Default zoom level for typing Set the initial size of text entered using the keyboard Capitalize first letter of sentence Set whether the first voee reccrara termat 5 Settings Hg Yd 12 20 ok letter of a sentence automatically appears in E IE 1 fat Meee E uppercase without pressing the Shift key T E Defatt 200m evel for type 00 v Scroll upon reaching the last line Set whether the V Caras tt her of sento display automatically scrolls when you select the last v serca upen reser me ie ine line of visible information yai ev Wer comen Coit 9 Press OK O Locking Your Treo Pro Smartphone and Information Your Treo Pro smartphone includes several features that help you protect your device from inadvertent use and keep your information private The built in security software lets you use your smartphone for emergency calls such as dialing 911 even if the phone feature is locked e Keyguard Manually disable all buttons and the screen s touch sensitive feature to prevent accidental presses 354 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Auto Keyguard and touchscreen lockout Automatically enable Keyguard after a period of inactivity and set whether the screen s touch sensitive feature is enabled during calls e System password lock Require a password before any informa
251. ity Light and Power e Dial 555 0100 e Dial 1 800 555 0100 e Dial 46 555 1212 555 e Dial 411 350 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm The information that follows describes how to define lt Contact gt lt Location gt and lt Number gt You can use the following name formats for lt Contact gt e Nickname First Last First Last Suffix First Middle Last First Middle Last Suffix Company if it is shown in contacts list view lt Location gt can represent one of these phone numbers Home Home2 Work Work2 Mobile Cell Cellular Car Radio Pager Assistant Number can represent one of the following digit sequences nnn nnnn nnn nnn nnnn e e 1 nnn nnn nnnn n t4 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 351 When you make a verbal request to make a call Voice Command asks for a confirmation When confirming say e Yes or Correct to call e No or Incorrect to try again Don t take long pauses during digit dialing Voice Command will attempt to recognize the incomplete number Speed up dialing by including a location Call Karen Archer at home There s a lot more information on Voice Command in Help on your smartphone Press Start gt Help Tap Contents and scroll down to Help for Added Applications Select Voice Command from the list Setting Onscreen Input Op
252. ization setting For details see Setting Onscreen Input Options on page 352 Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols Numbers punctuation and symbols appear above the letters on the keys To enter these characters do one of the following e Press Option and then press the key of the desired character You don t need to hold Option while pressing the key but after you press Option it stays active for only 2 seconds When Option Lock is active this symbol appears at the bottom of the screen e e Press Option twice to turn on Option Lock and then press the desired keys to enter a series of characters To turn off Option Lock press Option again Entering Passwords You can t see your password as you enter it so be careful Be sure that Caps Lock and Option Lock are not on unless you need them For information on how to enter characters see Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters on page 62 and Entering Numbers Punctuation and Symbols on page 63 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 63 Entering Other Symbols and Accented Characters You can enter symbols and accented characters that don t appear on the keys by using the alternate characters list 1 Press Alt to display the alternate characters list 2 Narrow the list by pressing the key that corresponds to the character you want See the following table for a list of corresponding characters The alternate characters are
253. l GPS settings do not affect the built in GPS features of your device Refer to the documentation that came with your GPS receiver for detailed setup instructions which may include installing software on your smartphone The following steps describe how to set up your smartphone to work with an external GPS device 1 Press Start 2 and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select External GPS 3 On the Programs tab select the GPS program port list and then select the port for applications to use to access GPS information This port must also be selected in your GPS application s configuration settings 4 Select the Hardware tab 5 Select the GPS hardware port list and then select the port to which your GPS receiver is connected This must be a different port from the one you set in step 3 as your program port To connect to the GPS device using Bluetooth wireless technology you must first set up a partnership between the two devices See Setting Up a Bluetooth Connection on page 214 Section SE Using GPS Navigation 201 6 Select the Access tab and check the Manage GPS automatically box This setting lets more than one application simultaneously access your GPS information 7 Press OK The External GPS settings described in this procedure do not affect Sprint Navigation 202 Section 3E Using GPS Navigation Section 3F Using Wireless Connections In This
254. l and contacts if selected takes place After synchronization finishes press Done left softkey Your most recently received email message is displayed Section 3C Using Messaging You can later change your Windows Live setup selections Open Windows Live press Menu right softkey and then select Options Change which items appear on the Today screen or which applications sync set up a sync schedule and more Using Windows Live Mail Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select Windows Live 3 To synchronize email contacts and or Windows Live Messenger information press Right or Left 4 until Sync is highlighted and then press Center Information is synchronized for the applications you selected during setup 4 To read your email do the following With the same field highlighted press Right gt or Left 4 until Windows Live Hotmail appears Press Center C The Messaging application opens displaying your Windows Live Hotmail Inbox You can view send and work with messages in your Windows Live Hotmail account in the same way as with messages for any other account You can also access your Windows Live Hotmail Inbox by opening the Messaging application and selecting your Windows Live Hotmail email account You ca
255. l arid earn oe address Size 1k 2 0M Enter the first letters of the recipient s first or last name the first and last initials separated by a space or the email address If a match is found in your Contacts list select the name Section 3C Using Messaging 161 162 To display the Cc and Bcc address fields navigate to the To field and press Up on the 5 way A match on a phone number will not be found in your Contacts list unless the contact has a phone number listed for Mobile tel To review your Contacts list press Menu right softkey and select Add Recipient gt From Contacts If the recipients name is in an online address book you can find the name and add it see Using an Online Address Book on page 144 If you have recently called or sent a message to the recipient press Menu right softkey select Add Recipient From Call History and then select the recipient If the recipients name and mobile number are not in your Contacts list enter the full mobile number or email address Separate addresses with semicolons Enter a semicolon by pressing Option 5 K Need to enter an underscore Press Alt and select the character It s the third character in the list 5 Select Subject and enter a title for the message 6 Select Menu right softkey gt Insert and one or more of the following Video Video message only Select a video to insert or press Camera left s
256. lace anytime information is updated on either your Treo Pro smartphone or the server or at specific intervals See the next section for instructions on setting your sync schedule 128 Section 3B Using the Email Features Setting a Sync Schedule With an Exchange Server How often you perform a wireless sync can have a large influence on the life of your battery To conserve power we recommend that you synchronize every 30 to 60 minutes or longer instead of as items arrive Follow these steps to set your sync schedule 1 aR wD Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account Press Start Set up an Exchange Server email account See Setting Up an Exchange Server Account on page 125 and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Schedule Set your schedule for peak and off peak times Set your roaming preference If roaming charges are not a concern select Use above settings when roaming Press OK E Activesync GD Y am ins2 Scheduke Syne during Peak omes m l ff peak tmes As items arrive L Use above settings when roaming v Send receve when 1 cick Send Adjust peak times to fit your schedule You can use the Messaging application Microsoft Outlook Mobile to send and receive email messages To use Messaging you must have an email account with an Internet service provider ISP an email account that you access using a VPN
257. lect Signatures Messaging Ev Tal am 537 ok Select the account for which you want to create a signature seus Check the Use signature with this account box to add this signature to new messages you create with this account A v use dott with this account Optional Check the Use when replying and forwarding box _ v v when regina and forwarding to add this signature to messages you reply to and forward _ t from my Tree Pro A smartphone with this account Optional Highlight the text in the signature field at the bottom of the screen and enter new signature text you want to use Press OK Customizing Your Email Settings 1 2 3 148 Press Messaging Do one of the following f you see the account list press Menu right softkey and select Options If you see the message list for a specific account press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options On the Accounts tab set either of the following options Security Set whether you receive a warning message before you navigate to a URL or a file link that is not ON Ta an account to change settings your smartphone Ei Display account picker when opening Messaging Set whether a list of your email accounts appears when Messaging E Tul am 739 v v Dspiay account pe you open the Messaging application allowing you to Messaging select the one you want to use If the box i
258. lect either of the following Shour Une wae options 2 Windows Meds GY Ya am s 38 ok Play video in full screen Set whether videos automatically play in full screen format Scale to fit window Set whether videos are automatically scaled to fit the Playback screen Pe veo nerwor unary sens gl 5 Select the Network tab and set the following options Protocol Set the available protocols You must select at least one protocol You can also set a UDP port Internet Connection Speed Set the speed of your network connection and whether you want the device to detect connection speed 6 Select the Library tab and set whether the Library screen or the Playback screen appears when you open Windows Media Player Mobile 7 Select the Skins tab and select Previous or Next until you display the skin you want as the players background Section 4C Playing Media Files 253 8 Select the Buttons tab and do any of the following to BW windows ticdn 08 Tg eo ok change any of the available button settings Assign a button Highlight the item you want to set Play Pause select Assign and then press the button you want to on use for that item ae Restore an item s factory setting Highlight the item and select Reset Unassign an item Highlight the item and select None 9 Press OK l Not assigned reos Assign Reset None vao network Lorary sens Buttons 4T gt Maid
259. lephone industry has developed ratings for some of their mobile phone to assist hearing device users in finding phones that may be compatible with their hearing devices Not all phones have been rated Phones that have been rated have a label on the box Your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm has an M3 T3 rating Your smartphone has not been HAC rated with respect to its Wi Fi operation because currently no HAC standards exist for Wi Fi These ratings are not guarantees Results will vary depending on the level of immunity of your hearing device and the degree of your hearing loss If your hearing device happens to be vulnerable to interference you may not be able to use a rated phone successfully Trying out the phone with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs M Ratings Phones rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference with hearing devices than phones that are not labeled M4 is the better higher of the two ratings T Ratings Phones rated T3 or T4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to be more usable with a hearing device s telecoil T switch or Telephone Switch than unrated phones T4 is the better higher of the two ratings The more immune your hearing aid device is the less likely you are to experience interference noise from your wireless phone Hearing aid devices should have ratings similar 416 Section 8A Important Safety Information to those of phone
260. lications have screen size limitations Third party applications should also be written for Windows Mobile version 6 1 or later Programs written for earlier versions may not support 5 way navigation or softkeys and can have performance problems Before purchasing a third party program try the free version if available to make sure the program works properly with Windows Mobile 6 1 and your Treo Pro smartphone Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 321 Removing Applications To free up storage space on your smartphone you can remove applications that you no longer use You can remove only applications patches and extensions that you install you cannot onnon remove the built in applications that reside in the SOTI Pocket Controller Read Only Memory ROM portion of your device 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Remove L Programs 5 Total storage memory avait 3 Highlight the application that you want to remove 4 Select Remove 5 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Some applications are factory installed on your Treo Pro smartphone and cannot be deleted These are not included on the Remove Programs ist Sharing Information IP settings Hu Y am i214 ok Your Treo Pro smartphone comes equipped with a variety of options for sharing information so that you can choose the quickest most convenient way to send your information or
261. links Web pages accessing 115 183 184 bookmarking 187 188 clearing History lists for 193 copying text from 190 displaying pictures on 192 240 downloading from 189 320 entering information on 400 making phone calls and 78 opening History lists for 190 opening specific 184 186 personalizing 120 refreshing 186 returning to recently viewed 185 187 190 scrolling in 186 sending email from 186 setting as home 190 Index troubleshooting 400 viewing 184 185 working with forms on 187 Web sites accessing over proxy servers 367 accessing secure 184 187 400 browsing 115 204 403 clearing browsing history for 193 enabling sounds for 192 playing media files from 250 searching 74 197 setting display options for 192 setting language options for 191 192 setting security options for 191 Week view calendar 263 WEP encryption 206 209 Whole word option 311 Wi Fi access points 407 Wi Fi button 24 Wi Fi networks accessing multiple 206 checking for available 206 211 clearing settings for 211 configuring secure 208 customizing settings for 211 214 disconnecting from 210 enabling or disabling connections to 205 211 213 222 enabling services for 207 making phone calls and 88 selecting 206 207 setting default connection type for 213 467 setting up connections to 204 205 206 wireless settings 213 210 WLANs See wireless networks troubleshooting connections to 385 400 Word Completion options 353 Windows
262. ll for your Sprint Service you can get a subaccount password at sprint com Voicemail Password You create your voicemail password when you set up your voicemail See Setting Up Your Voicemail on page 37 Data Services Password With your Treo Pro smartphone you can elect to set up an optional data services password to control access and authorize Premium Service purchases For more information or to change your passwords sign on to sprint com or call Sprint Customer Service at 1 888 211 4727 38 Section 1B Setting Up Service Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer In This Section Synchronization Methods What Can I Synchronize Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization Synchronizing With a USB Connection Synchronizing means that information that has been entered or updated in one place your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm your computer or your corporate server is automatically updated in the other There s no need to enter information twice Some types of synchronization can happen on an automated schedule so you don t even have to think about it After you get into the habit of synchronizing regularly you can see what a powerful tool synchronization is for transferring updating and backing up large amounts of information on your smartphone Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 39 Synchronization Methods There are a number of ways to make synchronization occur You can install desktop s
263. lls 92 confidential information 268 Configure Server command 126 Configure Wireless Networks screen 206 207 208 Connect via Bluetooth command 336 Connect via IR command 337 connections See also Internet connections accessing corporate servers and 366 396 accessing GPS devices and 200 201 closing data service 222 368 customizing remote 329 device to PCs 40 making phone calls and 102 maximizing battery and 28 29 129 playing media files and 253 resetting device and 357 377 retrieving email and 124 134 139 152 retrieving multimedia messages and 172 roaming and 104 106 setting up Bluetooth 214 216 setting up Exchange server 125 332 334 setting up VPN 366 367 starting manually 367 synchronizing over USB 48 synchronizing over wireless 41 129 335 336 337 timing out 395 troubleshooting 383 387 Index contacts accessing 88 adding 142 169 174 258 assigning pictures 98 242 258 assigning ringtones 98 258 automatically entering info for 78 changing information for 259 deleting 261 dialing phone numbers for 77 79 92 entering multiple 258 filtering 260 getting addresses for 143 144 261 looking up 77 144 259 saving information for 89 142 searching messages for 145 sending information for 163 262 sending messages to 137 159 161 setting display options for 261 transferring to car kits 96 viewing information about 81 167 259 260 Contacts application 258 261 Contacts list 159 261 Contacts picture mod
264. logy 125 406 videos 246 directory assistance 15 drafts 160 directory services 143 149 Draw command 274 See also address books Global Address Lists Index 446 E EAP authentication 210 earpiece 22 echoes 404 Edit My Text Messages option 160 Edit Server Settings screen 127 editing pictures 242 text 146 306 email adding attachments to 138 240 adding contact info from 142 adding signatures to 147 changing message size 151 153 checking for 73 creating 137 138 deleting 146 149 150 153 downloading 135 140 150 152 entering keyboard shortcuts for 147 entering priority settings for 138 formatting 151 153 forwarding 146 getting started with 124 making phone calls and 78 84 receiving 139 140 152 222 replying to 145 149 saving 138 searching 145 selecting links in 145 148 sending 138 152 177 186 storing attachments to 150 synchronizing 139 174 175 troubleshooting 397 399 Index verifying addresses for 143 viewing 140 149 151 email accounts accessing corporate 134 366 396 changing settings for 135 creating multiple 129 133 customizing 148 154 deleting 135 displaying list of 137 148 naming 131 133 selecting 137 148 setting passwords for 127 130 132 setting security options for 148 151 setting up IMAP or POP 129 135 troubleshooting 397 399 email applications 124 399 email providers 130 132 398 emergency phone calls 79 354 emoticons 163 177 Empty Deleted Items command 146 171 E
265. ls however doing either of these suspends the data connection until you hang up the call Sprint data services are available on the Sprint National Network mobile broadband EVDO services work anywhere on the Sprint National Network but broadband like download speeds are available only in areas covered by the mobile broadband network For information about mobile broadband services in your area contact Sprint To setup USB Internet Sharing 1 Connect your Treo Pro smartphone to your computer using the USB cable 2 Make sure that the phone on your Treo Pro smartphone is turned on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 and that one of the data services icons 39 or Ea appears at the top of the screen If you don t see either of these icons then you cannot use your smartphone as a modem 3 Go to your Today screen 4 Select Start 2 gt Programs gt Internet Sharing 116 Section 3A Using Web and Data Services 5 Check that USB is selected for PC Connection 6 Press Connect left softkey When your computer detects uw the connection a connection amp icon appears in the Dsconnected taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen 7 On your computer open your Web browser to confirm that x you can connect to the Internet You now have an Internet connection on your computer via your Treo Pro smartphone and you can do anything you would do using your usual
266. lso want to empty the deleted items folder e Internet If you save links to pages you ve visited in Internet Explorer Mobile you may want to clear all recent pages see Customizing Your Internet Explorer Mobile Settings on page 190 Third party applications You can delete infrequently used applications or move them to an expansion card see Copying or Moving Applications and Files Between Your Treo Pro Smartphone and an Expansion Card on page 326 Section 7A Help 403 Also remember that your Treo Pro smartphone includes an expansion card slot and that you can store applications and information on expansion cards However you still need free memory on the device itself to run applications from an expansion card Voice Quality Is the Other Person Hearing an Echo e Try decreasing the volume on your smartphone to avoid coupling or feedback on the other person s end This applies to both the speakerphone and the handset earpiece e Position the smartphone closer to your ear to prevent sound leaking back to the microphone Keep your hand away from the microphone hole in the lower left corner of your device If you re using Speakerphone mode with your smartphone lying on a flat surface try turning the device face down screen facing the surface Are You Hearing Your Own Voice Echo Ask the other person to turn down the volume or to hold the smartphone closer to his or her ear Is Your Voice Too Quiet on the Ot
267. ment Send as vCalendar Video oo Send as vCale Print via Bluetooth Tp o You can also tap and hold the stylus on an item to open the shortcut menu Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 59 Selecting Options in a List Lists enable you to select from a range of options You can identify whether a list is available when you select the field If a rectangle appears around the field along with a downward pointing arrow a list is available Lists are different from the menus described earlier in this section When selecting fields you might not see the downward pointing arrow until you press Center on the 5 way In fields where you see a downward pointing arrow but no rectangle you must tap the arrow with the stylus to display the list You can do any of the following with a list e Use the 5 way to highlight the field and then press Center to display the items in the list Press Up a or Down w to highlight the item you want and then press Center to make your selection e Use your stylus to tap the arrow and then tap the item in the list e Press Left 4 to exit the list and cancel your selection gt Calendar fev Ta 12 11 ok evar Subject Subject Location z Locaton Meet with a sans 3 7 08 12 00 PM starts Lunch ends 3 7 08 1 00 PM Ends Dinner Al Day No Al Day Hes Occurs Once Occurs Remnder Remind me Remind
268. message in chat view so you can view its full contents and reply to the sender see Using Messaging to Chat on page 168 Menu right softkey gt Delete Deletes the new message Menu right softkey gt Call sender Dials the sender s phone number Menu right softkey gt Save as read Puts the message in your SMS MMS Inbox as read Menu right softkey gt Dismiss Dismisses the notification and puts the message into your SMS MMS Inbox as unread If you have multiple messages the notification includes the number of messages Section 3C Using Messaging 165 Viewing a Text Message To open a text message do one of the following Press Messaging 4 and select SMSWMS From the Inbox select the message you want to view From a notification select Reply The message opens in chat view so you can view its full contents and reply to the sender see Using Messaging to Chat on page 168 e On the Today screen select the SMS MMS status line indicating an unread message Receiving a Multimedia Message You can set your device to automatically download new multimedia messages or to notify you that messages are ready to download New Pics Video Picture Mal From 4083939408 When a new message notification appears select one of the following options e Dismiss left softkey Dismisses the notification and puts the message in your SMS MMS Inbox as unread e View right softkey Opens
269. meters in any direction If you re in a building move near a window Open any metal blinds If you re in a building move outdoors or to a more open area If you re outdoors move away from large buildings trees or electrical wires If you re in a vehicle move your smartphone so that it s level with a window Try using a hands free Bluetooth headset to see if that improves the signal strength Become familiar with low coverage areas where you live commute work and play so you know when to expect signal strength issues My Smartphone Won t Connect to the Wireless Network 1 Try the preceding suggestions for weak signals 2 Turn off your phone and turn it on again see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 3 Perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 375 Section 7A Help 383 My Smartphone Seems to Turn Off by Itself If a system error and reset occur the phone automatically turns on if it was on before the reset However if your smartphone can t determine if your phone was on before the reset it does not automatically turn on the phone see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 I Can t Tell If Data Services Are Available 1xRTT single carrier 1x radio transmission technology A wireless technology that can provide fast data transfer and Internet access with average speeds of 60 to 80Kbps and bursts of up to 144Kbps EVDO Evolution Data Optimized A wireless broad
270. mmands in your car until you read the End User Notice about this kind of usage see End User Notice on page 3 Set the Ringer switch at the top of your Treo Pro smartphone to Sound On Hold your device about nine inches away from your mouth and then press and release the Voice Command button A tone plays and a microphone icon appears at the top of your screen Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 349 3 In a clear voice say the command For example To access Help say Help To access your Calendar say Start Calendar To access your music say Start Windows Media 4 After Voice Command finishes speaking a microphone icon appears at the top of your Screen say your answer For example say General to access general Help topics You can interrupt during a question by pressing the Voice Command button As soon as the microphone icon is visible you may say your answer Using Voice Command to Make Calls You can call contacts and dial numbers with voice commands Say e Call lt Contact gt to call a contact whose phone number is stored on your device e Call Contact at on lt Location gt to call a contact at a specific phone number e Dial lt Number gt to dial a phone number e Callback to return the last call received e Redial to repeat the last call made Examples e Call Karen Archer e Call Karen Archer on mobile e Call C
271. n 4 to view a list of search results from the Internet data services connection required 7 Running Programs Icon Tap to open the Quick Menu which shows all open applications so you can quickly switch between them or close them You can select a picture for your Today screen background and select which items appear on the Today screen See Today Screen Settings on page 342 for details 74 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Section 2B Using the Phone Features In This Section Accessing Your Today Screen Making Calls Receiving Calls Using Voicemail What Can I Do When I m On a Call Managing Multiple Calls Assigning Speed Dial Numbers Using a Phone Headset Customizing Phone Settings Controlling Your Roaming Experience Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status Section 2B Using the Phone Features 75 Accessing Your Today Screen You can make and receive calls and store speed dial entries right from your Today screen To goto your Today screen press End QO If your screen is off pressing End O wakes it up Making Calls Your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm offers several ways to make phone calls Try them all to discover which methods you prefer Dialing With the Keyboard From your Today screen you can dial a phone number simply by pressing the white number keys on the keyboard Your smartphone opens the Phone screen If the numbers you are
272. n Troubleshooting Guide ActiveSync with Sygate Personal Firewall ActiveSync with Trend Micro PC cillin Internet Security ActiveSync with Norton Personal Firewall 16 Verify with your computer hardware vendor that your operating system supports your internal USB controller A common cause of sync problems is the presence of protective software such as VPNs or firewalls on your computer or network If you are synchronizing to an Exchange server and you re unable to change your lock settings check with your system administrator to find out if a systemwide locking policy is in place Synchronization Finishes But Information Doesn t Appear Where It Should e With the included software your Treo Pro smartphone can synchronize with the root folders of Contacts Calendar Tasks and Notes If you want to synchronize with a global Exchange Address Book you must copy the addresses to your local Contacts list in Microsoft Office Outlook Right click the addresses and select Add to Personal Address Book e Microsoft Office Outlook subfolders and public folders are not accessible with the included software You may want to use a third party solution instead Section 7A Help 391 f you re trying to sync offline be sure to set your Microsoft Office Outlook Calendar Contacts Notes and Tasks to be available offline e For music files update the library in Windows Media Player Mobile see Working With Librari
273. n choices are not backed up during synchronization so they can t be restored after a hard reset If you use a backup utility such as the included Sprite Backup you may be able to restore a backup to recover your Today screen settings and other additional information When I Sync With My Exchange Server My Information Is Not Downloaded to My Smartphone Check with your system administrator to obtain the name of the mail server that offers you wireless access to the corporate mail system If you cannot obtain the name of this server some companies do not give it out because they do not want wireless access to their Servers you cannot use ActiveSync to synchronize with the Exchange server You can also check the following setting 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select ActiveSync S 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Configure Server 4 Make sure the SSL box is checked 396 Section 7A Help Email Have Problems Using My Account Occasionally you may experience problems using an email account after you set it up If you followed the account setup procedure and are experiencing problems using the account verify that the account complies with your email providers requirements Verify both your password and your user name for your email account Some wireless service providers require you to be on their network to use your email account If this is the case be sure to use your provider s network a
274. n many popular digital cameras or downloaded from the Internet Your Treo Pro smartphone supports the following picture formats JPG JPEG JPE GIF BMP WBMP PNG 1 2 3 Press Start 22 and select Pictures amp Videos If your pictures are not displayed in Thumbnail View tap the Show list in the upper left corner select My Documents and then select My Pictures Select the picture you want to view Press OK to return to Thumbnail View To view pictures that are stored in a different folder select the list in the upper left corner and then select the album you want to view Viewing a Video In addition to viewing the videos you capture with the built in camera you can view videos captured on many popular digital cameras Your Treo Pro smartphone supports the following types of video files MPEG 4 3GPP2 3GPP WMV WMA AVI 1 2 3 Press Start ay and select Pictures amp Videos If your pictures are not displayed in Thumbnail View tap the Show list in the upper left corner select My Documents and then select My Videos Select the video you want to view For more information on viewing videos see Playing Media Files o n page 249 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 237 4 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View To view videos that are stored in a different folder select the list in the upper left corner and
275. n set an option to have messages pushed to Windows Live Mail on your device as they arrive on the server Open Windows Live press Menu right softkey and select Options Select Sync schedule select the Sync frequency ist and then select As items arrive Section 3C Using Messaging 175 Using Windows Live Messenger AAR WHE 176 You must have an existing Windows Live MSN or Hotmail account to use Windows Live Messenger f you do not have an account use the Web browser on your Treo Pro smartphone to go to mobile live com and follow the steps to set up an account Make sure that your phone is on and that you re inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 Press Start 2 and select Programs Select Windows Live Highlight Messenger by pressing Right or Left 4 and then press Center Press Sign in left softkey SE windows ive Gu Ya am 12 04 ck If you have not already set up a Windows Live Mail Messenget amp jogtotmaLcon account see Setting Up Windows Live Mail on page 173 the first time you sign in to Windows Live Pl sitiens Messenger press Accept left softkey gt If prompted enter your Windows Live MSN or Hotmail email address and password To send an instant message to a contact who is online highlight the contact name and press Send IM left softkey Section 3C Using Messaging If the contact you want is offli
276. n sometimes be difficult to remove the first few times If you have trouble removing the back panel as described go to palm com support Enter 30457 in the Search field to learn other ways to remove the back panel Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 25 Charging the Battery Although the battery may come with a sufficient charge for you to complete the setup process and make a call we recommend that as soon as possible you charge your Treo Pro smartphone until the indicator light is solid green to give it a full charge See Maximizing Battery Life on page 28 for tips on minimizing power consumption and maximizing battery life 1 Plug the USB cable into the USB AC charger Make sure that the chrome circle on the cable faces the chrome circle on the charger Indicator Light 2 Plug the USB AC charger into a wall outlet 3 Connect the USB cable to the bottom of your smartphone Make sure the chrome circle on the cable faces up toward the screen 4 To confirm that your smartphone is being charged wait about 30 seconds and then check the indicator light Solid red Your smartphone is being charged Solid green Your smartphone is fully charged 26 Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm If the battery is fully drained it may take a few minutes for the indicator light to turn on when you connect your smartphone to the USB AC charger If the indicator light still d
277. n the second call ends you return to the first call e When you re on a call you can make a second call and create a three way conference call but you cannot swap between the two calls Answering a Second Call Call Waiting When you re on a call and you receive a second call you can do either of the following e Send the new call to voicemail Press Ignore right softkey e Place the current call on hold and answer the new call Press Accept left softkey or press Phone Talk Press Phone Talk again to move between callers When a call is over wait for the caller to hang up If you press End you end both calls Making a Second Call 1 Press Phone Talk Q The first call is put on hold 2 Dial the second number If the number appears on the recent calls list highlight the number 3 Press Phone Talk When the second call is over wait for the caller to hang up to return to your first call If you press Phone Talk you conference the calls see the next section If you press End O you end both calls Section 2B Using the Phone Features 91 Making a Conference Call When you re on a call you can make a second call and createa prp na Sd em 10 07 x e i three way conference call Additional charges may apply and minutes in your account may be deducted for each active call Contact Sprint for more information 1 2 In Call While you are on the first call place a second call When the
278. n you have a contact s details displayed to see other options like blocking future messages from this contact View detailed information about the attached file Press Contents left softkey and then press Properties left softkey Contents Press Menu right softkey when you are viewing a message s contents to see several other options like saving the attached file with a new name When viewing a multimedia message containing multiple slides you can press Right or Left on the 5 way to move to the next or previous slide 4 Press OK 1 Section 3C Using Messaging 167 Using Messaging to Chat When you exchange more than one message with a single contact the messages you exchange with that person are grouped into a chat session When you select a chat session from your message list the upper part of the screen displays all messages you ve exchanged with the contact and the lower part provides a text entry area 1 Press Messaging 2 Select SMSWMS 3 To start a new chat or continue an existing chat select the message to which you want to reply The message opens in chat view nd 12 160 Bu Y am 9 26 ok When is the meeting 4 Enter your message You can use any of the menu PM commands described in Creating and Sending a Text Message on page 158 A 5 Press Send left softkey OK what about 10 tomorrow 6 If an incoming message has a file a
279. nable Community setting 180 Enable local network time setting 360 encoding 191 encryption email accounts 151 399 expansion cards 328 Web pages 187 Wi Fi networks 206 209 End button 22 End conversation command 177 erasing See clearing deleting Error Reporting feature 362 363 errors 345 362 384 447 ESMTP authentication 398 opening items on 325 EVDO technology 406 playing media files on 246 251 events renaming items on 327 See also appointments running applications from 325 categorizing 268 saving files to 325 creating 264 searching on 316 deleting 269 storing attachments on 150 marking as sensitive 267 storing information on 323 326 404 setting reminders for 265 269 storing pictures and videos on 235 Excel files 293 troubleshooting 381 See also spreadsheets viewing available space on 327 Excel Mobile application 292 304 viewing items on 241 251 327 Exchange ActiveSync 41 Express Settings command 122 Exchange servers Extensible Authentication Protocol See EAP accessing address books for 143 144 authentication connecting to 332 334 External GPS settings 201 deleting accounts 136 external power sources 364 entering settings for 127 getting information from 125 receiving email and 125 139 setting up accounts for 125 128 a p synchronizing over 41 125 129 334 See also specific application troubleshooting sync problems with 391 favorites See Web favorites 394 396 Favorites command 188 feedback 404
280. nd 178 179 181 Index activation 32 114 ActiveSync software 405 See also synchronization software Add new device option 215 Add Optional Attendee command 266 Aad Recipient command 144 159 Add Required Attendee command 266 Add Server Source command 126 Add to Favorites command 188 Add to Speed Dial command 93 address books accessing online 143 144 disabling online 144 finding names in 149 261 removing directory services from 143 synchronizing with 391 addresses accessing Web pages and See URLs adding multiple 138 177 adding to contacts 142 169 258 copying 391 mapping 260 searching for 145 261 selecting 145 sending meeting requests and 266 sending messages and 137 159 161 setting email options for 149 setting security options for 152 verifying 143 159 439 ad hoc connections 208 installing 319 320 Adobe Reader LE application 308 311 making phone calls and 88 Advanced Encryption Standard See AES marking as exclusive 71 encryption moving to expansion cards 326 Advanced Server Settings screen 134 opening 68 69 325 AES encryption 209 placing on Start menu 348 Agenda view calendar 263 running from expansion cards 325 Airplane Mode 221 running multiple 70 alarm clock 361 selecting 69 71 alarms sending email and 124 155 adding to events 265 269 switching among 71 87 adding to tasks 271 273 synchronizing 41 42 43 280 338 setting vibrating 345 troubleshooting 362 380 turning on and off 345 361 tur
281. nd music files between your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm and your computer How synchronization happens however depends on two conditions e Sync direction Are you transferring the files from your smartphone to your computer or from your computer to your smartphone Operating system Do you use Windows XP or Windows Vista These procedures do not apply to files in your Windows Media Player library See Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files on page 247 for details on synchronizing your library files For best results use Windows Media Player to sync your music files for both Windows XP and Windows Vista computers Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows XP Do the following to synchronize pictures videos and music files that you capture on or copy to your Treo Pro smartphone Install Microsoft ActiveSync desktop software see Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista on page 44 1 Sync as you normally would with the ActiveSync desktop software see Using the Desktop Sync Software on page 47 for details 2 To find synchronized pictures and videos on your computer go to C Documents and Settings lt Username gt My Documents lt device name gt My Documents This folder has subfolders for My Music My Pictures and My Videos 226 Section 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files Do the following to sync pictures videos and music files that originat
282. nd off for the selected event To select a different sound select the list to the right of this setting and then se preview the sound select Play ect a different sound To X Repeat Set whether a Reminder tone plays more than once if Play Sound is turned on Display message on screen Set whether a notification message appears onscreen for the selected event Vibrate Set whether your smartphone vibrates to notify you about the selected event 5 Select the Manage tab and do any of the following To record a sound press Menu right softkey and select New Sound To preview a sound select it and then press Play left softkey Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm yg Settings vA E 12 20 ok v Play sound Alarm Triangle w Repeat mn Repe DA V Display message on screen v Vibrate when ringer switch off _ Vibrate when ringer switch on Sounds Notifications Manage 345 To delete a sound highlight it and then press Backspace CJ To send a sound highlight it press Menu right softkey and then select Send Sound 6 Press OK A Display and Appearance Settings Adjusting the Brightness 1 Press Option and then press P f 2 Press Left 4 and Right to adjust the brightness 3 Press OK You can turn the clock screen saver on and off See Viewing and Optimizing Power Settings on page 364 for details
283. nd select Office Mobile Select the application that opens the file Word Mobile Excel Mobile PowerPoint Mobile or OneNote Mobile Press Start 2 select Programs and then select File Explorer Select the list in the upper left corner and select My Device gt My Documents 282 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Word Mobile You can create and edit documents and templates and save them on your Treo Pro smartphone You can also edit Microsoft Office Word documents and templates that you create on your computer However keep in mind that some of the information and formatting may be lost when you save the document on your smartphone The following features are not supported in Word Mobile e Backgrounds Bidirectional text Document protection Metafiles Artistic page borders Lined page borders are supported Password protected files Remove password protection on your computer before opening the file on your device e Shapes and text boxes e Smart tags The following features are partially supported in Word Mobile e Picture bullets Regular bullets are supported Revision marks Documents appear as though all revisions were accepted if the document is saved revision marks are lost e Table styles Some or all of the formatting is lost if the document is saved e Underline styles Unsupported styles are mapped to one of the four supported styles regular dotted wavy or thick bold w
284. ndom order Shuffle Repeat gt Repeat Play the Now Playing playlist repeatedly Stop End playback If you close the Windows Media Player Mobile window your music continues to play in the background Your music pauses automatically when you receive a call To stop the music slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off or open Windows Media Player Mobile and press Center on the 5 way To play a file from the Web press Menu on the Library screen and then select Open URL Se ect URL and enter the Web site address or select History and select a site you ve visited before Section 4C Playing Media Files Working With Libraries A library represents each of the storage locations available to Windows Media Player Mobile such as your Treo Pro smartphone My Device or an optional expansion card sold separately My Storage Card Each library contains links to the media files in that location Windows Media Player Mobile usually updates the My Device library automatically but you must manually update the My Storage Card library For example when you add media files to your smartphone the My Device library is created When you insert an expansion card containing media files the My Storage Card library is created Tp o If you don t see a media file that you added update the library 1 Press Start and select Windows Media 2 If you re not on the Library screen press Menu right softkey and select Library to go to
285. ndows Live is a set of services that combines online search features email and instant messaging e Live Search for Windows Mobile A search application that enables you to find local information such as movie times and traffic conditions see Searching the Web From Your Today Screen on page 197 e Windows Live Mail The next generation of the Hotmail Web based email application Windows Live Mail offers more storage greater message security and easier filing of messages Windows Live Messenger An instant messaging application that enables you to see who s online to exchange instant messages IM to make calls to phones and computers including video calls and to exchange pictures and other files Setting Up Windows Live Mail You must have an existing Windows Live MSN or Hotmail account to use Windows Live Mail f you do not have an account use the Web browser on your Treo Pro smartphone to go to mobile live com and follow the steps to set up an account 1 Press Start 22 and select Programs DTUERS 2 Select Windows Live 3 Select Sign in to Windows Live ba roe ies 4 The first time you sign in to Windows Live press Accept let J mamn s softkey Password 5 Enter your Windows Live MSN or Hotmail email address and password Check the Save password box if you want v Save password to have your password entered automatically every time you log in
286. ne send an email message instead Highlight the contact name and press Send e mail left softkey Enter a subject and body text for the email message and then press Send left softkey 8 Do any of the following Enter text Highlight the text entry bar and enter your message text Record a voice note Press Voice clip left softkey and record a voice note by speaking clearly with your smartphone held up and facing you Add an emoticon to your message Press Menu right softkey select Add emoticon and then select the emoticon you want Add a picture or other file Press Menu right softkey select Send select the type of file you want to send and then capture or select the picture or other file you want 9 Press Send left softkey 10 Optional To exchange messages with more than one person press Menu right softkey select Options gt Add participant and then select the participant you want to add 11 To end the messaging session press Menu right softkey and select End conversation If you are exchanging messages with more than one person select End all conversations to stop all the sessions at once From the Messenger contacts list screen press Menu right softkey and select options to add block or remove a contact change your status to Busy Away and so on add a display picture or personal message and more Section 3C Using Messaging 177 Setting Up and Using Instant Messaging
287. ne Talk Q On the recent calls list outgoing calls are designated by a right pointing green arrow and incoming calls are designated by a left pointing yellow arrow Missed calls are designated by a red exclamation point To filter the displayed information press Menu right softkey select View and then select whether you want to view all calls and contacts all calls only or speed dials only 2 Highlight the number you want and do one or more of the following Save the phone number to a contact See Saving Phone Numbers on page 89 Sendatext message to the number Press Menu right softkey and select Send Text Message Enter the message text and press Send left softkey Create a note containing the phone number Press Menu right softkey and select Save to Notes View all calls with this number Press Menu right softkey and select View All Calls 3 Press Center to open a call and then do either of the following View more details about the number Select the number to open the call The first entry is the most recent call Select a call from the list to see the time the call was made and the duration Delete calls from the recent calls list Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Call or Delete All Calls Select Yes to confirm the deletion View Contact details associated with a number Press Menu right softkey and select Open Contact Section 2B Using the Phone Features Viewi
288. ne application 87 221 Phone as Modem feature 115 407 phone calls ending 89 forwarding 90 holding 91 making 76 80 165 457 receiving 83 84 91 102 setting up conference 92 transferring to hands free devices 95 transferring to voicemail 37 84 102 103 viewing info about 81 87 viewing recently dialed 79 81 phone headsets connecting to 94 losing connections 386 transferring calls to 96 103 troubleshooting voice quality on 404 phone numbers adding callback 171 adding to contacts 89 169 259 assigning to speed dial 92 93 blocking 172 copying and pasting 78 80 dialing emergency 79 354 dialing long distance 101 102 entering from keyboard 76 77 78 entering from Keypad 80 entering special characters in 86 102 getting from online address books 144 locating device 36 redialing 79 saving 81 89 selecting 77 78 79 159 Phone Talk button 22 photos See pictures Pics Video Options command 172 picture files 161 237 See also pictures media files Picture Message command 161 Index pictures See also images adding captions to 163 adjusting camera settings for 232 235 236 assigning to contacts 98 242 258 copying 240 deleting 243 displaying as backgrounds 241 342 displaying as screen savers 239 displaying grid for 236 displaying on Web pages 192 240 downloading 189 237 editing 242 inserting in notes 306 moving 240 renaming 242 243 rotating 239 242 saving 231 232 235 236 sending 162 177 239 240 set
289. ne by one until the preview image improves Pictures are 16 bit color Resolution settings range from 1600 x 1200 to 160 x 120 pixels Video resolution settings range from 320 x 240 to 176 x 144 pixels You can change the resolution setting by pressing Menu right softkey and selecting Resolution still images or Quality video Section 7A Help 401 Third Party Applications Sometimes third party applications can cause conflicts on your Treo Pro smartphone Third party applications that modify wireless features may affect the performance of your device and may require extra troubleshooting Use caution when installing the following types of applications e Ringtone managers e Caller ID applications e Instant messaging e Applications that modify when your phone or data connections turn on or off and how your phone behaves Remember that not all third party applications were written with the Treo Pro smartphone keyboard and 5 way navigator in mind You may encounter strange behavior or errors in these applications if you use the keyboard and 5 way navigator If you recently installed an application and your Treo Pro smartphone seems to be stuck try the following 1 Perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 375 2 Make sure the third party application is compatible with the Windows Mobile version 6 1 operating system on your Treo Pro smartphone 3 Delete the most recently installed
290. nects to a wireless network so that you can make and receive phone calls and use other wireless services When you are inside a coverage area the signal strength Yul icon has bars in it To turn your phone on Press and hold Power C When your Treo Pro smartphone locates a signal Sprint and the signal strength Tull icon appear at the top of the screen indicating that you can use the phone and Internet features To turn your phone off Press and hold Power C 9 If the Ringer switch is set to Sound On Q you hear a series of tones when you turn your phone on and off For more information see Setting the Ringer Switch on page 344 When the phone is on and the screen is off the date and time screen saver appears You can disable the screen saver Press Start select Settings select the System tab and then select Power Select the Screen Saver tab and then uncheck the Enable Screen Saver box Section 1B Setting Up Service Making Your First Call The battery comes with a sufficient charge for you to make your first call But as soon as you can we recommend charging your device until the indicator light is solid green to give it a full charge see Charging the Battery on page 26 1 2 Press End to display your Today screen see Using Your Today Screen on page 73 If prompted press Center to turn off Keyguard see Locking Your Treo Pro Smartphone and Information on we
291. neeeeennes 19 What VOUNING OG 1th tonne tee tete arent aa apie bith a bettie ee tances f Your Treo Pro Smartphone Charging ithe Battery siiis 3 taceo deret obe gis daba eu eie ree Qe e bonae dated loea 1B Setting Up Service 1 1 0c ccc cnc E EN nnn nee nen nent ene hn Activating Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm sssssssssssss se 32 Turning Your Treo Pro Smartphone On and Off 06 c cece cence nee eee e 32 Making Your FirsbGall 2 traitent t teta dette oerte koe debe dette date ni 35 Seting Up Your Voicemail 2x suo vete cr pere Ex De EISE PEERKQe Y Ete res eae Paga 37 Creating Sprint Account Passwords 5 2 xia orb daw tang onde dau pu pete enpes pude des 38 1C Connecting to Your Computer 1 ccc cence hh hn 39 Synchronization Methods uusceiillelcexberbifeTlestieews ua EERp e P Ra pas De S eal Siw eles 40 What Gan LSynclirotilze iie ere da reper eae anid E E rcc metet reet bas 41 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization issssssssssssssssse nen 44 Synchronizing With a USB Connection ps 2 oucr aree eiadw ats ee xs RET E Ya E vau 48 Section 2 Your Treo Pro Smartphone by PalM cece cece ese n en cnneeneaees 51 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone sese esses 53 Moving Around on the Screen 02 ne een esas 54 SHI Ne KE eri M qc neues ae ENE comes Renee Maa iene are 61 Opening and Closing Applications 0200 600 6 ccc ccc een I mn 68 Defining Exclusiv
292. ng All of Your Calls Your Call History list contains the numbers for all incoming and outgoing calls 1 Press Phone Talk 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Call History i a NL a i EdLZLIoa E 800 555 3355 9 08 a 515 555 7592 4 3 08 310 555 0237 4 3 08 Smartdial Ss Menu You can also open the Call History list when you are on a call or when the Keypad is displayed 3 To filter the Call History list select one of the following buttons C Display outgoing calls Display incoming calls Display missed calls a Display all calls r 82 Section 2B Using the Phone Features 4 Highlight the number you want and do one or more of the following Save the phone number to a contact See Saving Phone Numbers on page 89 View a note associated with the phone number Press Menu right softkey and select View Note Delete the call from the list Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Select Yes to confirm the deletion Send a text message to the number Press Menu right softkey and select Send Text Message Enter the message text and press Send left softkey Delete the entire Call History List Press Menu right softkey and select Delete All Calls Select Yes to confirm the deletion Receiving Calls To receive calls your phone must be on This is different from having only the screen turned on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page
293. ng the Organizer Features 000 c cece ence tenet eeetnneennnennes 257 Contacts Calendar TASKS 55 otii ie ba wind due bonito sueta elici adh dete resi fen arie Ne GN bots D ears NOIES arau ha pinne E ea a drittes t PUES umi etse tede to petu eto t e UE a Vd e Calculator 5B Increasing Your Productivity 00 ccc cece ahhh 279 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Files sssssssssssssss nee e ence ees 280 Word Mobile 2 53 si Meere ent eR ERREUR Ra ERGO nr re e ecu te E Ie EORR Nest OR Cr dr EUR 283 PowerPoint Mobile ng che opp rex ORDRE EGE SF eG Ae CROPS RARO AES RA 290 Excel Mobiles c e pnto ve deine t e rS Uie e epulo UP BUREAU RE e Ra aE 292 OneNote Mobile i ba rent E PERRA ER IAS RETE TETUR RA EMEN EE BRETT 305 Adobe Reader E s i oe ets oie REN net m edes mEEELEPUe dear ES Pede rein ad 308 Section 6 Your Information and Settings ccccccccnccnensenensnnenneas 313 6A Managing Files and Applications sssllslssilllllslss hn 315 Finding TANGO ses cers med C see NICHE NIE He werk EY UON DR UC ERA UR UD V ORE RR IRE UAE AK ORC 316 ISMN APIDICRUDIES cocco We eb seated Se Se Pipe eae OE ROR eee RAE LERRA Queue 318 Removing ADPICATIONS cs dec ox EXER ECRURERECERAEEDEARGGG GARE REDE Ok es Ae LER hel Eat 322 Sharing Information bared bob psa pen Cr DR dO PUE EN eei REN EDU ea UU gas 322 Using Expansion Cards satis 4 reae eet te pete re e ert erede alto tet drei dle oe egeat 323
294. ng to an existing note 1 2 3 274 Press Start 2 and select Programs Select Notes Do either of the following To add a recording to a note open the note to which you want to add the recording To create a new voice note press New left softkey If the recording toolbar is not visible at the bottom of the screen press Menu right softkey and select View SAM Folders v fne v Recording Toolbar ME Grocery ist 4 40 p 373b Select Record e to begin recording Speak into the microphone on your smartphone or hold it close to another sound source After you finish recording select Stop m to stop recording A Recording a icon appears in the note or in the Notes e n list depending on where you recorded the note i Press OK To play a recording select the voice note in the Notes list or open the note containing the recording and select the Recording icon p Tat i Section 5A Using the Organizer Features Creating a Note From a Template 1 9m 8s o ND Go to the Notes list Tap the list in the upper left corner and select More Folders gt Templates Open the template you want to use Enter the information Press OK l Rename the note and move it to the appropriate folder See the next section Organizing Your Notes for details To create a new template highlight the note you want to save as a template
295. ng your smartphone and your information 4 Press OK To delete a certificate tap and hold the certificate in the list and then select Delete from the shortcut menu Enabling Error Reporting Error Reporting sends information that helps diagnose application errors for devices running Windows Mobile software When an error is detected a text file is created You can review the file and choose whether you want it delivered to Microsoft Support The information is used by programming groups at Microsoft for quality control and is not used for tracking individual users or installations for any marketing purpose The information that is collected is technical information about the state of your system when the error occurred No documents or any information contained in them are intentionally sent with the report To ensure further security 362 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm the report is transmitted by means of a secure connection and is kept confidential and anonymous in a limited access database This error reporting method meets the privacy regulations of the European Union EU as well as the Fair Information Practice Principles of the Federal Trade Commission To view the Fair Information Practice Principles visit the Federal Trade Commission Web site at ftc gov If your Treo Pro smartphone is connected to your computer when you send the error report you are not b
296. ngs eee 2 On the Personal tab select Buttons di E ae 4 3 On the Program Buttons tab highlight the button or key 2 Ap a progam combination that you want to change in the Selecta button a list Progam Dolore UpiDieown Con re 4 Select the Assign a program list and then select the application you want to assign to the button or key combination you selected in step 3 5 Press OK 348 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm You can also adjust the settings for the Up and Down buttons on the 5 way From Buttons settings select the Up Down Control tab Setting Up Voice Commands Voice commands enable you to use speech to execute some commands on the Start menu and the Programs screen 1 aR wD 8 Using Voice Commands Assign the Hold Side button to Microsoft Voice Command See Reassigning Buttons on page 3468 for details Press Start 2 and select Settings On the Personal tab select Voice Command Check the Enable box Select the items you want to enable If an item is highlighted and the Options box is active select the Options box to choose the features you want enabled for the highlighted item Optional Check the Password Protected box to password protect the Voice Command feature Select Notifications and select the options for how you want to receive voice command notifications Press OK Do not use voice co
297. ning sounds on or off for 345 alerts 106 236 viewing memory usage for 363 See also notifications appointments Align Screen option 347 See also events alternate characters 64 66 adding 264 265 alternative phone numbers 79 appearing in wrong time slots 393 anniversaries 265 displaying 74 263 answering the phone 83 91 103 entering multiple 264 appearance settings 342 346 hiding 267 applications marking as private 267 See also third party applications scheduling repeating 265 accessing menus in 58 59 sending 163 267 associating with buttons 348 setting options for 269 closing 70 area codes 261 copying 326 attachments deleting 322 403 adding 138 160 164 240 displaying 21 68 74 deleting 164 downloading 189 318 320 downloading 141 151 154 getting help with 14 embedding objects in 142 included with smartohone 435 freeing internal memory and 403 Index 440 opening 140 168 receiving 140 saving 150 167 sending 155 177 239 troubleshooting 399 viewing information about 167 audio See sounds audio files See media files authentication 209 398 Auto Correct option 353 Auto Save Conversations option 180 Auto Sign In option 180 AutoFilter command 293 Auto Keyguard 356 Automatic Prepend option 101 Automatic Send Receive option 135 139 152 auto off interval 364 405 B back panel removing 25 background colors 164 background images 241 342 background music 250 backlights 62 236 364 backup utilities 49 374 377 396 b
298. nition delay automatic space after and pen width and color Tap Match Letter Shapes to your writing to match your writing style to Transcriber letter shapes This improves the accuracy of your Transcriber writing Advanced tab Use the Shorthand screens to create shorthand writing expressions and define what they mean Use the Dictionaries settings to enable or disable the dictionary 7 Select the Word Completion tab and set any of the following options Suggest words when entering text Set whether word M settings GU Ya 12 20 ok suggestions appear as you enter text You can also specify how many letters you want to enter before a porwr abehrensemng ns suggestion appears how many suggestions you want Liggett ite entenng Saxe to see and whether a space appears after you insert a Suggest words suggested word agr as cie RA Clear Stored Entries Delete the database of word NN suggestions bir Wierd Comper Baer Enable Auto Correct Set whether the text you type adds to existing text or replaces it This is similar to the Insert function on a computer keyboard Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 353 To enter a suggested word press Down to highlight the suggestion and then press Center to accept it 8 Select the Options tab and set any of the following options Voice recording format Set the format in which you save voice notes Default zoom level for wr
299. nnection Settings Windows Vista Click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device and then select Connection settings Check the Allow connections to one of the following box and then select the Bluetooth COM port you set up on your computer On your smartphone press Start and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Bluetooth Q Select the Mode tab and check the Turn on Bluetooth box Press Start 2 and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Connect via Bluetooth If this is the first time you re making a Bluetooth connection to this computer follow the onscreen prompts to set up a Bluetooth partnership with this computer See Connecting to Devices With Bluetooth Wireless Technology on page 214 for more information on partnerships Section 6B Synchronizing Information 10 Select Sync 11 When synchronization is complete press Menu right softkey and select Disconnect Bluetooth Synchronizing Over an Infrared Connection If your computer has an IR infrared port you can synchronize with your computer wirelessly using the IR port on your smartphone 1 Turn on the IR feature on your Treo Pro smartphone see Beaming Information on page 218 2 Set up your computer to receive infrared beams See Windows Help on your computer for details On your smartphone
300. ns The front of the Treo Pro smartphone has four buttons that you can use to open applications Start fy Calendar a OK and Messaging Each of the buttons has two functions To use a button s primary function simply press the button To use a button s secondary function press and hold Option while you press the button Pressing Phone Talk or any of the buttons except OK automatically wakes up your screen See Waking Up the Screen and Turning It Off on page 33 Button Primary Function Secondary Function ay Start menu Lay File Explorer ES Calendar O Notes OK close window Task Manager Messaging Tasks Using the Start Menu You can access all the applications on your Treo Pro smartphone through the Start menu 1 Press Start z to open the Start menu 2 Use the 5 way navigator to highlight the application you want to use To view additional applications select Programs If an application appears in the Start menu it does not appear in Programs For example you see File Explorer when you press Start but you do not see File Explorer when you select Programs 68 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 3 Press Center to open the highlighted application 4 Optional Press OK to return to the previous screen The c
301. nsion card slot on your device see Installing Applications Onto an Expansion Card on page 321 e Change which applications synchronize see Changing Which Applications Synchronize on page 338 e In ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer enter settings to synchronize wirelessly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or with Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 see Setting Up an Exchange Server Account on page 125 e Enter settings to synchronize wirelessly see Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 332 Whether you enter changes on your Treo Pro smartphone or on your computer the changes are transferred to the other location the next time you synchronize To open the desktop sync software do one of the following Windows XP To open the ActiveSync desktop software window double click the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen If you don t see the ActiveSync icon in the taskbar click Start gt All Programs gt Microsoft ActiveSync to open the ActiveSync window Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 47 You can set the ActiveSync window to open automatically when you connect your computer and your Treo Pro smartphone In the ActiveSync window select File 2 Connection Settings and then check the Open ActiveSync when my device connects box The ActiveSync icon turns from gray to green when your device is conne
302. ntation that came with your headset for details You usually press the headset button to perform tasks such as e Answering an incoming call e Responding to call waiting e Hanging up a single active call or both calls on a conference call if there is no extracted call e Swapping between calls if there is one active call and one call on hold Headset Specifications Here are tips for selecting a headset compatible with your Treo Pro smartphone e Your device works with headsets that have a 3 5mm connector look for three colored bands on the plug When in doubt ask the third party headset manufacturer if the product is compatible with your device e If you hear a headset buzz or poor microphone performance your headset may be incompatible with your Treo Pro smartphone e Headsets designed for a previous Treo Pro smartphone are not compatible with the Treo Pro smartphone 94 Section 2B Using the Phone Features Using a Hands Free Device With Bluetooth Wireless Technology Your device is also compatible with many headsets and car kits Sold separately enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology version 2 0 and earlier versions For a list of compatible hands free devices with Bluetooth wireless technology go to palm com support After you set up a connection with a Bluetooth headset or hands free car kit you can communicate with that device whenever it is within range and the Bluetooth feature on your device is turn
303. nvitations on your Treo Pro smartphone in the same way that you receive email messages Here are the key features of meeting invitations e Meeting invitations appear on your smartphone in the Messaging application and in Calendar as Tentative before you accept e From within the Messaging application you can accept decline or tentatively accept a meeting invitation If you accept an invitation the meeting shows up as an appointment in Calendar e You can reply to and forward meeting invitations in the same way as email messages You can create meeting invitations on your Treo Pro smartphone see Sending a Meeting Request on page 266 Press Messaging Select the account you want Select a meeting invitation to open it Meeting invitations appear with this icon Do either of the following To accept the invitation press Accept left softkey select whether to edit include comments with your response and then select OK A O amp O ND A 154 Section 3B Using the Email Features To decline or tentatively accept the invitation press Menu right softkey and select Decline or Tentative If you receive an updated meeting invitation you can again choose to accept decline or tentatively accept If you receive a meeting cancellation you can press Remove left softkey to delete the meeting from your calendar Sending Email Messages From Within Another Application You can send
304. o a secure network do the following 1 Press Wi Fi on the side of your smartphone What happens next depends on the state of Wi Fi before you pressed the button Wi Fi was already on Your smartphone scans for available networks and automatically connects when possible If your device does not automatically connect and the Configure Wireless Networks screen appears highlight the network you want and press Connect left softkey or select Add New Section SF Using Wireless Connections 207 Wi Fi was off A notification appears listing up to three available networks If the network you want appears select it and press OK left softkey to connect If the network you want does not appear select Show all networks highlight the network you want and press Connect As you continue with this procedure depending on the selections you make some screens are not displayed and you can skip those steps 2 On the Configure Wireless Networks screen enter the following settings and then press Next right softkey Network name If this field is blank enter the SSID Mixer ER dian date provided by the system administrator This field is case 5 wireless merwork e sensitive Netwokname Connects to Set whether this network connects to the cest The nemet v Internet or to Work You may need to select Work to 7 s o hidden network access a corporate intranet 7 The s a device to devce ad hoc
305. ocess of sending or receiving an entry or application using the infrared port on your Treo Pro smartphone or using Bluetooth wireless technology Bluetooth wireless technology Technology that enables devices such as the Treo Pro smartphone wireless phones and computers to connect wirelessly to each other so that they can exchange information over short distances Section 7B Glossary 405 Desktop software A PIM application for computers such as Microsoft Outlook that helps you manage your personal information and keep your personal information synchronized with your Treo Pro smartphone Direct Push technology A two way wireless delivery method used between Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 and a Treo Pro smartphone with Windows Mobile 6 1 with MSFP Messaging and Security Feature Pack Microsoft Direct Push technology enables features such as Tasks Over The Air OTA and IP based push updating of Outlook information Inbox Calendar Contacts and Tasks EVDO Evolution Data Optimized A wireless broadband technology that is designed for very high speed data transfer with average download speeds of 400 to 700Kbps and that is capable of reaching speeds up to a theoretical maximum of 3 2Mbps and upload speeds up to 1 8Mbps The Sprint Mobile Broadband Network uses EVDO technology Your Treo Pro smartphone supports EVDO Rev 0 and Rev A technologies Global Address List GAL
306. oday screen and press Contacts left softkey 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Show alphabetical index Display the alphabet at the top of the Contacts list Select a letter range to jump to that part of the alphabet Show contact names only Hide everything but the contact s name which enables you to fit more names on the screen when viewing your Contacts list Area code Set the default area code for new contact entries 4 Press OK Finding a Contact in an Online Address Book In addition to having contacts on your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm you can also access contact information from your organization s online address book or Global Address List GAL Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 261 Do the following Make sure you are accessing Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 Add access to the online address book see Adding an Online Address Book on page 143 for details Synchronize with the Exchange server after you add the online address book see Getting Information From a Microsoft Exchange Server on page 125 Otherwise the Company Directory option does not appear 1 Goto your Today screen and press Contacts left softkey 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Company Directory 3 Enter the contact s name in part or in full and then select Search
307. ods select the peak times link at the bottom of the screen and adjust SET the days and times For example if you work Thursday Eyes through Tuesday you can select those days as your peak times instead of Monday through Friday 6 Press OK Initiating a Wireless Sync Manually If you want to control exactly when a wireless sync takes place or if it is not OK to store your corporate email password on your Treo Pro smartphone you can initiate sync manually 1 To set up manual sync follow the preceding procedure Setting the Synchronization Schedule on page 334 In the Peak times and Off peak times lists select Manually 2 To initiate a manual sync press Start 2 and select Programs 3 Select ActiveSync S 4 Press Sync left softkey Pesk hours are based on current device me Section 6B Synchronizing Information 335 Other Ways to Synchronize Synchronizing Over a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection If your computer is equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology you can use a Bluetooth connection to synchronize your computer and Treo Pro smartphone 336 SPS HNDA A amp Make sure your computer is set up for synchronization see Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization on page 44 Do one of the following Windows XP On your computer right click the ActiveSync 3 icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of the screen and select Co
308. oes not turn on double check the cable connection and the electrical outlet to which it is connected Your smartphone receives a charge when it is connected to your computer with the USB cable however the charging rate is less than with the USB AC charger It is not enough to charge a fully drained battery Checking Battery Power When your device is on see Turning Your Treo Pro Smartphone On and Off on page 32 the onscreen battery icon on the Today screen displays the charging status e Solid lightning bolt LN Battery is being charged Full battery Battery is fully charged and can be disconnected from the power source Partial battery r Wa Battery has power but is partially drained the shading indicates approximately how much power the battery has e Exclamation point C4 Battery needs to be charged immediately Keep your battery charged If your battery becomes fully drained for an extended period of time your smartphone may take up to 20 minutes to turn on after you begin charging it using your AC charger 2 start vB T 12 20 Battery Icon Contacts Internet Section 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 27 If the battery is low the indicator light flashes red Tapping the battery icon on the Today screen opens a window showing the percentage level of charge left in the battery To go to the Today screen so you can view the battery icon press End if you
309. oft Office text and PDF Email attachments Pictures Videos Audio and music files Games Applications We recommend that you purchase preformatted expansion cards To format a card on your own you may need to connect a card reader sold separately to your computer Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 323 Inserting and Removing Expansion Cards 1 Remove the back panel see Removing the Back Panel on page 25 2 Insert the card with the label facing up and the notch pointing toward the Wi Fi button Your Treo Pro smartphone has a push push mechanism push in gently to insert a card push in gently to remove it 3 Push the card into the slot until you feel the card click into place To remove a card push the card in to release it 1 Notch 2 Wi Fi Button 4 Slide the back panel back into place 324 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Opening Applications on an Expansion Card After you insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot you can open any of the applications stored on the expansion card 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Option Start 22 to open File Explorer 3 Select the list in the upper left corner and then select Storage Card 4 Select the application you want to open To run an application on an expansion card your Treo Pro smartphone must have enough free space in the internal memory Sa
310. oftkey to record a video Press Center C to start recording press Center again to stop recording and tap the Insert jJ icon to insert the video in the message For more information on recording videos see Recording a Video on page 233 Picture Picture message only Select a picture to insert or press Camera left softkey to take a picture Press Center to take the picture and tap the Insert E icon to insert the picture into the message For more information on taking pictures see Taking a Picture on page 231 Section 3C Using Messaging You can also select Menu right softkey gt Capture gt Video or Image to record a video or take a picture Audio Picture message only Select a sound and press Select left softkey to insert or tap the Record xa icon in the lower left corner of the screen select Record and record the sound Select Add when you have finished Text Video and picture messages Enter a text caption or message for the video or picture While you are using the text entry screen you can tap icons at the bottom of the screen or select menu items to do the following Insert an emoticon Insert a favorite Insert a My Text predefined phrase Insert a Contact HU muxo Insert a Calendar appointment or task On the text entry screen select menu items for text size and color and for the background color 7 Picture message only Press Menu right softkey and
311. oftware Regardless of the desktop sync software you use the sync application on your Treo Pro smartphone is called ActiveSync 40 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer Synchronizing Wirelessly With Microsoft Exchange Server You can set up your Treo Pro smartphone to synchronize email contacts calendar events tasks and other information directly with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or with Exchange Server 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 using Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync If you plan to do this you need your mail server address and domain name as well as your Exchange server account user name and password See Setting Up an Exchange Server Account on page 125 and Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 332 If you choose this method synchronization takes place automatically after setup You do not need to install the desktop sync software to use this method We recommend that you install the desktop sync software even if you synchronize wirelessly with the server You need the desktop sync software to synchronize pictures videos music files and other information directly with your computer What Can I Synchronize You must have Microsoft Outlook 2003 or later installed on your computer to synchronize the information in these applications E3 Contacts E Calendar E mail Tasks The information in these applications synchronizes with Outlook by default whether you use desktop sync softwar
312. olume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor the speech recognition functions and address any errors Hands Free Capability All CTIA Certified portable products provide the consumer with a toll free number for the purchase of a compatible hands free device 1 800 881 7256 ESD Safety Electrostatic discharge ESD can cause damage to electronic devices if discharged into the device so you should take steps to avoid such an occurrence 430 Section 8A Important Safety Information Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a material To most people static electricity and ESD are nothing more than annoyances For example after walking over a carpet while scuffing your feet building up electrons on your body you may get a shock the discharge event when you touch a metal doorknob This little shock discharges the built up static electricity ESD Susceptible Equipment Even a small amount of ESD can harm circuitry so when working with electronic devices take measures to help protect your electronic devices including your Palm handheld from ESD
313. on 4A Synchronizing Your Media Files 227 Synchronizing Pictures Videos and Music Windows Vista Do the following to synchronize pictures videos and music files that you capture on or copy to your Treo Pro smartphone N YNO A amp Make sure Windows Mobile Device Center is installed on your computer see Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista on page 44 Connect your smartphone to your computer with the USB cable If Windows Mobile Device Center does not open automatically on your computer click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center Select Connect without setting up your device Select Pictures Music and Video Select X new pictures video clips are available for import Optional Add a tag name for the pictures and videos you are importing Click Import To find all synchronized imported pictures and videos on your computer click Start gt Pictures or go to C Users lt Username gt Pictures Each time you import pictures and videos from your Treo Pro smartphone Windows Mobile Device Center creates a subfolder in the Pictures folder based on the current date and any tag you select during the import process To synchronize music files that originate on your Treo Pro smartphone and pictures videos and music files that originate on your computer use Windows Media Player see Synchronizing Windows Media Player Library Files on page 24
314. on opens Calendar opens the Calendar application so you can view and manage appointments When you press Option 8 Calendar E amp the Notes application opens Option Key 8 is used to enter the numbers punctuation and symbols that appear above the letters on the keys It is also used with the main application keys as a quick way to open other applications such as File Explorer and Notes Lanyard Connector for attaching a lanyard sold separately To connect a lanyard remove the back panel connect the lanyard and replace the back panel see Removing the Back Panel on page 25 MicroUSB Connector enables you to attach the USB cable to sync or charge 3 5mm Stereo Headset Jack for headsets sold separately that are compatible with your smartphone Earpiece lets you hear your phone calls Hold the earpiece to your ear to listen unless you re using the speakerphone or a headset Touchscreen provides a sharp 320 X 320 resolution image in 65 536 colors 16 bit color 5 way Navigator with Center Button 7 gives you one handed access to move around on the Treo Pro smartphone screen and select options see Moving Around on the Screen on page 54 After highlighting an item with the 5 way you can select or activate it by pressing Center Right Softkey gives you quick access to the options available for the current screen Typically pressing this softkey opens a menu OK confirms any information you entered clos
315. one is turned on but you are not connected to a Wi Fi network You have a Wi Fi notification waiting For example if Wi Fi is turned on and you are not within range of a preferred network you can tap this icon to view available networks Your smartphone is connected to a Wi Fi network and you are actively transmitting data Your smartphone has an ActiveSync connection with your computer Synchronization is in progress with ActiveSync technology Section 2B Using the Phone Features The battery is empty and needs to be charged The battery is being charged The device is connected to a power source and the battery is fully charged The device is not connected to a power source and the battery is fully charged Location Setting setting is set to ON This icon appears only during an active call Your location is available to the Sprint network and to other applications Tap the icon to quickly access the Location Setting screen See Selecting Your Location Privacy Setting on page 99 for additional information Location Setting is set to OFF This icon appears only during an active call Your location is available to the Sprint network during emergency calls only Tap the icon to quickly access the Location Setting screen See Selecting Your Location Privacy Setting on page 99 for additional information The Bluetooth icon on the Today screen is used to turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Select the Bluetooth icon to
316. ons review the terms for your account and then press OK 4 Enter your preferred ZIP code 5 Press Agree left softkey 6 When the Would you like to add Pocket Express to your Today screen prompt appears press Yes left softkey or No right softkey If you press No you can access Pocket Express from the Programs folder 7 Wait for Pocket Express to retrieve information based on your selected location Accessing Pocket Express Information Finding the information you re looking for with Pocket Expresss is as easy as navigating a Web browser on your computer The following example illustrates how to access News information 1 Press Start 2 and select Programs 2 Select Pocket Express 3 Select Breaking News Photos amp Opinion As you highlight a category name the description expands For example when highlighted the News category becomes Breaking News Photos amp Opinion 4 Depending on which category you select a menu appears with additional options For this example you can select from subcategories such as Top News US News World News Red Politics etc 5 Select a subcategory and then select an article The article is then displayed 6 Do any of the following to navigate through the content Scroll to the bottom of the screen to access options that allow you to go back view the full story email the link view associated images or select additional navigation o
317. onth 14 F to 113 F 10 C to 45 C Power Specifications Use only Palm approved power accessories such as AC power adapters and batteries Unauthorized and non approved batteries will NOT operate with the Palm smartphone AC Power Adapter source Foxlink Model 5890 712V 02K0 Part Number 157 10108 00 Input Rating 100 240 Vac 50 60Hz 0 2A Output Rating 5Vdc 1000mA Battery Source Palm Type Rechargeable Li ion Polymer Model 157 10105 00 Rating 3 7Vdc 1500mAh minimum Fowered by an ENERGY STAR qualified adapter for a better environment D ENERGY STAR Recycling and Disposal of in unsorted municipal waste Please return Palm products to the electrical and electronic equipment collection points in your municipality or county These mmmm collection points are available free of charge For detailed information please refer to This symbol indicates that Palm products should be recycled and not be disposed Section 8A Important Safety Information 419 your municipality or county For information on Palm s environmental programs visit www palm com environment Hazardous substances that may be included in electronic products can potentially affect human health and the environment Recycling benefits the environment by diverting waste from landfills and by recovering materials that may be recycled into other products Responsible recycling ensures materials are properly collected and dis
318. ord 1 Highlight the entry or file you want to beam 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Beam If you don t see a Beam command select Send Beam instead The Beam and Send menu items change names based on Smith Jen the type of item you highlighted To beam select a device 3 When the name of the receiving device appears select itto ciae begin the transfer Do one of the following e aad Bluetooth When the name of the receiving device appears select it to begin the transfer A blue icon indicates a Bluetooth connection IR Select Infrared Point the IR port on your device directly at the IR port of the receiving device A red icon indicates an IR connection Contacts mu Yal am 12 16 ok 4 Wait for Done to appear next to the name of the receiving device before you continue using your smartphone The regional setting determines the list of characters that can be used when info is beamed between devices If you try to send or receive a character that is not on the list it appears as a question mark Receiving Beamed Information 1 Press End to turn on your screen if it is not already on 2 If you are beaming over an IR port point the IR port on your on your smartphone directly at the IR port on the transmitting device 3 When the Receiving Data message appears select Yes to receive the beam 220 Section SF Using Wireless Connections If you can t receive beamed informat
319. ormatting for the selected text press Menu right softkey and select Format gt Clear All aA wD Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 305 Create a numbered list Place the cursor where you want the list to begin press Menu right softkey and select List 2 Numbered To clear the numbered list formatting place the cursor on any list item press Menu right softkey and select List gt Clear Create a bulleted list Place the cursor where you want the list to begin press Menu right softkey and select List Bulleted To clear the bulleted list formatting place the cursor on any list item press Menu right softkey and select List gt Clear Create a hyperlink Enter the Web site address for which you want to create the hyperlink For example to create a hyperlink to the Microsoft Web site type http www microsoft com Insert a new picture Press Menu right softkey select Take Picture press Center C to take the picture and then press OK to insert it into your note Insert an existing picture Press Menu right softkey select Insert Picture and then select the picture to insert it into your note Insert a voice note Press Menu right softkey select Insert Recording and then select Record e to begin recording After you finish recording select Stop m 6 Press Done left softkey The first line of text in the note becomes the note name You can rename the note later While
320. otecting Your Battery The guidelines listed below help you get the most out of your battery s performance Recently there have been some public reports of wireless phone batteries overheating catching fire or exploding It appears that many if not all of these reports involve counterfeit or inexpensive aftermarket brand batteries with unknown or questionable manufacturing standards Use only manufacturer approved batteries and accessories found at Carrier Stores or through your device s manufacturer Buying the right batteries and accessories is the best way to ensure they re genuine and safe e n order to avoid damage charge the battery only in temperatures that range from 32 F to 122 F 0 C to 50 C e Don t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in high humidity areas such as the bathroom e Never dispose of the battery by incineration e Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean e Don t attempt to disassemble or short circuit the battery 418 Section 8A Important Safety Information The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period of time It s best to replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance It can be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing e Don t store the battery in high temperature areas for long periods of time It s best to follow these storage rules Less than one month 14 F to 140 F 10 C to 60 C More than one m
321. ou want to find Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Find Replace Select Find what and enter the text you want to find Optional Check the Match case box to find text that matches the capitalization in the text you entered in step 3 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 285 7 Optional Check the Match whole words only box to find only full words that match the text you entered in step 3 Select Find to locate the first instance of the text you entered in step 3 or select Replace and enter the replacement text Select Next to find the next instance of the text or select Replace to replace it To replace all instances of the text select Replace All 8 When you see a message indicating that the search is done press OK A Moving or Copying Text 1 Open the document containing the text you want to move or copy 2 Highlight the text you want to move or copy 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Copy to copy the text or select Cut to move the text 4 Open the document where you want to insert the text and position the insertion point where you want the text to appear Press Menu right softkey and select Paste To zoom in or out open a document press View select Zoom and then select the zoom level Saving a Copy of a Document 1 aA wD 286 Open the document you want to copy Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and enter a new name
322. ounds on or off for 345 e CAB files 320 calculations 277 296 Calculator application 276 277 calendar adding appointments to 264 265 adding meeting requests to 154 adding untimed events to 264 hiding appointments 267 opening 263 organizing events on 268 removing events from 269 removing meeting requests from 155 selecting default view for 269 sending items on 163 267 setting alarms for 265 269 setting options for 268 269 270 Index troubleshooting sync problems for 393 unavailable time slots on 268 viewing appointments on 74 263 Calendar application 263 270 Calendar button 22 call forwarding 90 Call History List 79 82 83 Call sender command 165 call waiting 91 callback numbers 171 caller IDs 258 calling cards 16 calls See phone calls camera adjusting picture settings for 232 adjusting video settings for 234 changing modes for 230 231 customizing settings for 235 236 freeing internal memory and 403 overview 230 recording videos with 233 234 setting image properties for 236 taking pictures with 231 233 401 troubleshooting 401 Camera application 21 camera lens 24 capitalization 62 354 Caps Lock 63 captions 163 Capture command 163 Capture Format option 235 Capture Speed option 235 car kits 94 95 96 442 certificates 152 187 212 319 362 closing character sets 191 applications 70 characters chat sessions 168 See also text data service connections 222 368 addressing
323. our Screen When you are connected to data services a data connection icon appears at the top of the Today screen See Checking Signal Strength and Phone Status on page 106 for a description of the various data connection icons Data Services Billing Information See your service plan or contact Sprint for details on data services billing Using Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm as a Modem Internet Sharing is the feature that converts your Treo Pro smartphone into a modem so that you can access the Internet from your laptop computer anywhere on the Sprint advanced wireless high speed data network You can use this feature to send and receive email browse the Internet and access your company s network anywhere on the Sprint Mobile Broadband Network To use this service you may be required to sign up on a Sprint Phone as Modem plan Go to sprint com or visit a Sprint Store for Phone as Modem plan details and more information Section 3A Using Web and Data Services 115 Setting Up an Internet Connection With Your Computer You can set up Internet Sharing in one of two ways e Connect your Treo Pro smartphone to your computer using the USB cable e If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth wireless technology you can set up your Treo Pro smartphone as a wireless modem using the built in Bluetooth technology While your mobile broadband data connection is active you can receive incoming calls and place outgoing cal
324. our computer The connection stays in Sync Mode unless you manually switch it to Setup Mode For example if at some point after initial setup you decide to download the User Guide you need to switch to Setup Mode Or if you didn t install the desktop sync software or you want to install it on another computer you use Setup Mode to do it Even if you are in Sync Mode synchronization cannot take place unless you have the desktop sync software installed on your computer If you did not install the software during initial setup but you want to synchronize Switch to Setup Mode so that you can install the software 1 Press Start s and select Programs 2 Select PC Setup 9 and then select Set up my PC 46 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 3 Press OK 4 Connect your smartphone to your computer to run Setup See Installing Desktop Sync Software Windows XP and Windows Vista on page 44 for details Using the Desktop Sync Software After the desktop sync software is installed on your computer synchronization happens automatically anytime you connect your Treo Pro smartphone to your computer as described in the next section You can also open the desktop sync software window on your computer to perform the following tasks e Install applications from your computer to your Treo Pro smartphone see Installing Applications From Your Computer on page 320 or to an expansion card inserted into the expa
325. our smartphone 6 Press OK Tertiair No You can also display your Owner Information on your Today screen See Selecting Which Items Appear on Your Today Screen on page 343 for details System Settings Setting the Date and Time Clock amp Alarms Settings lets you set the time zone time and date for your home location and a location that you visit 1 Press Start g and select Settings 2 Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms 3 Onthe Time tab select Home Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 359 Select the first list and then select the time zone for your home location Select the hour and then press Up a or Down w to increase or decrease the hour setting Repeat this process for the minutes seconds and AM PM settings Visiting Optional Select Visiting and set the information for a location that you visit often Press OK Time Narms More If prompted select Yes to accept your changes To display the time in all your applications select the More tab and check the Display the clock on the title bar in all programs box To set the display format for the date and time see Setting Display Formats on page 347 Synchronizing the Date Time and Time Zone With the Network By default your Treo Pro smartphone synchronizes the date time and time zone with your
326. p the screen with the stylus to open the Quick Settings Tap any of the following settings repeatedly to toggle among the options for that item Resolution Sets the image quality White balance Specifies the light conditions Brightness Sets the brightness level When the Quick Settings are open press Left 4 or Right to adjust the brightness setting If you use the stylus tap the or icon to increase or decrease the brightness setting Storage Specifies whether to save the picture to your device or to an expansion card sold separately inserted into your device The expansion card option appears only if you have an expansion card inserted into your device Self timer Lets you set a self timer with a delay of 2 seconds or 10 seconds 4 Optional With the controls displayed press Up or Down to change the zoom level The zoom indicator appears on the left side of the screen LAN In picture mode zoom works only when the resolution is less than 2M 232 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 5 Do the following for the mode you are using Picture or Contacts picture Press Center to capture the picture or start the self timer Panorama Press Center for each picture you want to take Sports Press and hold Center while following the movement of your subject Burst Press and hold Center while the camera takes consecutive shots 6 Hold your device still unt
327. posed Palm is committed to support the European Union WEEE directive 2002 96 EC and the protection of the environment for future generations As part of Palm s corporate commitment to be a good steward of the environment we strive to use environmentally friendly materials reduce waste and collaborate with our channel partners to raise awareness and help keep Palm handheld devices smartphones and mobile companions out of landfills through evaluation and disposition for reuse and recycling Visit www palm com recycle for additional details and information about how you can help reduce electronic waste User Safety Operational Warnings IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON SAFE AND EFFICIENT OPERATION Read this information before using your smartphone For the safe and efficient operation of your smartphone observe these guidelines Potentially explosive atmospheres Turn off your smartphone when you are in any areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere such as fueling areas gas or petrol stations below deck on boats storage facilities for fuel or chemicals blasting areas and areas near electrical blasting Caps and areas where there are chemicals or particles such as metal powders grains and dust in the air Interference to medical and personal Electronic Devices Most but not all electronic equipment is shielded from RF signals and certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from
328. position for reuse and recycling Palm customers may participate in the recycling program free of charge Visit palm com recycle for additional details and information about how you can help reduce electronic waste End User Notice Microsoft Voice Command Version 1 6 for Windows Mobile IMPORTANT Do not become distracted from driving safely if operating a motor vehicle while using Device Software Operating certain parts of this Device requires user attention Diverting attention away from the road while driving can possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Even occasional short diversions of attention can be dangerous if your attention is diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel Microsoft makes no representations warranties or other determinations that ANY use of the Software Product is legal safe or in any manner recommended or intended while driving or otherwise operating a motor vehicle General Operation Voice Command Control Many of the functions of the Device Software can be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you
329. problems If you can try a free version of the software before purchasing it you can test it first to make sure it works properly Press End to go to the Today screen Tap the Running Programs gl icon in the upper right corner of the screen to open the Quick Menu Note how many applications you have running and what the memory usage is Having many applications open makes applications run slowly In your open applications save any unsaved information you want to keep Tap the application name in the Quick Menu to go to it Close applications you are not using Tap the X in the upper right corner of the application or tap the by the application name in the Quick Menu If the previous steps don t fix the problem try a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 375 If the problem persists follow these steps to turn off the Microsoft Voice Command setting if it is enabled 1 2 3 4 380 Press Start 2 and select Settings Select the Personaltab and then select Voice Command 3 Uncheck the Enabled box Press OK Section 7A Help I Can t Beam or Receive Information Via Infrared or Bluetooth Wireless Technology 1 Press Start 22 and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Beam amp Check the Receive all incoming beams box Press OK If beaming still does not work and your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contac
330. ptions Use the 5 way to scroll through the article Select Back at the bottom of the screen to return to the article list Select Full to view the full article Section 3A Using Web and Data Services 121 Select Mail to send a link to the article via email Select PageOne to return to the category list Select Settings to specify the number of stories that appear per page and whether you want the full story or a summary The changes take place after the next update Select Update to connect to the Web and update your information From the main screen select and explore other categories such as Weather Sports and Stocks and enjoy the feature rich content The Entertainment category lets you see which movies are playing near you including showtimes for select theaters you can even purchase tickets right from your smartphone In addition to the standard categories you can select optional categories for a fee such as Maps and TV Guide Optional categories bring the information you want right to your screen without doing a traditional Web search For additional free and fee based options check the Extras page Check in often to see what s being offered Updating Pocket Express Information You can set Pocket Express to update news and information automatically or you can retrieve updates manually To manually retrieve updates From any Pocket Express category page select Update at the bottom
331. r Contacts Notes and Tasks to be available offline My Windows Media Player Library Won t Sync 1 Make sure you have Windows Media Player 10 or later installed on your computer 2 For a Windows XP computer only Reinstall your synchronization software Media file synchronization fails if you installed the synchronization software before you installed 392 Section 7A Help Windows Media Player 10 or later On your computer uninstall Microsoft ActiveSync Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Then put your smartphone in Setup Mode and reinstall the software see Switching Between Sync ode and Setup Mode on page 46 My Appointments Show Up in the Wrong Time Slot After Sync 1 Make sure the appointments are assigned to the correct time zone If not change the ime zone If yes then continue to the next step 2 Make sure that you installed the desktop software that came with your Treo Pro smartphone If you re not sure whether this software is installed reinstall it 3 Open Microsoft Office Outlook and correct the wrong entries 4 Manually enter any information you ve added to your smartphone since the last time you synchronized 5 Synchronize your smartphone and your computer 1 Can t Synchronize Using a Bluetooth Connection Do the following Make sure your computer is equipped with Bluetooth wireless technology either built in or through a Bluetooth card
332. r Computer on page 39 In addition your device might not reestablish a data session after a hard reset To manually establish a new data session open the browser to access a Web site 1 Press Start z and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Lock P 3 On the Password tab check the Promptif device unused for mai 4 box to turn on the password feature mone 3 4 Select the first list and then select how long a period of j T pL inactivity must pass before you are prompted to enter a Jd password to unlock the system 5 Select the Password type list and then select a format for your password Strong alphanumeric A strong alphanumeric password must contain at least 7 characters and must contain a combination of letters numerals and punctuation You must press Option or Alt before entering numerals or punctuation Simple PIN A simple PIN must contain at least 4 characters and includes numerals only You do not need to press Option before entering the PIN numerals F Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 357 6 Select Password and enter your password You can t see your password as you enter it so be careful Be sure Caps Lock and Option Lock are not on unless you need them For information on how to enter characters see Entering Lowercase and Uppercase Letters on page 62 and Entering Numbers Punctuation
333. r Moving Applications and Files Between Your Treo Pro Smartphone and an Expansion Card 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Option Start s to open File Explorer 3 Select the file or application that you want to copy or move see Exploring Files and Folders on page 317 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Copy or Edit gt Cut Go to the folder where you want to place the selected item Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Paste Press OK AAW NHS NOG A Tp Your applications are usually located in the My Device Program Files folder 326 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications Viewing Available Expansion Card Memory You can view how much space is available on the expansion card that is currently in the expansion card slot 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Start 35 and select Settings 3 Select the System tab and then select Memory ff 4 Select the Storage Card tab 5 After you finish viewing the information press OK Exploring Files on an Expansion Card 1 Insert the expansion card into the expansion card slot 2 Press Option Start 22 to open File Explorer 3 Tap the list in the upper left corner and then select Storage Card 4 Select the folder or files you want to view 5 After you finish viewing the information press OK
334. r a Windows Live contact Outlook and Live contacts can also be combined See Setting Up Windows Live Mail on page 173 Enter or edit the contact information Press Save left softkey for an Outlook contact or OK for a Windows Live contact For a Windows Live contact you also have the option of making the contact available to the Windows Live Messenger application Section 3B Using the Email Features Adding an Online Address Book Many email servers can verify names with an online address book also called a directory service or a Global Address List GAL When you set up an Exchange Server account on your Treo Pro smartphone you automatically set up access to the Global Address List for that Exchange server After you sync with the Exchange server for the first time the Messaging application checks your contact list and then the directory service to verify names that you enter in the To Cc and Bcc fields If your organization provides an online address book but does not use Exchange Server follow the steps in this section to enable the Messaging application to verify the names that you enter in the To Cc and Bcc fields Ask your system administrator for the name of the directory service and the server and whether authentication is required for accessing an online address book In the message list press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select the Address tab Select Aad Ent
335. r features My Pictures folder 231 233 237 notebook 305 My Playlists folder 252 notes My Storage Card folder 251 See also voice notes My Text phrases 138 159 160 163 adding contacts and 258 My Treo application 14 adding tasks and 271 My Videos folder 237 correcting text in 306 deleting 276 307 N displaying 276 Name Servers option 214 entering 273 305 names inserting pictures in 306 See also user names making phone calls and 81 88 dialing by company 78 opening templates for 275 dialing by contact 77 renaming 307 finding contact 77 144 259 saving 275 276 searching messages for 145 261 selecting links in 307 naming 7 setting options for 276 document files 284 286 288 sorting 307 email accounts 131 133 viewing 83 306 pictures or videos 242 243 Notes application 273 276 workbooks 294 303 304 Notes list 275 worksheets 299 300 notifications navigator See 5 way navigator beaming and 220 Network Adapters options 213 closing 165 166 network connections See connections connecting to Wi Fi networks and 207 network keys 210 208 213 networks 104 366 See also Sprint National Network Wi Fi networks New Appointment command 265 New Sound command 98 receiving information and 218 receiving messages and 165 166 168 retrieving voicemail and 85 selecting links and 148 sending messages and 164 Index 455 setting options for 345 Comm Manager 221 setting ringtones for 96 97 File Explorer 317 silencing soun
336. r wireless service provider s network You are outside an area that supports data services or your phone is off and therefore a data connection is not available y At ESO dq og Ts LL en t 108 You are in an area that supports mobile broadband EVDO data services EVDO Evolution Data Optimized is a wireless broadband technology that is designed for very high speed data transfer with average download speeds of 400 to 600Kbps It is capable of reaching download speeds up to 3 2Mbps and upload speeds up to 1 8Mbps Your phone is on and is connected to a mobile broadband network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make and answer calls Your phone is on and a mobile broadband data connection is active You can still make or answer calls When you make or answer a call the data transmission is automatically interrupted You are in an area that supports Sprint 1xRTT data services The 1xRTT single carrier 1x radio transmission technology wireless technology can provide fast data transfer and Internet access with average speeds of 60 to 80Kbps and bursts up to 144Kbps Your phone is on and is connected to a Sprint 1xRTT network but you are not actively transmitting data You can still make and answer calls Your phone is on and a Sprint 1xRTT data connection is active When you make or receive a call the data transmission is automatically interrupted The Wi Fi feature on your smartph
337. rch for smi 3 Select Search for and then enter the file name word or nee Mine other information you want to find 4 Select the Type list and then select the kind of information Eitin 425 Anderson Smilla you want to find CIIM xa 555 1234 5 Press Search left softkey IT 425 555 1234 6 Use the 5 way to select and view an item from the results 316 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications To find an item you ve looked for before select the Search for list and then select the item in the list You can also open the Search screen by pressing Option Shift Exploring Files and Folders You can use File Explorer to browse the contents of folders on your Treo Pro smartphone or an expansion card sold separately The root folder on your smartphone is named My Device My Device is similar to My Computer Windows XP or Computer Windows Vista on your computer My Documents Name 0 F Lb My Music Li My Pictures My Ringtones My Videos m Personal jj Templates UAContents 136 151730 3 6 08 2608 1 Show List 2 Sor by List 1 Press Option Start 22 to open File Explorer 2 Tap the list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to explore You can sort the contents of a folder by name date size or type Select the list in the upper right corner and then select the sort method
338. rd party VPN client in order to use this feature Before you begin setting up a VPN ask your system administrator for the following information Your user name and password Your server s domain name Your server s TCP IP settings Your server s host name or IP adaress A common cause of sync problems is the presence of protective software such as VPNs or firewalls on your computer or network See The Desktop Sync Software Does Not Respond to a Sync Attempt on page 389 1 Install your third party VPN client see Installing Applications on page 318 2 Press Start and select Settings 3 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections 15o 366 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 4 On the Tasks tab select Add a new VPN server connection 5 Follow the onscreen instructions for entering the settings provided by your corporate System administrator To manually start a data connection on the Sprint network or another network go to Connections Settings On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections Tap and hold the connection you want to start and then select Connect from the shortcut menu Setting Up a Proxy Server 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections Ute 3 On the Tasks tab select Set up my proxy server Check both of the boxes near the top of the screen Select P
339. results and do any of the following To see images related to the text that you entered scroll to and select Images To search the Internet for the text that you entered scroll to and select Web To see news articles related to the text that you entered scroll to and select News To see a list of Windows Mobile Spaces that contain information related to the text that you entered select Spaces To see a map of the area related to the text that you entered scroll to and select Map Section 3D Browsing the Web 197 198 Section 3D Browsing the Web Section 3E Using GPS Navigation In This Section Using Sprint Navigation Setting Up an External GPS Device Section SE Using GPS Navigation 199 Using Sprint Navigation Sprint Navigation is a GPS navigation system that gives you turn by turn directions by map and by voice right from your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm Get audible GPS directions for an appointment a sales call or even a coffee shop close by If Sprint Navigation is not included in your service plan contact Sprint for information about daily or monthly subscription rates for the service Make sure that your phone is on and you are inside a coverage area see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 Make sure that location privacy is on see Selecting Your Location Privacy Setting on page 99 1 Press Start and select Programs 2 Sele
340. ries Take care not to touch or allow metal objects such as coins or key rings to contact or short circuit the battery terminals Connection to a Car Seek professional advice when connecting a phone interface to the vehicle electrical system Faulty and Damaged Products Do not attempt to disassemble the smartphone or its accessory Only qualified personnel must service or repair the smartphone or its accessory If your smartphone or its accessory has been submerged in water punctured or subjected to a severe fall do not use it until you have taken it to be checked at an authorised service center Interference in Cars and to Other Electronic Devices Please note that because of possible interference to electronic equipment some vehicle manufacturers forbid the use of mobile phones in their vehicles unless a hands free kit with an external antenna is included in the installation RF energy may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic operating and entertainment systems in motor vehicles Check with the manufacturer or representative to determine if these systems are adequately shielded from external RF energy Also check with the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to the vehicle Driving Safety Driving Safety Tips Overview Always obey all laws and regulations on the use of the smartphone in your driving area Safety Your most important call The Wireless Industry reminds you to use your smartphone saf
341. rom your computer to your Treo Pro smartphone open My Computer or Windows Explorer on your computer copy the file into the Mobile Device fo der and then sync Playing a Presentation 1 Press Start and select Office Mobile 2 Select PowerPoint Mobile 3 In the presentation list highlight the presentation you want to play 4 Press Center and do any of the following Press Right gt to advance to the next slide or Left 4 to view the previous slide Press Menu right softkey select Go to Slide and then select the slide you want to view Press Menu right softkey and select Next or Previous to play animations 290 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Press Menu right softkey select Zoom In and then select to zoom in or to zoom out To scroll within the current slide tap and drag the slide To return to the slide show select Ei Press Menu right softkey and select End Show If a presentation is set up as a timed slide show the slides advance automatically Presentations pause during zooming Setting Presentation Playback Options 1 Open the presentation for which you want to change the settings 2 Press Center CQ and select Show Options 3 On the Orientation tab select the orientation you want To select the orientation that best fits the screen on your smartphone select Default 4 Select the Playback tab and check the Override playback options for all files
342. roxy server and enter the proxy server name To change settings such as the port number proxy server type or credentials select Advanced 6 Press OK 4 5 LONE Setting a proxy server may prevent you from accessing some Web pages Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 367 Ending a Data Connection If your service plan includes minutes of use fees for data connections you can reduce costs by ending the data connection after you finish browsing the Web 1 Tap the signal strength l or il icon on the title bar and select Comm Manager 2 Highlight Data Connection and press Center 3 Press Exit left softkey You can turn other wireless services on and off and manage them with Comm Manager see Using Comm Manager to Turn Wireless Services On and Off on page 221 Enrolling a Domain If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager you may need to use the Domain Enroll settings to register your Treo Pro smartphone within your company s network After you enroll your device in your company s network your system administrator can turn various features on your Treo Pro smartphone on and off If a feature such as the camera or messaging worked previously and this feature no longer works after enrollment contact your system administrator to find out if this feature is disabled on your smartphone Pre
343. rs are removed but you can use the AutoFilter command in Excel Mobile to perform similar functions e Chart Formatting All charts are saved as they appear in Excel Mobile Unsupported chart types are changed to one of these supported types Column Bar Line Pie Scatter and Area Background colors grid lines data labels trend lines shadows 3D effects secondary axes and logarithmic scales are turned off Hidden sheets Hidden worksheets are displayed Excel 2007 Binary workbooks You cannot open XLSB workbooks Legacy files PXL and PXT files can be opened but must be saved in XLS or XLT format File conversions You cannot save a file with an XLS or XLT extension as an XLSX or XLTX file respectively and vice versa The following features are not supported in Excel Mobile and are removed or modified when you open a workbook on your Treo Pro smartphone e Dialog sheets and macro sheets VBA modules Text boxes Drawing objects and pictures Lists Conditional formats and controls Pivot table data is converted to values Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 293 Creating a Workbook 1 2 3 NO OG A Press Start 22 and select Office Mobile Select Excel Mobile x If an empty workbook appears onscreen go to step 4 if the workbook list appears onscreen press New left softkey Highlight a cell where you want to enter text or other information Enter the information in the cell
344. rtified with the FCC as FCC ID O8F SKYC The FCC ID on your Palm smartphone is located on a label inside the battery compartment The battery must be removed as shown below to view the label 412 Section 8A Important Safety Information Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Antenna Care Unauthorized Modifications Use only the supplied integral antenna Unauthorized antenna modifications or attachments could damage the unit and may violate FCC regulations Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 The term IC before the equipment certification number only signifies that the Industry Canada technical specifications were met IC 3905A SKYC L utilisation de ce dispositif est autoris e seulement aux conditions suivantes 1 il ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 I utilisateur du dispositif doit tre pr t accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique recu m me si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le fonctionnement du dispositif Cet appareil num rique de la classe est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada Section
345. ryption 134 187 Start menu 21 68 348 stereo headsets 94 246 strong alohanumeric passwords 357 358 Index slylus 24 369 symbols 63 64 294 See also alternate characters Sync Mode 46 synchronization changing options for 128 checking status of 49 defined 407 disabling online address books for 144 enabling IR port for 337 fixing conflicts 128 getting started with 39 40 receiving email and 139 174 175 restoring information and 377 scheduling 129 334 335 395 selecting specific applications for 41 42 338 setting up Bluetooth devices for 336 337 setting up Exchange servers for 125 332 334 setting up PCs for 40 44 46 337 starting 48 247 335 stopping 339 transferring media files and 226 228 247 248 transferring Office files and 280 282 troubleshooting 227 387 396 398 399 updating system information and 360 synchronization software installing 40 41 44 46 opening 47 48 troubleshooting 374 388 395 system errors 384 463 system password locks 356 358 checking spelling 138 160 288 system requirements 437 copying and pasting 190 286 system settings 359 364 deleting 57 system sounds See sounds editing 146 306 entering 62 67 353 T finding and replacing 285 310 fabs 55 formatting 287 305 taking pictures 231 233 306 401 highlighting 57 tapping 345 347 382 indenting 287 288 Task Manager 70 inserting predefined 138 159 160 163 tasks moving through 55 56 adding 270 271 resizing 185
346. s Ask your hearing health care professional for the rating of your hearing aid Add the rating of your hearing aid and your phone to determine probable usability e Any combined rating equal to or greater than six offers the best use e Any combined rating equal to five is considered normal use e Any combined rating equal to four is considered usable Thus if you pair an M3 hearing aid with an M3 phone you will have a combined rating of six for best use This is synonymous for T ratings Palm further suggest that you experiment with multiple phones even those not labeled M3 T3 or M4 T4 while in the store to find the one that works best with your hearing aid device If you experience interference or find the quality of service unsatisfactory after purchasing your device promptly return it to the store within 30 days of purchase With the Palm 30 day Risk Free Guarantee you may return the device within 30 days of purchase for a full refund and you will only be responsible for charges based on your actual usage Getting the Best Hearing Device Experience With Your Device To further minimize interference e Set the phone s screen and keyboard backlight settings to ensure the minimum time interval e Move the phone around to find the point with the least interference Battery Handling e Do not disassemble or open crush bend or deform puncture or shred e Do not modify or remanufacture attempt to insert foreign objects into
347. s unchecked the Inbox application opens to the last account you used Section 3B Using the Email Features If the Display account picker when opening Messaging box is unchecked open the messaging application and then repeatedly press Messaging or press Left or Right on the 5 way to cycle through your accounts 4 Select the Message tab and set any of the following options When replying to e mail include body Set whether the DNs ee body of a message you received appears in your response to that message Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder Set whether an id ph nad Sae s messages you send are stored in the Sent folder mesh 0 Warn when deleting messages in the message list Set Seo memes a meses whether a confirmation message appears when you delete messages from the message list accounts message nares Storage Show next message After deleting or moving a message Set what you want to see after you delete or move an email message you are reading the account Inbox the next message or the previous message 5 Select the Address tab and set any of the following options In Contacts get e mail addresses from Set whether i ie Messaging eve E 7 39 you want to check Contacts in addition to any directory services for email addresses In Contacts get etai addresses from Check names using these address books Set which m z Check names using these ad
348. s 349 350 voice notes 177 274 306 recurring appointments See repeating appointments redialing 79 redirectors Web sites 400 Refresh command 186 regional settings 220 347 Reject call with text message option 104 reminders adding to calendar 265 269 adding to tasks 271 273 repeating tones for 345 setting alarms for 361 silencing sounds for 345 remote connections 328 329 365 Remote Desktop Mobile 328 329 Remove Programs list 322 Rename command 307 327 459 Rename Move command 288 303 repeating appointments 265 repeating tasks 271 Reset button 24 resets 357 375 378 resolution 231 232 234 321 restoring factory settings 254 information 374 377 Today screen settings 396 Review Duration option 236 Review screen camera 233 234 ring styles 97 ringer 84 98 Ringer switch 24 344 ringtone file types 96 ringtones assigning to contacts 98 258 attaching to messages 161 downloading 96 selecting 96 97 silencing 343 roaming 104 106 153 335 395 Roaming message 106 S safety information 412 Save as Template command 164 Save Image As command 189 Save to Contacts command 78 90 242 Save to Contacts message 89 Save to Drafts command 160 Save to list 325 Index Save to Notes command 81 saving attachments 150 167 email 138 files 325 instant messages 180 notes 275 276 passwords 134 phone numbers 81 89 pictures 231 232 235 236 playlists 253 spreadsheets 292 293 294 303 304 text
349. s Vista Look for the animated connection icon at the top of your smartphone screen If you have any problems synchronizing see Synchronization on page 387 for troubleshooting suggestions For best performance plug your USB cable directly into a USB port on your computer If your computer has USB ports on both the front and back we suggest using the back port If you use a USB hub make sure it is a powered hub We recommend that you also use the included Sprite Backup utility to back up your information This backup and restore utility preserves the data and settings that are not backed up during synchronization protecting your data and settings if your Treo Pro smartphone is ever lost or stolen or if you ever need to do a hard reset Your Treo Pro smartphone is being charged through your computer whenever the USB cable is connected to a powered USB port on your computer However it takes longer to charge your device through your computer than with the AC charger that came with your smartphone Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 49 50 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer Section 2 Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Sprint Y 52 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone In This Section Moving Around on the Screen Using the Keyboard Opening and Closing Applications Using Your Today Screen Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 53
350. s locked during a call so you cannot tap the screen with the stylus to activate a button Use the speakerphone Select Speaker On To turn off the speakerphone select Speaker Off e Mute the microphone so you can t be heard Select Mute To unmute the microphone select Unmute Jotdown a note about your call Select Note To return to the Phone screen after you have finished writing the note press OK i Open the Contacts Application Selec have finished press OK Contacts To return to the Phone screen after you e To unlock the screen during a call so you can use the stylus to activate any onscreen buttons or other items Select Unlock To lock the screen select Lock You can set the screen to be unlocked by default when you are on a call see Locking Your Treo Pro Smartphone and Information on page 354 You can send and receive text messages during a call This is a great way to stay connected with colleagues during a long call Returning to a Call From Another Application You can use many other applications on your Treo Pro smartphone while holding a phone conversation including the organizer and Messaging features You can open the Contacts application directly from the Phone screen by selecting Contacts However to browse the Web or check email during a call you must connect to a Wi Fi network You cannot use the Sprint network to open a Mobile Broadband
351. s the connection type for the account Some wireless service providers have other requirements specific to their service Check with your service provider to find out whether any provider specific requirements exist Service provider settings frequently change If your email account was working but you are currently experiencing problems check with your service provider to find out whether any of the account settings have changed I Have Problems Sending and Receiving Email Short periods of time when email is unavailable are common due to server problems or poor wireless coverage If you have problems sending or receiving mail for an extended period of time check with your ISP or email service provider to verify that the service is working properly and check with Sprint Customer Service for outage information in your area If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your System administrator to find out whether email features are disabled on your smartphone Section 7A Help 397 Scheduled Email Synchronization Is Not Working If email synchronization is occurring and you turn your smartphone off or if the connection to your email service provider is disconnected the sync fails 1 9 Check the synchronization schedule to make sure that email sync is set to occur at the expected day and time see Setting the Synchronization Schedule on page 334 for details Press Start x select Progr
352. screen and uncheck any items you want to messaging hide Tasks 7 v Today meae ahr 9 5 Optional Highlight an item and select Move Up or Move ERES ne Down to change the order in which items appear on the Today screen 6 Optional Highlight an item and select Options if available to configure the settings for the item and then press OK to return to Today Settings 7 Press OK Lots of third party plug ins are available for your Today screen For clocks calculators MP3 players weather guides and much more visit palm com support System Sound Settings In certain situations such as meetings and theaters you need to turn off all sounds on your Treo Pro smartphone You can immediately silence all sounds on your device including phone ringtones Calendar notifications and system sounds This does not mute the speaker during phone calls Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 343 Setting the Ringer Switch 1 Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off amp 2 To hear all sounds again slide the Ringer switch to Sound On a L Lo J bg J 1 Sound On 2 Sound Off If the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off c4 the Ringer setting overrides the sound settings and all sounds are turned off including any music you may be playing When you slide the Ringer switch back to Sound On it restores the pr
353. server connection Such as a work account or any other IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol or POP Post Office Protocol email account If you have multiple email accounts you must enter settings for each email account Section 3B Using the Email Features 129 Setting Up Messaging to Work With Common Providers Use the following steps if you have a common email provider such as AOL EarthLink or Yahoo Mail Plus If you are setting up the Messaging application to work with your corporate email account or if you have a uncommon email provider see Setting Up Messaging to Work With Other Providers on page 132 Ask your email provider or system administrator for your account user name and password if you don t know them 1 Make sure that your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 Palatii 2 Press Messaging 3 E mail address 3 Select Setup E mail Jsuseribaol com 4 Enter the email address and password for the email account that you want to set up If you want to enter your password each time you access ZI Seve password this account uncheck the Save password box If you want your password entered automatically check this box 6 Press Next right softkey 7 Do either of the following Etna setup s If the setup process finds your account settings press Muto Setup found settings for Next right softkey aolcom To complete seg p and download e mal chok If the
354. setup process does not find your account d settings see Setting Up Messaging to Work With Other Providers on page 132 and continue with step 8 of that procedure Messaging 39 Y am 7 20 130 Section 3B Using the Email Features 8 Enter your name and a name that identifies this account such as AOL and then press Next right softkey The account name appears on the Today screen along with the number of unread messages for this account 9 Optional Select either of the following Automatic Send Receive Change the time interval for automatically downloading email from every five minutes to once a day If you do not want to automatically download messages select Manually Review all download settings Select this link to change download settings see Changing Email Download Settings Other Email Accounts on page 152 for details 9B Messaging GD Tj oe 7 23 men Go Ty a 7 22 mail Setup E mail Setup e Your name 15 Usel Example Kevin Cook Setup s complete To download e mat cick Finish Automatic Send Receive Account display name ET Work every 2 he 10 Press Finish right softkey 11 If prompted select OK to download messages for this account now On the Messaging accounts screen when you select Menu and then Options an asterisk appears next to the account that was active when you opened Options
355. sing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm as a Modem Using Sprint TV Using the Sprint Music Store Using Pocket Express 3B Using the Email Features 0c c cece e enna Gelting Started With EMAI c5 ea etr tea ter o eatin crore tp eaten n de ate d Unt 124 Getting Information From a Microsoft Exchange Server 0 200s cece cece cece ence nee ee eens Setting Up an IMAP or POP Email Account 2 2 20 0 cece eee eee mn Editing and Deleting Email Accounts 0000 c cece eee Inn Deleting a Microsoft Exchange Server Outlook Account 00 c cece cence nee eee eens Sending and Receiving Email Messages 6 cece cece tence n Working With Email Messages sesexecw eene xr RES ERO De Rx ESERREUEEREAAN E a NEN AERA MA Working With Meeting Invitations 0 ccc cece tee eee HI n Sending Email Messages From Within Another Application 3G Using Messagihig loire caiit oieee anaa EE e oie PUES PR thse bout MesssgiPig o ted devke be eee tee eR NY L RE REOR URBE ERREUR RA LEER SEE Sending and Receiving Messages 0 c cece eee eee n eee Managing Your Messages qwe sat sage d eee 54 eel wheel EE ZQISERESERRN EAE pua ER EM Customizing Your Messaging Settings isses Using Windows Live io Sot eR EY AXE Gala ahs TL UR Erb pct FORSE Or LR vel Ue a Setting Up and Using Instant Messaging sssssss e 3D Browsing the Web ecce pv ERAI ET VY VV a EXE Viewing a Web Papae sce
356. smartphone and its accessories within the reach of small children or allow them to play with it They could hurt themselves or others or could accidentally damage the smartphone Your smartphone contains small parts with sharp 422 Section 8A Important Safety Information edges that may cause an injury or which could become detached and create a choking hazard Keep the device away from the abdomens of pregnant women and adolescents particularly when using the device hands free To reduce exposure to radiation use your device in good reception areas as indicated by the bars on your phone at least 3 to 4 bars Caution Avoid Potential Hearing Loss Prolonged exposure to loud sounds including music is the most common cause of preventable hearing loss Some scientific research suggests that using portable audio devices such as portable music players and cellular telephones at high volume settings for long durations may lead to permanent noise induced hearing loss This includes the use of headphones including headsets earbuds and Bluetooth or other wireless devices Exposure to very loud sound has also been associated in some studies with tinnitus a ringing in the ear hypersensitivity to sound and distorted hearing Individual susceptibility to noise induced hearing loss and other potential hearing problems varies The amount of sound produced by a portable audio device varies depending on the nature of the sound the device the de
357. softkey to change the zoom as necessary 2 Internet Explorer gt Yj E ES Xx Press Up a Down w Left 4 and Right gt in zoom view to move the rectangle around the screen It shows how much you can see on your Treo screen in the default reading view Press Center to return to reading view showing the area you have defined You can also tap the screen with the stylus to return to the default view 5 Press Menu right softkey select View and then select any of the following Text Size Set the size of the text displayed for Web pages Full Screen Hide the title bar and toolbar and fill the entire screen with the contents of the Web page To exit full screen tap and hold the stylus on the screen to display the menu and then select Full Screen again to turn it off Mobile Your smartphone tells the Web server that it is a mobile device so that the Web server provides content that is more suitable for display on a mobile device Desktop Keeps the same layout and size as on a desktop computer which requires both horizontal and vertical scrolling LEN Use Desktop view for Web sites that contain video and Flash content 6 Do any of the following to move between Web pages To view the previous page press Back left softkey or Backspace Section 3D Browsing the Web 185 To move forward a page press Menu and select Forward To refresh the page with the latest cont
358. sor Dual core MSM7501A processor 528MHz technology Expansion e microSD compatible expansion card slot Battery Rechargeable lithium ion 1500mA hr in power capacity Removable 3 5 hours to be fully charged Operating system Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional Camera e Stil image capture resolution 1600 x 1200 2 0 megapixel e Up to 8x digital zoom Size e 4 5 in x 2 36 in x 0 53 in 114mm x 60mm x 13 5mm Weight e 4 6 ounces 130 grams Connectivity e Infrared 1 0 compliant e Bluetooth wireless technology 2 0 EDR compliant e Wi Fi 802 11 b g 434 Section 8B Specifications Display Touch sensitive LCD screen includes stylus 65 536 colors 16 bit color Resolution 320 x 320 User adjustable brightness Keyboard e Built in 30 key keyboard plus 5 way navigator e Backlight for low lighting conditions Included software ActiveSync Adobe Reader LE Astraware Sudoku Bejeweled 2 Bubble Breaker Calculator Calendar Camera Comm Manager Contacts Excel Mobile File Explorer Get WorldMate link nstant Messaging nternet Explorer Mobile nternet Sharing Kinoma FreePlay Live Search essaging SMS MMS and email essenger Section 8B Specifications 435 Included software continued My Treo Notes OneNote Mobile PC Setup Phone Pictures amp Videos Pocket Express PowerPoint Mobile Quick Tour Remote Desktop Mobile Search Softwar
359. ss Start 2 and select Settings Select the Connections tab and then select Domain Enroll 29 Press Enroll right softkey Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the enrollment process A Nun 368 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Purchasing Accessories for Your Treo Pro Smartphone These accessories and others are available from palm com Vehicle Power Charger A charger that enables you to charge your smartphone in your vehicle using a 12V power outlet e Replacement Battery A backup battery that you can use if your primary battery becomes drained is charging or has reached the end of its useful life USB Cable A replacement or spare cable your smartphone comes with one USB cable Cradle A cradle to dock your smartphone charge it and transfer data to your computer Extra AC Charger A 100 to 240 volt AC charger for your smartphone Palm Travel Charger Multiconnector International travel charger featuring automatic voltage and frequency adjustment 5 foot 1 5m cable and plug adapters for the U K Europe Australia Argentina and the U S Leather Side Case With Belt Clip A case that you can clip to your belt or bag that provides quick access to and protection for your smartphone e Stylus A replacement or spare stylus for your smartphone Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 369 370 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone b
360. ssages Press Menu right softkey gt Select Messages gt All 170 Section 3C Using Messaging To select multiple consecutive messages Press Up a or Down w to highlight the first message and then press Menu right softkey gt Select Messages gt All Below To select multiple messages Press Up or Down w to highlight the first message press Menu right softkey gt Select Messages gt Several and then select each message you want to delete 3 Press Delete left softkey 4 Select Yes to confirm the deletion Messages you delete are moved to the Deleted Items folder To remove these items from your device completely press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Empty Deleted Items Sorting Your Messages You can sort the messages in any folder 1 Go to the Inbox or other folder you want to sort 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Sort By 3 Select Message Type From sender Received date received or Subject Customizing Your Messaging Settings You can set options for both text and multimedia messages in the Messaging application You can set options for all messages and for multimedia messages only Including a Callback Number With SMS Messages 1 Press Messaging 2 Do one of the following Ifthe list of accounts is displayed Highlight SMSWMS and select Menu right softkey gt Options Ifthe message list for a specific account is displayed Press Menu right
361. st synchronize your device you are asked to give it a user name Wi Fi access point network device with an antenna that provides wireless connections to a larger network Also called a hotspot Section 7B Glossary 407 Windows Mobile The operating system of your Treo Pro smartphone Your device uses the Windows Mobile 6 1 Professional edition of this operating system Windows Mobile Device Center The software on your Windows Vista computer that enables you to synchronize content and manage music pictures and videos between your device and your computer To open Windows Mobile Device Center on your computer click Start gt All Programs gt Windows Mobile Device Center 408 Section 7B Glossary Section 8 Your Safety and Specifications Sprint Y 410 Section 8A Important Safety Information In This Section FCC Statements Antenna Care Unauthorized Modifications Industry Canada RF Safety Exposure Hearing Aid Compatibility HAC Battery Handling Power Specifications Recycling and Disposal Product Handling amp Safety Driving Safety General Operation ESD Safety Owner s Record Section 8A Important Safety Information 411 This guide contains important operational and safety information that helps you safely use your Treo Pro smartphone by Palm Failure to read and follow the information provided in this guide may result in serious bodily injury death
362. stamps 235 236 time zones 359 360 timer 232 TKIP encryption 209 Today screen accessing 73 76 changing color settings for 342 customizing 342 343 enabling Bluetooth from 215 enabling Comm Manager from 221 enabling Keyguard from 355 enabling Windows Live services for 174 managing accounts from 15 removing Live Search bar from 174 restoring 396 Index retrieving voicemail from 85 86 searching Web sites from 197 selecting items on 73 setting backgrounds for 241 342 setting which items appear on 343 troubleshooting 396 viewing battery status on 27 28 viewing messages on 166 167 viewing Wi Fi status on 206 tones See ringtones sounds touch sensitivity 355 356 touchscreen 22 33 54 347 touchscreen backlight 62 364 touchscreen lockout 88 356 traffic information 200 Transcriber 67 353 Transparency Level list 241 travel information 194 200 troubleshooting 374 trusted devices See partnerships TTY TDD devices 99 100 U unauthorized users 37 38 362 unavailable time slots 268 Undo command 306 unlocking device 357 touchscreen 88 untimed events 264 Update Profile option 114 updating information 331 465 media libraries 251 operating system 374 Pocket Express 122 URLs 148 169 See also links USB cables 22 48 USB connections troubleshooting 388 389 USB hubs 46 390 USB ports 46 116 Use network time zone setting 360 361 user names 38 114 212 407 V vCalendar attachments 164 267 399 vCard a
363. t enter the full email address Section 3B Using the Email Features 137 To address a message to multiple recipients separate the addresses by pressing Option K to enter a semicolon To enter an underscore _ in an address press Alt and select the underscore symbol from the list 5 Select Subject and enter a title for the message S outiook F maa S am 7 29 6 Press Down w to go to the body of the message nan ipi trwashjr company com 7 Enter your message or press Menu right softkey select Files My Text and then select a predefined phrase you want to When do you need these insert Sent from my Treo smartphone 8 Optional Press Menu right softkey and do any of the following Select Insert select the type of item you want to attach and then select the file or record a voice note Select Spell Check Select Message Options select the Priority list select a setting for the message and then press OK 9 Press Send left softkey To save storage space on your Treo Pro smartphone turn off the option to save sent messages in the Sent folder In the Messaging application press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Options Select the Message tab and then uncheck the Keep copies of sent items in Sent folder box 138 Section 3B Using the Email Features Receiving Email Messages How you receive email messages depends on the type of accoun
364. t options for 67 352 setting key combinations for 348 keyboard backlight 62 Keyguard 355 Index Keypad 80 keys Wi Fi networks 210 Kinoma FreePlay application 195 196 knowledge library 14 L language options Internet Mobile 191 192 lanyards 22 LEAP options 212 LED light 21 26 Legacy files 283 293 lens camera 24 Letter Recognizer 67 352 libraries See media libraries Library command 249 251 Library screen 251 253 light conditions camera 232 234 lighted display See backlights Li lon technology 406 See also battery links See also URLs accessing media files and 251 accessing web pages and 186 187 188 creating 306 enabling notifications for 148 freeing internal memory and 403 selecting 145 169 307 sending 186 viewing documents and 139 lists See also bulleted lists numbered lists closing 60 452 scrolling through 55 selecting items in 60 186 Live Mail See Windows Live Mail Live Messenger See Windows Live Messenger Live Search application 74 197 Live Search bar 174 location information 201 260 360 See also travel information Location Privacy option 99 lock codes 35 Lock icon on Web pages 184 locking smartphone 354 the keyboard 355 356 the touchscreen 88 long distance phone calls 101 102 looking up contacts 77 144 259 M mail See email Map It command 261 maps 200 400 Match case option 285 302 311 Match entire cells option 302 Match whole words option 286 measurement units 347
365. t reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 375 e Confirm that data services are correctly configured on your smartphone 1 Press Start 2s and select Settings 2 Select the Connections tab and then select Connections 1o 3 On the Tasks tab select Manage existing connections 4 If Power Vision appears in the list press OK If not contact Sprint for assistance I Can t Send or Receive Text Messages Make sure that your phone is on see Turning Your Phone On and Off on page 34 e Contact Sprint to verify that your plan includes messaging services that these services have been correctly activated and that they are available at your location Sprint should be able to tell you if messaging services have been experiencing transmission delays If possible contact the recipient of the message and make sure the receiving device can handle the type of message you re sending Ifa text message arrives but does not display a notification perform a soft reset see Performing a Soft Reset on page 375 Section 7A Help 385 e If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether messaging features are disabled on your smartphone I Can t Make or Receive Calls Using a Bluetooth Hands Free Device Verify all of the following e The Turn on Bluetooth box is checked in Bluetooth Settings e Your Bluetooth device is charged and
366. t you are using and how you synchronize Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync New email messages are sent to your Treo Pro smartphone when they appear on the server according to the schedule you set up or when you manually initiate a sync see Sharing Information on page 322 If you sync email with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 you can synchronize messages in subfolders you create In the Messaging application press Menu right softkey and select Tools gt Manage Folders Folders containing subfolders display a plus sign Select the to view the subfolders Check the box to the left of any subfolder you want to sync If you synchronize email with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and you receive a message containing a link to a document on SharePoint or an internal file server you can view the document by selecting the link e Desktop synchronization software f you synchronize your Treo Pro smartphone with your computer messages in Microsoft Outlook on your computer are transferred to your smartphone when you connect your computer and your device see Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 48 e All other POP or IMAP accounts These include ISP accounts and accounts you access using a VPN server connection typically a work account see Connecting to a VPN on page 366 Message retrieval depends on whether you chose a time interval or manually from the Automatic Send Receive list during account se
367. t your system administrator to find out whether infrared or Bluetooth wireless technology features are disabled on your Treo Pro smartphone aR wD Can t Save or Access Files on an Expansion Card Make sure the card is not locked or copy protected e If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your system administrator to find out whether removable storage features are disabled on your smartphone I Can t Charge the Battery e If you re using a new battery or a new charger make sure the battery and charger are approved by Sprint or Palm for use with your smartphone Failure to use an approved battery or charger may prevent your device from turning on or charging e Ifthe battery is completely drained the red charging indicator in the front of your smartphone may not light for up to 30 minutes e If you re using an existing approved battery the battery may have reached the end of its useful life and needs to be replaced See Replacing the Battery on page 378 for details Section 7A Help 381 Screen Make sure that third party applications support 320 x 320 screen resolution Some older applications have screen size limits The Screen Appears Blank 1 7 f this is the first time you are turning on your device you need to take out and reinsert the battery to turn on the screen see Replacing the Battery on page 378 Alternately connect your dev
368. taking notes you can undo a mistake by pressing Menu right softkey and selecting Undo Viewing or Editing an Existing Note 1 Press Start 2 and select Office Mobile 2 Select OneNote Mobile f7 3 In the OneNote Mobile list select the note that you want to open 306 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 4 Do any of the following Open a hyperlink Place the cursor anywhere in the link and then press Center View picture detail Highlight the picture press Center press Menu right softkey and then select Zoom In To zoom in further press Menu right softkey and select Zoom In again Use the 5 way to view different parts of the picture To zoom out press Menu right softkey and select Zoom Out you can also select Actual Size or Fit to Screen To close the picture press OK Play a voice note Highlight the voice note and press Center To close the voice note press OK 5 Press Done left softkey to close the note Renaming a Note 1 In the OneNote Mobile list select the note that you want to rename 2 Press Menu right softkey and then select Rename 3 Enter the new name 4 Press Done left softkey to accept the new name Sorting your Notes 1 From the OneNote Mobile list press Menu right softkey and then select Options 2 Select the method you want to use to sort your notes Name or Date modified 3 Press Done left softkey to sort
369. the battery immerse or expose to water or other liquids or expose to fire explosion or other hazard e Only use the battery for the system for which it is specified e Only use the battery with a charging system that has been qualified with the system per the IEEE CTIA 1725 standard Use of an unqualified battery or charger may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard Section 8A Important Safety Information 417 e Do not short circuit a battery or allow metallic conductive objects to contact battery terminals e Replace the battery only with another battery that has been qualified with the system per IEEE CTIA 1725 Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire explosion leakage or other hazard e Promptly dispose of used batteries in accordance with local regulations e Battery usage by children should be supervised e Avoid dropping the phone or battery If the phone or battery is dropped especially on a hard surface and the user suspects damage take it to a service center for inspection e Do not handle a damaged or leaking Lithium lon Ll ion battery as you can be burned Improper battery use may result in a fire explosion or other hazard Based on DOT rules spare batteries must not be transported in checked luggage on commercial flights Spare batteries can only be transported in carry on luggage For more information http safetravel dot gov whats new batteries html Pr
370. the closest font available Original fonts reappear on your computer e Number formats Microsoft Excel 97 conditional formatting is displayed in number format e Formulas and functions Unsupported functions are removed and only the returned value of the function appears Formulas containing the following are also converted to values More than 512 bytes An array or array argument for example SUM 1 2 3 4 External link references or an intersection range reference References past row 16384 are replaced with 3FREF LEN For simple calculations use the Calculator see Calculator on page 276 292 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity e Protection settings Most protection features are disabled but are not removed You must remove the password protection in Microsoft Office Excel on your computer before editing the file on your smartphone Rights managed and password protected files must be saved only in their original file format e Zoom settings Worksheet specific zoom settings are not retained The zoom setting applies to the entire workbook Worksheet names Names that refer to other workbooks arrays array formulas or intersection ranges are removed from the name list causing those formulas to be resolved as NAME All hidden names are not hidden AutoFilter Settings AutoFilters that cause rows to be hidden are supported Use the Unhide command to display hidden rows Other AutoFilte
371. the following Power Save Mode Adjusts power consumption between maximizing network connection performance and maximizing battery life Connection Sets when the Wi Fi feature is on and when your device attempts to search for networks On button press Leaves the Wi Fi feature off until you press Wi Fi C amp to turn it on After you turn the Wi Fi feature on your smartphone searches for a Yal amp 11 19 ok Power Save Mode Best Performance Best Battery f 7 C Always on M n Advanced Power Mode LEAP Enrot available networks If a network to which you previously connected is available your smartphone automatically connects to that network Always On Leaves the Wi Fi feature on and your smartphone searches for available networks whenever the screen is awake If a network to which you previously connected is available your smartphone automatically connects to that network When this mode is enabled you can prevent your device from searching for networks by pressing and holding Wi Fi C to turn the Wi Fi feature off Section SF Using Wireless Connections 211 4 Select the LEAP tab and do any of the following Create a new LEAP entry Select New A LEAP entry is a security feature that protects the WEP key 510 Authentication Type Ele Y 11 20 ok Modify an existing entry Highlight the entry and select Modify Enter the new
372. then select Main memory or Storage card Press OK Select the list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to view Select the list in the upper right corner and then select the sort method LEE When you go to a folder you can easily search your documents by sorting by type Deleting a Document 1 Go to the documents list 2 Highlight the document you want to delete 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete 4 Select Yes Ss MON 9 Customizing Word Mobile 1 Go to the document list 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 3 Set any of the following options Default template Set the default template for new documents Save to Set the default location where new documents are stored Display in list view Set the types of files that appear in the documents list 4 Press OK i Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity 289 PowerPoint Mobile With Microsoft PowerPoint Mobile you can open and view slide show presentations created on your computer Many presentation elements such as slide transitions animations and URL links are also supported Microsoft PowerPoint features that are not supported on your Treo Pro smartphone include the following e Notes written for slides e Rearrangement or editing of slides e Files created in PPT format earlier than Microsoft PowerPoint 97 e HTML files in HTM and MHT formats To copy a file f
373. ting messaging options for 172 setting size 239 sorting 241 synchronizing 42 226 228 taking 231 233 306 401 troubleshooting sync problems for 392 viewing 237 238 307 Pictures amp Videos application 237 243 Pictures folder 228 PIMs 392 407 PINs 357 plain text messages email 151 153 154 Play Slide Show command 238 458 Play Sound list 361 Playback screen 253 playing media files 195 246 249 250 slide shows 167 238 239 video clips 246 249 253 voice notes 274 307 playlists 247 248 252 plug ins 183 343 Plus Code Dialing option 101 Pocket Express 120 122 Pocket Word files 283 POP accounts 129 135 Post Office Protocol See POP accounts Power button 24 Power Save Mode 211 power settings 364 PowerPoint Mobile application 290 291 predefined text phrases 138 159 160 163 preferences setting See customizing Preferred language option 192 presentations See PowerPoint Mobile slides priority settings 138 160 164 271 privacy settings 99 191 268 processor 434 Program Files folder 326 programs See applications software Programs screen 68 69 proxy servers 367 punctuation marks 63 Q Quick Menu 71 72 Index Quick Settings screen 232 234 Quick Tour 14 73 QuickTime Player 246 R radio 434 RAS connections 365 Receive all incoming beams option 221 Receiving Data message 220 recent calls list 79 81 Record with Audio option 236 recording sounds 98 163 345 videos 233 234 voice command
374. tion is accessible on your Treo Pro smartphone To avoid accidentally pressing onscreen buttons while you re holding your Treo Pro smartphone up to your ear to speak you can disable the screen s touch sensitive feature during active calls When the screen s touch sensitive feature is disabled you must use the 5 way navigator to access items on the screen Using Keyguard By default your keyboard locks when you are on a call so that you don t accidentally press buttons or activate screen items It also locks when your smartphone turns off after a period of inactivity You can manually enable Keyguard when you are not on a call e Press Center to dismiss Keyguard From the Today screen when you are not on a call press End to manually enable Keyguard Keyguard turns on and after a short delay the screen turns off From any other screen when you are not on a call press and hold End or press Option End O to manually enable Keyguard Keyguard turns on and after a short delay the screen turns off The screen wakes up to the application you were using e Press Power C9 The screen turns off immediately with Keyguard turned on The screen wakes up to the Today screen or to the application you were using Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 355 Using Auto Keyguard and Touchscreen Lockout Auto Keyguard lets you automatically lock the keyboard after a period of inactivity
375. tions 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 On the Personal tab select Input 3 From the Input Method list select which onscreen input method you want to set options for 4 Set any of the following Keyboard options Large Small keys Select whether to use large or small onscreen keys s If you selected Large keys check the box to choose whether or not to use the indicated gestures for the Space Backspace Shift and Enter keys 5 If you selected Letter Recognizer select Options and select the options you want Quick Stroke Allows you to make a letter such as a twithout lifting your stylus from the screen to cross it Rightto left crossbar Cross a letter by lifting your stylus and crossing from right to left 352 Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Allow accented characters Allows you to write a letter and then write above it to add an accent 6 If you selected Transcriber select Options and set any of the following For Transcriber options to display Transcriber must be selected as the input method See Selecting Onscreen Input Methods on page 67 Writing Direction Sets the orientation at which you normally make letters Intro screen Displays the Transcriber Intro screen every time you select Transcriber Sound Enables sound with Transcriber Transcriber plays a beep as it inserts its interpretation of what you ve written Inking tab Set the recog
376. tions of other ways to free up space on your smartphone An Alert Tells Me That the Server Could Not Be Reached Your smartphone had to wait too long to connect to the Exchange server The connection may have been lost the server may be temporarily overloaded or the server may have encountered an internal error Check your Exchange server name and proxy server settings see Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 332 and try again later An Alert Tells Me That ActiveSync Encountered a Problem With Item Type Item Name There is an error while synchronizing a single item This error can usually be corrected only by removing the item that caused the error If you sync again to see if the error persists be aware that items causing this type of error are skipped and do not show up again Section 7A Help 395 An Alert Tells Me That My Account Information Could Not Be Detected When you set up the Exchange server sync options the credentials page was left blank Correct the credentials see Setting Up Wireless Synchronization on page 332 or set up your smartphone to sync only with a computer and try to sync again An Alert Tells Me that My Device Timed Out While Waiting For Credentials The Exchange server credentials screen was left open too long Reenter the Exchange server credentials and try to sync again My Today Screen Settings Are Not Restored After a Hard Reset Settings such as the background image and plug i
377. tive Data Connection You can choose wh ether or not to receive voice calls when you have an active mobile broadband data connection If you receive a voice call your data connection is interrupted If you do not want your data connection interrupted send your calls to voicemail 1 Press Start and select Settings 2 Onthe Personal tab select Phone C 3 Select the Services tab and then select DDTM Mode from Send voice calls to voicemail during active the list data connection C On 4 Select Get Settings Off 5 Select On or Off to set whether you can receive calls during a data session 6 Press OK 7 Press OK 102 to return to Phone Settings to finish Section 2B Using the Phone Features Enabling the Voicemail Beacon 1 2 3 4 5 Press Start ze and select Settings On the Person al tab select Phone C Select the Beacon tab select Beacon from the list and then set whether yo arrives Press OK Press OK u want Center to flash after a voicemail to return to Phone Settings to finish Enabling Automatic Answering With a Headset 1 2 3 4 Set whether you want to answer incoming calls without 5 6 Press Start 2e and select Settings 2 On the Person al tab select Phone C6 Select the More tab pressing Phon answer after Press OK Press OK
378. tiveSync Desktop sync software Desktop sync software and Windows Media Player Desktop sync software Desktop sync software Where to learn more Se Syn Ge ting Up Your Computer for ting Up Wireless chronization on page 44 or Synchroniza ion on page 332 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchroniza ion on page 44 or Setting Up Wireless Synchroniza ion on page 332 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchroniza ion on page 44 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Fi es on page 280 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchroniza Synchronizing Your Media Files on page 225 ion on page 44 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchroniza ion on page 44 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Fi es on page 280 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchroniza ion on page 44 Synchronizing Microsoft Office and Other Fi es on page 280 Section 1C Connecting to Your Computer 43 Setting Up Your Computer for Synchronization Before you can synchronize the desktop sync software must be installed You must install the software that came with your Treo Pro smartphone even if you already have a previous version of the desktop sync software installed on your computer If you are installing the software on a computer at work make sure your company allows you to install new software Contact your comp
379. to receive information from another device e n many applications you can send a file or an entry by email or beaming Open the application to the file or entry list and highlight the item you want to send Press Menu right softkey and select the Send or Beam option e Inthe Messaging application you can insert a picture or attach a note or other file to an email You can also receive pictures and attachments see Sending and Receiving Email Messages on page 137 322 Section 6A Managing Files and Applications e You can attach a picture video or sound file to a multimedia message see Creating and Sending a Multimedia Message on page 161 e You can synchronize to share info between your device and your computer or between your device and Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or 2007 see Synchronizing Information on page 331 e If you are near someone you can beam files and applications between your device and your neighbor s device using the IR port or Bluetooth wireless technology see Beaming Information on page 218 e You can also store files on an expansion card and share the expansion card see the next section Using Expansion Cards Using Expansion Cards The expansion card slot on your Treo Pro smartphone enables you to add microSD cards to extend the storage capacity of your device Expansion cards are sold separately For example expansion cards can store the following and more e Documents Micros
380. to initiate the command with a button and then operate the Device mostly without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen If you are driving do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Let Your Judgment Prevail The Device Software is only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations The Device Software is not a substitute for your personal judgment Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor the speech recognition functions and address any errors Table of Contents INMOQUCHOR BTE 13 Where to Learr More ius cassis ene roce te eme De acr i Ro ere RR DER eran CR RC a aye RD e n 14 Section 1 Your Setup 1 ccc ccc ccc nnn n tenet rraren erarnan 17 1A Setting Up Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm 0ccccc ence cnc c
381. to invite them to meetings To enter an international phone number enter a plus sign in front of the country code see Setting Your Long Distance Dialing Preferences on page 107 Viewing or Changing Contact Information 1 2 Go to your Today screen and press Contacts In the Contacts list viewed by name begin entering any combination of letters from the contacts first and or last name If you use both first and last name letters separate them by a space You can type letters from the last name first For example entering SM finds both Smilla Anderson and John Smith Entering SM AN finds both Smilla Anderson and Ann Smith Select the entry you want to open You can also find a contact by tapping the first letter of the first or last name in the alphabetical index at the top of the Contacts list screen When you select a contact entry you are presented with several options for contacting the person depending on what information you have entered for the contact For example you may see options for calling a number associated with the contact sending an email to the contact s email adaress or calling the last number you dialed to call the contact Select a phone number to dial or select a messaging option to create a new message adaressed to the contact Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 259 4 5 6 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit Make changes to
382. tructions This section also describes the phone features on your device and shows you how to use Sprint service features such as voicemail and call waiting Section 3 Web and Data Services and Other Wireless Connections shows you how to use Web browsing messaging and email It also describes other types of wireless connections such as Wi Fi and Bluetooth wireless technology Section 4 Your Portable Media Device shows you how to use the camera feature on your Treo Pro smartphone and how to transfer and listen to music files on your device Section 5 Your Wireless Organizer guides you through the process of using the built in full featured organizer that gives you instant access to your Contacts Calendar Tasks Memos Calculator and more Section 6 Your Information and Settings describes the tools for managing files and applications and the preferences that enable you to customize your Treo Pro smartphone Section 7 Your Resources answers frequently asked questions and shows you what to do if something goes wrong It also includes a helpful glossary of terms Section 8 Your Safety and Specifications outlines recommended safety and maintenance guidelines and lists the technical specifications for your Treo Pro smartphone Please refer to Important Safety Information on page 411 to learn about information that will help you safely use your phone Failure to read and follow the Important Safety Information
383. ts Section 8A Important Safety Information 431 Conditions That Enhance ESD Occurrences Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment include the following Low relative humidity Material type The type of material gathering the charge For example synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural fibers like cotton e The rapidity with which you touch connect or disconnect electronic devices While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge static electricity if you are in an environment where you notice ESD events you may want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic equipment against ESD Owner s Record The model number regulatory number and serial number are located on a nameplate inside the battery compartment Record the serial number in the space provided below This will be helpful if you need to contact us about your phone in the future Product Treo Pro Smartphone Model Serial No User Guide template version 7B November 2007 432 Section 8A Important Safety Information Section 8B Specifications In This Section Specifications Section 8B Specifications 433 Specifications Radio CDMA phone EVDO and 1X bands Phone features e Personal speakerphone e Hands free headset jack 3 5 mm 3 barrel connector e Microphone mute option e TTY compatible e HAC compliant M3 T3 rating Proces
384. ttached it appears in the chat list with this icon amp Select the message to open it and view the attachment 7 To close the chat session and return to the Inbox press OK Moved from 10 to 11 Me 9 24 PM Won t work I have to leave at 11 In the Inbox all messages from a chat session are displayed as one item a single conversation To view individual messages within the conversation select it to reopen the chat session While chat view remains open any new messages you receive from your chat partner appear directly on the screen you do not get a new message notification 168 Section 3C Using Messaging Using Links in Messages When you receive a text message that contains a telephone number email address or URL you can dial the number send an email message or go to the Web page immediately Your device automatically opens the appropriate application from the link 1 Open a message in the Inbox or another folder 2 Use the 5 way to select the phone number email address or URL appears as underlined blue text 3 For phone numbers confirm or change the number and press Call left softkey If you receive a multimedia message that contains a phone number email address or URL tap the item to open a menu of actions you can perform Adding a Contact From a Message You can add a contact name phone number or email address to your Contacts list directly from a rec
385. ttachments 164 399 vibrating alarm 344 345 video files 161 237 246 See also videos media files Video Message command 161 Video mode 230 videos adjusting camera settings for 234 adjusting volume 98 copying 240 deleting 243 downloading 246 entering captions for 163 moving 240 playing 246 253 recording 233 234 renaming 242 243 repeating current 249 saving 233 234 235 236 Index sending 162 239 240 setting messaging options for 172 sorting 241 synchronizing 42 226 228 troubleshooting sync problems for 392 viewing 237 View All Calls command 81 View command 185 View Note command 83 View Recording Toolbar command 274 virtual private networks See VPN connections Vista computers See Windows systems voice commands 349 352 voice notes playing 274 307 recording 177 274 306 saving 354 voice quality 404 voice recording formats 354 voicemail accessing 86 creating pass codes for 37 retrieving 85 sending calls to 84 102 103 setting ringtones for 97 setting up 37 85 voicemail beacon 103 volume 36 98 Volume button 21 VPN connections downloading attachments and 141 receiving email over 124 139 152 setting up 366 367 466 synchronizing over 387 troubleshooting 391 Ww waking up screen 33 weak signals 383 Web addresses See URLs Web browsers 42 187 See also Internet Explorer Mobile Web favorites creating 187 188 organizing 188 189 sending 163 synchronizing 42 187 viewing 188 Web links See
386. tup see Setting Up Messaging to Work With Common Providers on page 130 or Setting Up Messaging to Work With Other Providers on page 132 If you chose a time interval Your Treo Pro smartphone automatically checks for and downloads new messages according to that interval Section 3B Using the Email Features 139 If you chose Manually Follow these steps to send and receive messages 1 Press Messaging 2 Select the account for which you want to receive email messages 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Send Receive to synchronize your smartphone with your email server Partially downloaded messages appear in the message list with a partial envelope icon to the left of the subject To view the full message either press Menu right softkey and select Download Message or open the message and select Getthe rest of this message Did you know You can view messages sent as HTML with the HTML formatting intact Receiving Attachments You can receive and open attachments in a number of different formats including Word Excel OneNote PowerPoint ZIP and PDF To receive and open attachments do the following 1 Highlight the attachment name below the subject to mark it for download 2 Synchronize the email account that contains the message as described in the previous sections 3 Select the attachment name below the subject to open the attachment To store attachments on an
387. uilt in USB port If you re synchronizing through a built in USB port on the front of your computer move the USB cable to a USB port on the back of your computer if your computer has USB ports in both places For a Windows XP computer only On your computer uninstall Microsoft ActiveSync Start gt Settings gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs Then put your smartphone in Setup Mode and reinstall the software see Switching Between Sync Mode and Setup Mode on page 46 For a Windows XP computer only Delete the existing partnership between your Treo Pro smartphone and your computer and create a new one by doing the following steps in turn Disconnect your smartphone and your computer from the USB cable Right click the gray ActiveSync icon in the taskbar in the lower right corner of your computer screen and then select Open Microsoft ActiveSync Section 7A Help Click File and then click Delete Mobile Device When asked to confirm click Yes Connect your smartphone and your computer to the USB cable When the Synchronization Setup Wizard appears follow the steps to establish a sync relationship between your smartphone and your computer 15 If your organization uses a firewall or a VPN connection synchronizing with ActiveSync may not work For a Windows XP computer only go to microsoftcom and search for the following topics to help with specific firewall setup situations ActiveSync USB Connectio
388. ument list appears onscreen press New left softkey 4 Enter the text of the document 5 Press OK to save the file When you save a new document it is automatically named after the first several words in the file 284 Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Opening an Existing Document 1 2 3 Press Start 2 and select Office Mobile Select Word Mobile jz In the document list select the document you want to open Creating a Document From a Template 1 SAN OA Ww ND Go to the document list Tap the list in the upper left corner and select More Folders gt Templates Open the template you want to use and enter the information Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and enter a new name for the file Select the Folder list and then select the folder where you want to save the file Select the Type list and then select the format in which you want to save the file Select the Location list and then select Main Memory or Storage Card Select Save To create a new template from a document open the document you want to save as a template Press Menu right softkey and select File gt Save As Select Name and then enter a name for the template Select the Folder list and select Templates Select the Type list and then select Word Template Press OK Finding or Replacing Text in a Document 1 2 3 4 Open the document containing the text y
389. unt If you are able to receive email messages but cannot send them check that encryption is enabled 1 Press Start select Programs and then select ActiveSync S 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Configure Server 3 Press Next right softkey and make sure the This server requires an encrypted SSL connection box is checked Have Problems Synchronizing Messages on My Smartphone With Messages on My Computer Make sure you have chosen the same settings for the account on both your Treo Pro smartphone and your computer For example if the account is set up on your smartphone to use the POP protocol check the ActiveSync settings on your computer to make sure that POP is selected as the protocol for that account My vCard or vCal Email Attachment Isn t Forwarding Correctly Microsoft Office Outlook provides several features that work with email client software on a Windows computer For these features to work correctly the email client software must be properly set up Follow these steps to check the settings 1 On your computer click Start gt Control Panel Select Internet Options and then click the Programs tab Make sure that the email field is set to the correct email client software Click OK Start the email client software and make sure it is configured as the default MAPI client Consult the documentation for the email application for more information aR wD Section 7A Help 399
390. unt after you open Instant Messaging Check the Enable Community box if you want to use the IM account at the same time as another account you set up At least one account must have Enable Community selected Check or uncheck the Auto Save Conversations box Press Down w to see this option 5 Press Menu right softkey and select Save 6 When you have entered all your account information press E Y Global Settings MILITE Back left softkey V Enable Sound 7 Press Menu right softkey and select Settings or SI Bolte Cuckoo IM Aen Preferences gt Global Settings The menu may say m Preferences instead of Settings depending on which account you selected 8 For all IM accounts enable or disable sounds and background IM alerts and select the network to connect with 9 Press Back left softkey 10 Press OK p 180 Section 3C Using Messaging Signing In To and Using Instant Messaging Accounts 1 Press Start and select Programs Fe instant Message Ty am 4 32 X 2 Select Instant Messaging B Q Puur Oran 3 Select an instant messaging service for which you have set Enter e mail address up an account America Online Windows Live Y or atem j Yahoo If you selected Automatic Sign In during setup SSS the sign in process continues automatically v Save Password 4 Enter your user name and password if required C Automatic Sign In
391. upport Online forums Consult online user discussion groups to swap information about your Treo Pro smartphone and learn about topics you may find nowhere else Visit palm com support for details e Sprint Customer Service For questions about your account or features available on the network contact Sprint or visit sorintcom for the latest information and help 14 Managing Your Account Online sprintcom e Access your account information e Check minute usage depending on your Sprint service plan e View and pay your bill e Enroll in Sprint online billing and automatic payment e Purchase accessories e Shop for the latest Sprint phones e View available Sprint service plans and options Learn more about data services and other great products like games ringtones and more From the Today Screen on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Enter 4 and then press Phone Talk to check minute usage and account balance Enter 3 and then press Phone Talk to make a payment Enter 2 and then press Phone Talk to access a summary of your Sprint service plan or to get answers to other questions From Any Other Phone e Sprint Customer Service 1 888 211 4727 e Business Customer Service 1 800 927 2199 Sprint 411 You have access to a variety of services and information through Sprint 411 including residential business and government listings assistance with local or long distance calls movie listings and hotel rest
392. ur computer so that your device applications and info can be restored by synchronizing again after you perform the hard reset Remove the back panel from your device Slide the stylus from its slot While pressing and holding End QO use the stylus to press and release the RESET button Section 7A Help 377 5 Continue to press and hold End until the Erase all data prompt appears 6 Press Up a to confirm the hard reset 7 Wait for the progress bar on the Palm logo screen to fill again and for the Windows Mobile screen to appear amp Follow the onscreen instructions to align the screen before continuing to use your smartphone 9 Replace the stylus and slide the back panel back into place 10 Optional Synchronize your smartphone with your computer to restore your previously synchronized information If you use Sprite Backup or another compatible backup utility you may also need to restore a backup to recover additional information and settings Replacing the Battery Your Treo Pro smartphone comes with a replaceable battery Be sure to use a replacement battery from Palm that is compatible with the Treo Pro smartphone See Protecting Your Battery on page 418 for information on handling the battery safely Use only batteries and chargers that are approved by Sprint or Palm with your Treo Pro smartphone Failure to use an approved battery or charger may prevent your smartphone from turning on or charging may vo
393. urn to your message Press Send left softkey You can send your multimedia message as a text message but you may lose some formatting and the message text may be truncated Press Menu right softkey and select Send via SMS To save your picture message as a template for future messages press Menu right softkey and select Template gt Save as Template Organizing Slides Within a Picture Message If your message contains more than one slide you can change the order of the slides and change the duration for each slide during playback 164 Section 3C Using Messaging 1 On the message compose screen press Menu right softkey and select Slides gt Organize Slides Organ Sides 2 Do any of the following var Move a slide Highlight the slide press Menu right 72 softkey and select Move Forward or Move Backward 4 s 5 bal 5 gt Change display time for slides Tap a black arrow beneath a slide to increase or decrease the duration The minimum duration is 2 seconds Insert slides Press Insert left softkey Remove slides Press Menu right softkey and select Delete 3 Press OK META vA E 8 53 ok Receiving a Text Message When your phone is on and you are in a wireless coverage area you automatically receive new text messages When a new message notification appears select one of the following options Reply lem Menu e Reply left softkey Opens the
394. urrent application continues to run in the background Hu Yj am 10 42 5 Programs Gu Ty am 10 43 X rS I g or a a c dine E i Ed z Internet Explorer ments eal a LX Treo p Calendar Camera Comm Pictures amp Videos mese pudo windows Media La Settings Help You can customize the Start menu See Arranging the Start Menu on page 348 for details With the Start menu open you can press the letter underlined in the application s name to open the application For example press H to open Help You can also use the 5 way to select the shortcut icons at the top of the Start menu when you want to open recently used applications In Programs press a letter to jump to the first application that begins with that letter For example press P to jump to PC Setup Press P again to jump to Pocket Express and so on Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 69 Closing Applications Applications that you open stay open in the background if you are not using them If you want to close an application stop it from running in the background you can tap the X in the upper right corner of the application or you can do it with Task Manager Closing an application is usually not necessary but if you re concerned about power usage or want to free up memory close some or all applications 1 Press and hold OK to open Task Manager
395. utlook Mobile See Messaging application overdue tasks 272 owner information 358 P Palm online support 14 Palm OS devices 374 Panorama mode 230 233 235 partnerships 216 387 407 pass codes 37 passkeys 216 Password type list 357 passwords accessing accounts and 38 accessing information and 356 accessing voicemail and 37 85 accessing WorldMate Pro and 194 changing 38 connecting to Exchange servers and 127 connecting to Wi Fi networks and 205 212 dialing emergency numbers and 79 enabling voice commands and 349 entering 63 358 forgetting 357 358 formatting 357 locking device and 358 losing 357 358 opening PDF files and 308 opening spreadsheets and 293 receiving email and 130 132 saving 134 sending instant messages and 180 Index PCs See computers PDF files 308 311 personal identification numbers PINS 357 personal information 38 356 358 personal information managers 392 407 phone adjusting volume 36 98 answering 83 91 103 connecting to Internet and 88 dialing 76 80 disabling touch sensitivity for 355 356 enabling voice commands for 350 352 getting assistance with 15 16 getting forwarding codes for 90 getting started with 35 maximizing battery and 29 monitoring status of 106 personalizing 96 104 playing music and 84 running applications and 87 88 setting ringtones for 96 97 silencing ringer for 84 troubleshooting 386 404 turning on and off 34 unlocking touchscreen for 88 waking up screen for 87 Pho
396. ver 2003 upgraded to Service Pack 2 you may be able to take advantage of Microsoft Direct Push technology Direct Push technology is a two Outlook information up to date way wireless delivery method that keeps your Microsoft by providing efficient communication between the server and your Treo Pro smartphone You may also have access to other features such as Global Address List Tasks Over The Air OTA and IP based push updating of Calendar Tasks and Inbox Because your desktop copy of Outlook also syncs with the server whatever syncs to the server from your Treo Pro smartphone also shows up in Outlook and whatever you enter or change in Outlook on your computer syncs to the server and then shows up on your smartphone If you installed ActiveSync desktop software on a Windows XP computer you may have already set up your Treo Pro smartphone to synchronize wirelessly with the server To check on your smartphone press Start select Programs and then select ActiveSync Press Menu right softkey If Configure Server appears instead of Add Server Source wireless sync is already set up and you can skip this procedure 1 Work with your system administrator to gather the following information for your Exchange Server account Mail server address and domain name The user name and password you use to access your corporate mail server Security connection Does your server use an encrypted SSL
397. vice settings and the headphones You should follow some common sense recommendations when using any portable audio device e Set the volume in a quiet environment and select the lowest volume at which you can hear adequately e When using headphones turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to e Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy surroundings If you choose to listen to your portable device in a noisy environment use noise cancelling headphones to block out background environmental noise e Limit the amount of time you listen As the volume increases less time is required before your hearing could be affected e Avoid using headphones after exposure to extremely loud noises such as rock concerts that might cause temporary hearing loss Temporary hearing loss might cause unsafe volumes to sound normal Section 8A Important Safety Information 423 e Do not listen at any volume that causes you discomfort If you experience ringing in your ears hear muffled speech or experience any temporary hearing difficulty after listening to your portable audio device discontinue use and consult your doctor e You can obtain additional information on this subject from the following sources American Academy of Audiology 11730 Plaza American Drive Suite 300 Reston VA 20190 Voice 800 222 2336 Email info audiology org Internet
398. video message 5 When the Messaging application opens address and send the message See Creating and Sending an Email Message on page 137 and Creating and Sending a Multimedia Message on page 161 for details You can also beam an item to a nearby device Press Menu right softkey and select Beam TMs If you have set up Windows Live on your device see Using Windows Live on page 173 you can send a picture to the Web storage space of your Windows Live account From there you can share the picture with other Web users Highlight the picture press Menu right softkey and select Send to your space Organizing Pictures and Videos You can move or copy pictures and videos to other folders or between your Treo Pro smartphone and an expansion card 1 Press Start and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Highlight the picture or video you want to move or copy 3 Do one of the following To move the picture or video press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Cut To copy the picture or video press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Copy 240 Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 4 Select the list in the upper left corner and select the location where you want to place the picture or video you selected in step 2 5 Press Menu right softkey and select Edit gt Paste You can also view a specific folder or expansion card and arrange the pictures and videos b
399. ving Files to an Expansion Card You can save space on your smartphone by saving files to an expansion card For example when you create new Word Mobile documents notes Excel Mobile workbooks pictures videos and audio files you can save them directly to an expansion card Some applications may not support this feature 1 Insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot Open the application that contains the information you want to save Press Menu right softkey and select Options or Tools depending on the application Select the Save to list and then select Storage Card Press OK aR 6 ND If you don t see the Save to list on the Options screen look on the other tabs if present If you still can t find a Save to list the application may not support this feature You can create folders on your expansion card so that it s easy to find your files when you need them Section 6A Managing Files and Applications 325 Moving Information Between Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm and an Expansion Card Insert an expansion card into the expansion card slot Open the application that contains the information you want to move Go to the list view and highlight the item s you want to move Press Menu right softkey and select Rename Move Select the Location list and then select where you want to move the information Storage Card or Main Memory 6 Press OK i Copying o
400. voicemail messages when you receive a notification or you can dismiss the notification and retrieve the messages later When you have a new voicemail message a notification appears e To hear your message now press Voicemail left softkey e To retrieve your message later press Dismiss right softkey Voicemait E Dd Retrieving Voicemail Messages From the Today Screen When you have unretrieved voicemail messages the Missed Call R icon appears on the screensaver Center Q on the 5 way flashes and the Voicemail 4 icon also appears at the top of your screen 1 Go to your Today screen 2 Press and hold 7 to dial the Sprint voicemail system 3 If prompted enter your voicemail password using the keyboard Section 2B Using the Phone Features 85 4 Follow the voice prompts to listen to and manage your messages You do not need to press Option to enter numbers or while checking voicemail or during any other call that requires interaction with an automated voice system When a Voicemail icon appears at the top of the screen you can tap the icon to retrieve your voicemail You can turn off the Center button voicemail notification Press Start and select Settings On the Personal tab select Phone Select the Beacon tab and uncheck the option to illuminate Center when voicemail arrives If you have trouble accessing a voicemail system try changing the Keypad tone setting See Selecting Your Call S
401. wireless service provider s network whenever your phone is on and you are inside a coverage area 1 a o ND gt 360 Press Start 2e and select Settings Select the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms Select the More tab To enter the date and time manually uncheck the Enable local network time box If you want to use the Home or Visiting settings see Setting the Date and Time on page 359 regardless of the network time uncheck the Use network time zone box Press OK If prompted select Yes to accept the changes Section 6C Customizing Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm If you turn off the Use network time zone setting and later turn it on again you need to turn your phone off and then on for this setting to take effect Setting System Alarms System alarms let you set alarms that are not associated with a be Settings DT task or appointment For example you can use your Treo Pro smartphone as an alarm clock when you travel or set alarms to remind you when it s time to take medication or pick up the kids 1 aR 6 N 10 Press Start ze Se Se Ch Se en Se for Se Se and select Settings ect the System tab and then select Clock amp Alarms ect the Alarms tab eck a box to turn on that alarm ect the description next to the box you checked and er a description for the alarm ect the days of the week you w
402. with the additional features available through the menu in various applications 58 Section 2A Moving Around on Your Treo Pro Smartphone 1 Press Menu right softkey ks Drive To 2 Press Up a or Down to highlight a menu item Enter a name Map tt 3 If an arrow appears next to a menu item press Center C Lae tan Beeson or Right to display additional options for that item and then press Up a or Down w to highlight a menu item To return to the main menu without making a selection press Left 4 4 Press Center to select the menu item or press Left 4 or Menu right softkey to close the menu and cancel your selection You can select most menu items by pressing a key on the keyboard To quickly access a menu item press Menu right softkey followed by the underlined letter in the menu item s name Selecting Items in a Shortcut Menu Most applications also provide access to context sensitive Dtos coh Taep 10d x shortcut menus similar to the right click menus on a computer Gaizos rwirs 4 gt The shortcut menu items vary based on the highlighted Q w Appoir selection 1 Highlight the item or text for which you want to see a E oi shortcut menu 2 Press and hold Center to open the shortcut menu Press Up or Down to highlight a menu item 4 Press Center to select the menu item or press Left 4 to cancel your selection Deam Appointment Delete Appoint
403. wn in Continuous mode Press Up a to scroll to the preceding page or scroll the continuous display up 5 Tap any of the following to change the view and move around within the PDF file Fit the full width of the page on the screen el les Fit the whole page on the screen gt Move to the next page 4 Move to the previous page K Jump to the first page of the file Pi Jump to the last page of the file Search for a word in the document Zoom out Zoomin 6 To open another file press Menu right softkey and select Open Select a recently opened file or select Browse and navigate to the file you want Section 5B Increasing Your Productivity Adobe Reader GY Yaj am 11 04 X S Adobe Reader GI Ta a 12 08 Please choose a recently opened fie 41 r Ock Browse to open a different PDF fie Browse 309 To go to a specific page press Tools left softkey and select Go To If the file was created with bookmarks Adobe Reader LE displays the bookmarks pane on the left side of the screen Select a heading in the bookmarks pane to jump to that section To view detailed information about the file you are viewing press Menu right softkey and select Details Changing Display Options You can change the display size the scroll option and more 1 Press Tools left softkey select View and then select any of the following
404. www audiology org National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders National Institutes of Health 31 Center Drive MSC 2320 Bethesda MD USA 20892 2320 Voice 301 496 7243 Email nidcdinfo nih gov Internet http www nidcd nih gov health hearing National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Hubert H Humphrey Bldg 200 Independence Ave SW Washington DC 20201 Voice 1 800 35 NIOSH 1 800 356 4674 Internet http wWww cac gov niosh topics noise Product Handling amp Safety General Statement on Handling and Use You alone are responsible for how you use your smartphone and any consequences of its use 424 Section 8A Important Safety Information You must always switch off your smartphone wherever the use of a phone is prohibited Use of your smartphone is subject to safety measures designed to protect users and their environment e Always treat your smartphone and its accessories with care and keep it in a clean and dust free place Do not expose your smartphone or its accessories to open flames or lit tobacco products Do not expose your smartphone or its accessories to liquid moisture or high humidity Do not drop throw or try to bend your smartphone or its accessories Do not use harsh chemicals cleaning solvents or aerosols to clean the device or its accessories Do not paint your smartphone or its accessories e Do not attempt to disassemble your smartphone or its a
405. xt for the task 7 Press OK None You can also add a task by selecting the Tasks entry bar at the top of the Screen You can display your tasks on your Today screen see Selecting Which Items Appear on Your Today Screen on page 343 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 271 Checking Off a Task Bayi Teste IEEE From the Tasks list highlight the task you want to check off 1 Overdue tasks appear in red o pene CI Pick up dry deaning 2 Press Complete left softkey Send Dad a card Write meeting aped You can also mark a task as completed by tapping the check box next to the task on the Tasks list If you need to mark a completed task as incomplete highlight it and press Activate left softkey Organizing Your Tasks 1 In the Tasks list press Menu right softkey and select Filter 2 Select which tasks you want to view All Tasks Recently Viewed No Categories Active Tasks Completed Tasks or a specific category such as Business or Personal 3 Press Menu right softkey and select Sort By 4 Select the sort method Status Priority Subject Start Date or Due Date Deleting a Task 1 Highlight the task you want to delete 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Delete Task 3 Select Yes Customizing Tasks 1 Goto the Tasks list 2 Press Menu right softkey and select Options 272 Section 5A Using the Organizer Features 3 Set any of the followin
406. xt messages from 158 setting email options in 148 150 setting messaging options in 171 172 setting up email accounts for 125 129 viewing messages from 166 Messaging button 23 messaging services 158 179 407 Metering mode camera 235 microphone 23 88 microSD cards See expansion cards Microsoft operating systems See Windows systems Microsoft software See specific application Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager See Mobile Device Manager microUSB connector 22 MMS video mode 230 Mobile Broadband Network 406 Mobile Device Center 408 Index Mobile Device folder 290 Mobile Device Manager 161 368 406 Mobile Favorites folder 187 Mobile to Market certificates 319 Mobile view Web pages 185 modems 115 116 407 Month view calendar 263 mouthpiece 23 multimedia file types 161 multimedia messages See also messages checking for 73 170 creating 161 164 deleting 170 downloading 166 forwarding 167 opening 166 replying to 167 selecting links in 169 sending 164 setting options for 171 172 setting priority 164 sorting 171 viewing information about 167 music adding to playlists 252 adjusting volume 98 downloading 119 playing 249 250 receiving phone calls and 84 repeating current song 249 synchronizing 226 228 music files 246 454 See also media files New Task command 271 My Device folder 251 317 No Service message 106 My Documents folder 227 282 316 nonwireless features See organize
407. y name date or size 1 Press Start 22 and select Pictures amp Videos 2 Select the list in the upper left corner and then select the folder you want to view 3 Select the list in the upper right corner and then select the sort method Name Date or Size When you capture new pictures and videos they appear as the last items in Thumbnail View To place the new items in the appropriate sort order refresh the screen by selecting a different sort method or closing and reopening Pictures amp Videos Using a Picture as the Today Screen Background Press Start 2 and select Pictures amp Videos Highlight the picture you want to use Press Menu right softkey and select Set as Today Background Select the Transparency Level list and select the appropriate level Use a higher percentage for a more transparent picture or a lower percentage for a more opaque picture 5 Press OK to return to Thumbnail View o ND A You can also use the Today Settings screen to set the Today screen background See Selecting Your Today Screen Background on page 342 for details Section 4B Working With Your Pictures and Videos 241 Adding a Picture to a Contact Entry Press Start 3 and select Pictures amp Videos Highlight the picture you want to use Press Menu right softkey and select Save to Contact Select the contact you want to add the picture to
408. y Palm Section 7 Your Resources Sprint Y 372 Section 7A Help In This Section Transferring Information From Another Device Trouble Installing the Desktop Software on a Windows XP Computer Resetting Your Treo Pro Smartphone by Palm Performance Screen Network Connection Synchronization Email Web Camera Third Party Applications Making Room on Your Treo Pro Smartphone Voice Quality Section 7A Help 373 Although we can t anticipate all the situations that might arise this chapter provides helpful information and answers to some of the most commonly asked questions For additional information and technical support visit palm com support Transferring Information From Another Device For information on transferring your information from a previous Windows Mobile device or from a Palm OS by ACCESS device to your new Treo Pro smartphone by Palm visit palm com support If you have questions about Windows Mobile you can also go to windowsmobile com and search for information on Palm devices To prevent your Treo Pro smartphone from malfunctioning do not use a backup utility to transfer your information from another device to your new smartphone In addition do not use a backup utility to back up and restore your information if you update the operating system on your smartphone Trouble Installing the Desktop Software on a Windows XP Computer T
409. y hour take a minimum of 15 minutes use in a well lighted area view the screen from the farthest distance and avoid exposure to blinking lights if you are tired Operating Machinery Do not use your smartphone while operating machinery Full attention must be given to operating the machinery in order to reduce the risk of an accident Aircraft While in aircraft follow all instructions regarding the operation of your smartphone Use of your smartphone while on board an aircraft must be done in accordance in compliance with airline instructions and regulations Vehicles With Air Bags Your smartphone should not be placed in a position that would affect the operation of air bag deployment or in a position that should the air bag inflate could propel the smartphone Air bags will inflate with great force and care should be taken to protect within a vehicle that has air bags Do not place a phone in the area over an air bag or in the air bag deployment area Store the phone safely before driving the vehicle Hearing Aids People with hearing aids or other cochlear implants may experience interfering noises when using wireless devices or when one is nearby The level of interference will depend on the type of hearing device and the distance from the interference source Increasing the separation between them may reduce the interference You may also consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives Small Children Do not leave your
410. ync software on your computer to synchronize or you may be able to synchronize wirelessly with an Exchange server You can also maximize your sync options and sync with both an Exchange server and desktop sync software Synchronizing With Desktop Sync Software To synchronize the information between your Treo Pro smartphone and your computer the desktop synchronization software must be installed on your computer and you must connect your device to your computer using one of the following methods Connect using the USB cable When you connect your device to your computer using the USB cable synchronization begins automatically See Synchronizing With a USB Connection on page 48 e Connect using Bluetooth wireless technology You must first set up the Bluetooth connection See Synchronizing Over a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection on page 336 e Connect using infrared IR technology You must first set up your computer to receive infrared beams See Synchronizing Over an Infrared Connection on page 337 If you have a Windows XP computer The desktop sync software is called ActiveSync desktop software If you have a Windows Vista computer The desktop sync software is called Windows Mobile Device Center You install the desktop sync software by connecting your Treo Pro smartphone to your computer You must install this software even if you have already installed a previous version of desktop sync s
411. zation Can t Synchronize With My Company s Exchange Server If you re unable to change your lock settings check with your system administrator to find out if a systemwide locking policy is in place My Scheduled Sync Doesn t Work e If your company uses Microsoft System Center Mobile Device Manager contact your System administrator to find out whether synchronization frequency settings are restricted on your smartphone 394 Section 7A Help e By default a scheduled sync does not work while you are roaming This is to prevent roaming charges on your account If roaming charges are not a concern follow these steps to continue your sync schedule while roaming Press Start 2 and select Programs Select ActiveSync S Press Menu right softkey and select Schedule Check the Use above setting when roaming box 5 Press OK An Alert Tells Me That ActiveSync Encountered a Problem on the Server AO ND A There is a temporary problem with the server or the server may be temporarily overloaded Try again later and if the problem persists contact your system administrator An Alert Tells Me That There Is Not Enough Free Memory to Synchronize ActiveSync ran out of storage space Try the following 1 Goto Task Manager and close all running programs see Closing Applications on page 70 for details 2 Ifthe problem persists see Making Room on Your Treo Pro Smartphone on page 403 for sugges

Palm Treo Pro (Sprint) User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents